diff options
254 files changed, 31979 insertions, 0 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/DOAP.rdf.xml b/DOAP.rdf.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34e15e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/DOAP.rdf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
+<Project xmlns="http://usefulinc.com/ns/doap#" xmlns:foaf="http://xmlns.com/foaf/0.1/" xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#">
+ <name>man</name>
+ <created>2010-09-01</created>
+ <programming-language>C, Shell</programming-language>
+ <os>All Linux distributions, commercial *NIX derivatives (including OS-X), *BSD, Windows with Cygwin, Plan 9</os>
+ <shortdesc xml:lang="en">The man suite: man, man2html, hman, whatis, apropos, man2dvi</shortdesc>
+ <description xml:lang="en">
+ man is a man pager. It has support for compressed
+ pages (both man pages and cat pages), and for locale
+ ($LANG) and for message catalogs ($LC_MESSAGES). It
+ will format files given explicitly (man ./foo.man.gz).
+ It conforms to FSSTND or FHS, and handles stray cats.
+ * man2html is a utility that converts man pages to html
+ * hman is a man browser that uses your favorite browser.
+ For use with lynx, no http daemon is required.
+ Keywords: man manpath apropos whatis makewhatis
+ man.conf man2html man2dvi hman manual pager browser
+ keyword search.</description>
+ <download-page rdf:resource="http://primates.ximian.com/~flucifredi/man/" />
+ <homepage rdf:resource="http://primates.ximian.com/~flucifredi/man/" />
+ <license rdf:resource="http://usefulinc.com/doap/licenses/gpl" />
+ <maintainer>
+ <foaf:Person>
+ <foaf:name>Federico Lucifredi</foaf:name>
+ <foaf:mbox rdf:resource="mailto:flucifredi@acm.org" />
+ </foaf:Person>
+ </maintainer>
+ <release>
+ <Version>
+ <name>Latest Stable Release: 1.6g</name>
+ <created>2010-12-31</created>
+ <revision>1.6g</revision>
+ </Version>
+ </release>
+ <release>
+ <Version>
+ <name>1.6f</name>
+ <created>2007-12-31</created>
+ <revision>1.6f</revision>
+ </Version>
+ </release>
+ <release>
+ <Version>
+ <name>1.6e</name>
+ <created>2006-11-20</created>
+ <revision>1.6e</revision>
+ </Version>
+ </release>
+ <release>
+ <Version>
+ <name>1.6d</name>
+ <created>2006-6-16</created>
+ <revision>1.6d</revision>
+ </Version>
+ </release>
+ <release>
+ <Version>
+ <name>1.6c</name>
+ <created>2006-1-23</created>
+ <revision>1.6c</revision>
+ </Version>
+ </release>
+ <release>
+ <Version>
+ <name>1.6b</name>
+ <created>2005-9-19</created>
+ <revision>1.6b</revision>
+ </Version>
+ </release>
+ <release>
+ <Version>
+ <name>1.6a</name>
+ <created>2005-8-21</created>
+ <revision>1.6a</revision>
+ </Version>
+ </release>
+ <release>
+ <Version>
+ <name>1.6</name>
+ <created>2006-6-20</created>
+ <revision>1.6</revision>
+ </Version>
+ </release>
+</Project>
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +man-1.6g - 'Murcielago' + +- Fixed "man cut cut" throwing an error (Fedora #542852) (Ivana Varekova, flc). +- Corrections to the man.man German locale translation (Stefan Bacher). +- flawed treatment of Awk in configure script (Elias Pipping). +- announcement mailing list set up (man-announce@googlegroups.com) (flc). +- Minor fix to LZMA support (Per Øyvind Karlsen - Mandriva team). +- Added XZ compression support (Per Øyvind Karlsen). +- Improvements to extension handling (R. Urban, V. Zell - CYGWIN project). +- Releases now gpg signed. Validation instructions on primary distribution + site (flc). +- DOAP.rdf enabled on primary distribution site (flc). +- EXPERIMENTAL: SPDX.rdf enabled on primary distro site (flc). +- Changes to LSM file (flc). + +man-1.6f - 'Flying Fox' + +- Fixed incorrect shell-unsafe verification alphabet missing ampersand simbol. + This was being caught by another part of the code but yet still a bug (flc). +- Unified Posix locale to the C one (J. Pello, flc). +- Additional checks for defined but empty PAGER environment variable (flc). +- Don't update whatis files on read-only partitions (Mike Frysinger). +- Added bzip support to man2dvi (Charles Clément). +- Added bzip support to man2html (Fabiano Castro Pereira). +- EXPERIMENTAL: added LZMA suport to man (Per Øyvind Karlsen - Mandriva team). +- EXPERIMENTAL: added LZMA suport to makewhatis (Per Øyvind Karlsen, flc). +- README updates: cygwin (Volker Zell). +- Added "MANUAL SECTIONS" header to man.man (flc). +- Fixes to avoid shebang mangling in generated scripts (Mike Frysinger). +- makewhatis fix allowing spaces in pathnames for CYGWIN project (Volker Zell). +- Minor corrections to the German message catalog (Volker Zell). +- Updated Dutch Message catalog (Benno Schulenberg). +- Minor doc changes (flc). + +man-1.6e - 'Dracula' + +- Sections used by makewhatis set via environment variable MANSECT, falling + back to man.conf's MANSECT setting as man does (Mike Frysinger). +- Removed use of implicit prototypes - besides being sloppy, it leads to issues + on 64 bit platforms (Mike frysinger, flc). +- Building will now honor pre-existing LDFLAGS if set (Mike Frysinger). +- Updated Italian man pages (Giulio Daprelá). +- Updated Spanish man pages (B. Albiñana, flc). +- Corrected a minor bug in makewhatis' tempdir generation (flc). +- EXPERIMENTAL: support for Plan 9 rc shell lists (Michael Haardt). +- Overdue LSM v4 format compliance (flc). +- Minor corrections and cleanup (flc). + +man-1.6d + +- Fixed freeing of unallocated memory in '-K' under unsafe flag (flc). +- Corrected a bug introduced in 1.6c makewhatis - thanks to the packagers + that promptly pointed it out (flc). +- corrected off-by-one in LANG splitting code (no security aspect) (flc). +- added support for DESTDIR in man2html's Makefile (Claudio Fontana). +- Fixed -D option (flc). +- Header fix for variable header location of TIOCGWINSZ (Eugene Kotlyarov). +- Corrected erroneous encoding of FR locale man pages translation (flc). +- EXEEXT and DESTDIR fixes for gencat (Volker Zell). +- Minor correction of CYGWIN support (Volker Zell). +- Updated Polish message catalog and select man pages (M. Garski). +- Minor corrections to man pages, and the German message catalog + (flc, Volker Zell, others). +- Constricted locale settings for gencat (Fedora Project). +- Corrections to makewhatis exit codes and signal handling (flc). +- Fixes in man2html parsing (Fedora Project). +- Minor additional corrections (flc). + +man-1.6c + +- Corrected missing format string, but no privilege escalation was involved + (flc, Ville-Skyttä). +- pscan format string audit run - nothing further found (flc). +- Updated Bulgarian locale man pages translation and message catalog + (Alexander Shopov). +- makewhatis and other minor changes to support BG locale + (Alexander Shopov, flc). +- Updated Italian locale message catalog translation (flc). +- Updated French man pages, with new man2html page (Alain Portal). + +man-1.6b + +- Additional changes for parallel Make (Octavio Ruiz). +- New French locale man pages translation (Alain Portal). +- New French locale message catalog translation (Alain Portal). +- Minor changes in manual pages (Giorgos Keramidas, flc). +- Minor corrections in the docs (flc). + +man-1.6a + +- Fixes to support parallel Make (Mike Frysinger). +- Fixes in mess.en message catalog (Martin von Gagern). +- Corrections and updates to the manual (flc). + +man-1.6 + +- New Maintainer Federico Lucifredi (flucifredi@acm.org). +- Ability to hand HTML man pages off to a browser added (Eric S. Raymond). + +man-1.5p + +- Chinese messages (CHAO, Wei-Lun) - unused +- Russian messages +- Set DEFAULT_NLSPATH to "/usr/share/locale/%L/%N" +- Prefer LC_MESSAGES over LANG +- Don't (potentially) use a pager with apropos and whatis +- Superfluous security fix +- Filter .iX macros out when constructing whatis database +- Allow globbed MANPATH items like /opt/*/man +- Return a correct status +- Continue search when an appropriate page was found to be inaccessible + +man-1.5o2: + +- Fixed man -k segfault +- Allow man -k "text with spaces" + +man-1.5o1: + +- Fixed man2html array overflow + +man-1.5o: + +- Polish messages, non-dummy codesets (Jakub Bogusz <qboosh@pld-linux.org>) +- CYGWIN fix for perl manpages (with :: in filename) +- Fix for certain awk versions in mansec (NISHIMURA Daisuke) +- When asked for a nonexisting page in section 1p, do not also try section 1 + @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +INSTALLATION + +NOTE! The default configuration file has moved from +/usr/lib/man.config or /etc/man.conf to /usr/share/misc/man.conf. +Remove the former two. +The country code dk has been replaced by the language code da. +If you had Danish man pages installed, these should probably be moved. + +The quick installation goes in three steps: + 1. configure -default + 2. make + 3. make install + +This should suffice for most people. The defaults are: + Only English man pages, no message catalogs, man not suid, + handle compressed man pages, compress cat pages, create cat pages + whenever the appropriate directory exists, + follow FHS by putting cat pages under /var/cache/man provided that + that directory exists. + +In order to select man pages in other languages, replace Step 1 by + 1. configure +lang de,en,nl +or perhaps (especially when making a general distribution) by + 1. configure +lang all +This yields all the defaults, except for the language setting. + +People who want something other than the default also use three steps: +1. configure -ask +2. make +3. make install +but have to answer a lot of questions during configure. + +In somewhat greater detail: + +1. Run configure. This will grope around your system a bit and then + ask you a number of questions. It will create a Makefile from the + file Makefile.in. You may have to do some fine tuning to get things + to work exactly right on your system. If you do, I'd like to know + what changes you had to make to get things working. + + Man uses groff (nroff, troff) to format man pages. If you don't + have *roff, then you can only use preformatted man pages. + + You can make man suid to some uid, say man, where man is the owner + of the directories (like /usr/man/cat*) for formatted man pages. + That way man can write formatted pages there, even when the directory + does not have universal write permission. However, it is fairly easy + to spoof man, so really this setup is not very different from the one + where /usr/man/cat* has universal write permission. + Never make man suid bin or daemon or root! + + Of course it is not necessary at all to cache formatted man pages. + Formatting usually takes less than a second, and by not having + preformatted pages one avoids problems with window width, integrity, etc. + +2. Look at the man.conf file. This determines the programs and extensions + used in compressing and uncompressing cat pages. It also determines + the system-wide mappings from bin directories to man page directories. + It was constructed by configure; you might want to make some changes. + +3. Do a `make all', try it out, and then if you're happy with that, do + a `make install'. You don't need to be root to use this set of + programs. + [Note: if you want to try man with the new, not yet installed, man.conf + file, use "man -C ./man.conf ...".] + +4. Install the whatis database(s) by running makewhatis. If you want + to keep things absolutely current, you'll need to run this whenever + you add new man pages. You might want to add an entry in your + crontab. @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Begin4 +Title: man +Version: 1.6g +Entered-date: 2010-12-31 +Description: * man is a man pager. It has support for compressed + pages (both man pages and cat pages), and for locale + ($LANG) and for message catalogs ($LC_MESSAGES). It + will format files given explicitly (man ./foo.man.gz). + It conforms to FSSTND or FHS, and handles stray cats. + * man2html is a utility that converts man pages to html + * hman is a man browser that uses your favorite browser. + For use with lynx, no http daemon is required. + Keywords: man manpath apropos whatis makewhatis + man.conf man2html man2dvi hman manual pager browser + keyword search +Keywords: man, man2html, hman, whatis, apropos, man2dvi +Author: John Eaton, Richard Verhoeven, Michael Hamilton, + Andries Brouwer, Federico lucifredi (flucifredi@acm.org) +Maintained-by: Federico Lucifredi (flucifredi@acm.org) +Primary-site: http://primates.ximian.com/~flucifredi/man/ + 251k man-1.6g.tar.gz + 1378 man-1.6g.lsm +Alternate-site: http://www.people.fas.harvard.edu/~lucifred/man/ +Alternate-site: ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/apps/doctools/man/ +Copying-policy: Copyright by authors. Distributable under GPL. +End diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fc74e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# Makefile for man +# [need allow_null_glob_expansion=true] +# The parts behind + +all: Makefile conf_script source manhtml manpages + @echo; echo 'You can now do "make install"' + +# On a machine with time before distribution time +# it may be necessary to touch all distributed files + +Makefile: Makefile.in configure + @echo "Please run configure first" + exit 1 + +conf_script: configure + @echo "Please run configure first" + exit 1 + +src/Makefile: conf_script src/Makefile.in + cd src; ../conf_script Makefile + +man2html/Makefile: conf_script man2html/Makefile.in + cd man2html; ../conf_script Makefile + +man/Makefile: conf_script man/Makefile.in + cd man; ../conf_script Makefile + +msgs/Makefile: conf_script msgs/Makefile.in + cd msgs; ../conf_script Makefile + +makefiles: src/Makefile man2html/Makefile man/Makefile msgs/Makefile + +source: src/Makefile + cd src; $(MAKE) + +manhtml: man2html/Makefile source + cd man2html; $(MAKE) + +manpages: man/Makefile + cd man; $(MAKE) subdirs + + + + + + + +install: src/Makefile man/Makefile man2html/Makefile + cd src; $(MAKE) install + cd man2html; $(MAKE) install + cd man; $(MAKE) installsubdirs + + @echo; echo 'Done.' + @echo 'In case you want to browse man pages using a www browser,' + @echo '"cd man2html", read README, and perhaps "make install-scripts".' +# @echo; echo 'Done. In case you want to mount /usr read-only, please' +# @echo 'install a symlink /usr/man/whatis -> /var/catman/whatis, or so.' + +clean: src/Makefile man/Makefile msgs/Makefile man2html/Makefile + cd src; $(MAKE) clean + cd man2html; $(MAKE) clean + cd man; $(MAKE) cleansubdirs + cd msgs; $(MAKE) clean + cd gencat; $(MAKE) clean + rm -f core *~ + +spotless distclean reallyclean: clean + cd src; $(MAKE) spotless + cd man2html; $(MAKE) spotless + cd man; $(MAKE) spotlesssubdirs + cd msgs; $(MAKE) spotless + cd gencat; $(MAKE) clean + rm -f conf_script Makefile + +DISTR = COPYING README README.HP README.RedHat README.GNU-WIN32 INSTALL \ + Makefile.in configure src man2html man msgs gencat catopen misc diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fedb23c --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# Makefile for man +# [need allow_null_glob_expansion=true] +# The parts behind % are removed when no message catalogs should be installed + +all: Makefile conf_script source manhtml manpages %messages + @echo; echo 'You can now do "make install"' + +# On a machine with time before distribution time +# it may be necessary to touch all distributed files + +Makefile: Makefile.in configure + @echo "Please run configure first" + exit 1 + +conf_script: configure + @echo "Please run configure first" + exit 1 + +src/Makefile: conf_script src/Makefile.in + cd src; ../conf_script Makefile + +man2html/Makefile: conf_script man2html/Makefile.in + cd man2html; ../conf_script Makefile + +man/Makefile: conf_script man/Makefile.in + cd man; ../conf_script Makefile + +msgs/Makefile: conf_script msgs/Makefile.in + cd msgs; ../conf_script Makefile + +makefiles: src/Makefile man2html/Makefile man/Makefile msgs/Makefile + +source: src/Makefile + cd src; $(MAKE) + +manhtml: man2html/Makefile source + cd man2html; $(MAKE) + +manpages: man/Makefile + cd man; $(MAKE) subdirs + +%messages: gencat/gencat msgs/Makefile source +% cd msgs; $(MAKE) + +%gencat/gencat: +% cd gencat; $(MAKE) + +install: src/Makefile man/Makefile man2html/Makefile %msgs/Makefile + cd src; $(MAKE) install + cd man2html; $(MAKE) install + cd man; $(MAKE) installsubdirs +% cd msgs; $(MAKE) install + @echo; echo 'Done.' + @echo 'In case you want to browse man pages using a www browser,' + @echo '"cd man2html", read README, and perhaps "make install-scripts".' +# @echo; echo 'Done. In case you want to mount /usr read-only, please' +# @echo 'install a symlink /usr/man/whatis -> /var/catman/whatis, or so.' + +clean: src/Makefile man/Makefile msgs/Makefile man2html/Makefile + cd src; $(MAKE) clean + cd man2html; $(MAKE) clean + cd man; $(MAKE) cleansubdirs + cd msgs; $(MAKE) clean + cd gencat; $(MAKE) clean + rm -f core *~ + +spotless distclean reallyclean: clean + cd src; $(MAKE) spotless + cd man2html; $(MAKE) spotless + cd man; $(MAKE) spotlesssubdirs + cd msgs; $(MAKE) spotless + cd gencat; $(MAKE) clean + rm -f conf_script Makefile + +DISTR = COPYING README README.HP README.RedHat README.GNU-WIN32 INSTALL \ + Makefile.in configure src man2html man msgs gencat catopen misc @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +man was written by John Eaton (jwe@bevo.che.wisc.edu). +He does not maintain man anymore - please do not bother +him with remarks about the current version, which is +rather different from the original one. + +man-1.2 was released by Zeyd M. Ben-Halim (zmbenhal@netcom.com). + +man-1.3, man-1.4* and man-1.5* were released by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl). + +In man-1.5 Richard Verhoeven's man2html was added, together with +some scripts by Michael Hamilton. + +man-1.6 and versions following were released by Federico Lucifredi (flucifredi@acm.org). + +In man-1.6 Eric S. Raymond's browser-handoff functionality was added, with +future minor versions planned to cleanup internationalization and cross +platform support (Cygwin, solaris, and perhaps Win32). A bugfixing campaign +is currently underway. + +The current maintainer is Federico Lucifredi (flucifredi@acm.org). + +The current version can usually be found at +http://primates.ximian.com/~flucifredi/man/ +a backup distribution site is located at +http://people.fas.harvard.edu/~lucifred/man/ +releases are also posted to the Metalab site regularly. + +Feedback from distribution packagers is very appreciated. Patches welcome! + +Man versions are codenamed for bats, starting with 1.6e. + +Development releases have an 'RC-' suffix followed by the release +candidate number. Versions released under the 'RC' label are not +to be included in stable distributions (and indeed no one has been +to date - do not be the first to goof up!). + +There is a very different man program, also derived from +John Eaton's original version (by Graeme W. Wilford) +distributed under the name man_db, with version numbers +like man_db-2.3.10. Do not confuse the two, they are +mutually incompatible, although they perform nearly the same job. diff --git a/README.GNU-WIN32 b/README.GNU-WIN32 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1a5c97 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.GNU-WIN32 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Volker Zell writes: + +To run a precompiled version of man with Cygwin 1.5.24 and above you will need +the following utilities + + o man, bash, cygwin, bzip2, coreutils, gawk, groff, gzip and less + +Click on the "Install Cygwin now" link on the http://cygwin.com/ web page. +This downloads setup.exe to your system. Save it and run setup, answer +the questions and pick up the above mentioned packages from the different +categories. + + +Building from source +==================== + +Adjust the paths in configure and man2html/Makefile.in to suit your +installation. + +man-1.6e builds with: + + CC="gcc -O2 -DNONLS -DLC_MESSAGES=6" ./configure +fhs +lang all + +then issue: + + make + +then: + + make install + +Edit the installed man.conf to suit your site. diff --git a/README.HP b/README.HP new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f228155 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.HP @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +People tell me that HP uses compressed man pages named like + /usr/man/man1.Z/ls.1 +that is, the directory instead of the file has an extension. +I have no access to HP machines, and do not know the details +of this situation (what happens to cat files? to .so files?), +but perhaps this man is usable in such a situation if one puts + MAN_HP_DIREXT=.Z +in the environment. Untested. + +Tell me if this works, and if not what is wrong. +I may yet gain access to an HP-UX box and verify this myself. +flc - flucifredi@acm.org + +P.S. + +A report mentions cat1.Z cat1m.Z cat2.Z ... cat8.Z +man1 man1.Z man1m man1m.Z ... man8 man8.Z man9.Z +subdirectories of /usr/share/man, +where the cat dirs are owned by bin:bin with mode 0777 +and the man dirs are owned by bin:bin with mode 0555. + +Scott Marovich adds: + +As far as your GNU software is concerned, the first very important point is: +The paths used for compressed manual pages represent only the tip of a very +deep iceberg: Historically, HP-UX derives from A.T.&T. UNIX System V (and +System III before that) with some selected BSD features added later, and it +doesn't even purport to be GNU-compatible. For many years HP sold a binary +HP-UX port of the A.T.&T. Documenter's Work Bench as an optional product, and +HP-UX's versions of "man(1)" and "nroff(1)" (etc.) strive to be DWB-compatible. +Similarly, the manual pages use only plain, old, simple A.T.&T. "man(7)" macros, +HP-UX's standard data-compression utility command is "compress(1)"/"zcat(1)" +instead "gzip(1)", and HP-UX follows System V conventions about where to cache +formatted pages: they go into directories such as "/usr[/share]/man/cat*" +instead of "/var/cache/man" like under Linux. System V "man(1)" can optionally +accept compressed input and/or produce compressed output, and it has a built-in +algorithm for deciding which directories to use. Assuming, for example, that +manual page "foo.1" is requested, the algorithm works like this: + +(Output-directory search:) +If a "/usr[/share]/man/cat1.Z" directory exists, look for a cached (formatted, +compressed) "foo.1" file in it; otherwise, if a "/usr[/share]/man/cat1" +directory exists, look for a cached (formatted, uncompressed) "foo.1" file in +it; otherwise, no formatted-and-cached form of the page exists. After an input +page is formatted, it will be compressed and cached if the "cat1.Z" directory +exists, or cached without compression if only the "cat1" directory exists, or +discarded if neither exist. + +(Input-directory search:) +If "/usr[/share]/man/man1.Z/foo.1" exists, then decompress and format this file; +otherwise, if "/usr[/share]/man/foo.1" exists, then format this uncompressed +file; otherwise, assume that the manual page is missing. + +Notice that: + +1. Priority is automatically given to fetching and storing manual pages in + compressed form if the necessary directories exist. + +2. Unlike GNU-compatible path naming schemes, the "regular" files containing + [un]formatted manual-page text do *not* have ".Z" (let alone ".gz") suffixes; +only their containing directories do. + +As far as these file's protection modes are concerned, that's partly up to a +local HP-UX system administrator. If one prefers not to have "man(1)" be a +set-UID/GID binary, then the usual custom is: + + man?[.Z] directories : mode 555 + man?[.Z]/<name>.* files: mode 444 + cat?[.Z] directories : mode 777 + cat?[.Z]/<name>.* files: mode 666 + +i.e., any user can delete any other user's cached, formatted pages. If one +prefers to run "man(1)" as a set-UID/GID program for a little more control, +then an alternative scheme is, say: + + cat?[.Z] directories : mode 755/575 + cat?[.Z]/<name>.* files: mode 644/464 + +You also expressed some curiousity about the treatment of ".so" directives in +compressed manual pages. The answer is simple: there aren't any. ".so" is +rarely used in general, so the HP department responsible for producing HP-UX's +manual pages decided to "soelim(1)" the small number of exceptions (before +compressing the result) in order to avoid dealing with this problem. diff --git a/README.IRIX b/README.IRIX new file mode 100644 index 0000000..928d9bf --- /dev/null +++ b/README.IRIX @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +The NLSPATH / locale stuff doesnt work under IRIX. +(Patches are welcome.) + +--------------------------------------------------------------- + +It is reported that IRIX uses /usr/share/man/[apu]_man/man[1-8] +corresponding to admin, programmer and user pages. + +One finds files like /usr/share/catman/u_man/cat1/ls.z + +Maybe + + MAN_IRIX_CATNAMES=1 + +in the environment and + + MANPATH /usr/share/man/a_man /usr/share/catman/a_man + MANPATH /usr/share/man/p_man /usr/share/catman/p_man + MANPATH /usr/share/man/u_man /usr/share/catman/u_man + +in the man.conf file +will suffice to make this man work in an IRIX environment. +Reports on success/failure are welcome. + +--------------------------------------------------------------- + + +flucifredi@acm.org diff --git a/SPDX.rdf.xml b/SPDX.rdf.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c1df8e --- /dev/null +++ b/SPDX.rdf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl"?> +<rdf:RDF xml:lang="en" + xmlns="http://spx.org/rdf/ns/sdpx#" + xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"> + <SPDXDoc rdf:about="http://spdx.org"> + <SPDXVersion>SPDX-1.0</SPDXVersion> + <UniqueID>c97012607ed9d75a6eee7e66d257a99a8ed86918</UniqueID> + <CreatedBy>Man Maintainer (Federico Lucifredi)</CreatedBy> + <Created>2010-09-15T18:31:00Z</Created> + <hasPackageOverview> + <PackageOverview> + <DeclaredName>Man 1.6g</DeclaredName> + <FileName>man-1.6g.tar.gz</FileName> + <URL rdf:resource="http://primates.ximian.com/~flucifredi/man/man-1.6g.tar.gz" /> + <DeclaredLicense rdf:resource="http://spdx.org/rdf/licenses/GPL-2.0" /> + <DeclaredCopyright>Man Maintainers (Federico Lucifredi, Andries Brouwer, Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, and John Eaton) and Contributors (Richard Verhoeven, Eric S. Raymond, Michael Hamilton, and others)</DeclaredCopyright> + <CopyrightDate>2010</CopyrightDate> + <ShortDesc>The man suite: man, man2html, hman, whatis, apropos, man2dvi.</ShortDesc> + <Description>man is a man pager. It has support for compressed + pages (both man pages and cat pages), and for locale + ($LANG) and for message catalogs ($LC_MESSAGES). It + will format files given explicitly (man ./foo.man.gz). + It conforms to FSSTND or FHS, and handles stray cats. + * man2html is a utility that converts man pages to html + * hman is a man browser that uses your favorite browser. + For use with lynx, no http daemon is required. + Keywords: man manpath apropos whatis makewhatis + man.conf man2html man2dvi hman manual pager browser + keyword search.</Description> + </PackageOverview> + </hasPackageOverview> + </SPDXDoc> +</rdf:RDF> + @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Resuming regular releases after Grad School hiatus. + +Improvements and reviews of internationalization/localization. + +----> The localization and platform support are being addressed in the +upcoming minor releases. Comments and patches welcome. + +----> UTF-8 support is in the works as well. Comments and patches welcome. + +hman does not use LANG; review coherence of ENV use. + +Review support under HP-UX, Irix, Solaris, AIX, OS-X and other *NIXes. + +Add support for missing macros in man2html. + +Are there security problems in the present setup? + +----------------------------------------------------------- +MANPL gives page length - undocumented; may disappear again + +[But brobison@ecst.csuchico.edu likes it and says: +it allows one to do something like: + +export LINES +export MANPAGER='less -i' +export MANPL='$(perl -e "print ($LINES - 1) / 6, \"i\";")' +] + diff --git a/catopen/README b/catopen/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbe8a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/catopen/README @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +In the good old days, with libc 4.*.*, +if NLSPATH was set to "/usr/lib/locale/%N/%L" +and LANG to "fr", then catopen("man",0) would open /usr/lib/locale/man/fr. + +These days, with libc 5.0.9, catopen will fail because it does a call +to setlocale, and if no locale has been setup, the C locale is assumed, +independent of the LANG setting. + +In order to preserve the possibility to say "LANG=de man fstab" +for systems where no locale has been set up, I enclose here +the original version of catopen. + +Concerning correctness: as far as I know POSIX does not specify +catopen(), and X/Open specifies catopen() without mentioning any +relation to locale - indeed, catopen() predates locale. +So, I think catopen() in libc 5.0.9 is broken. + +--- + +Time goes on, and I just looked at glibc-2.0.5. +Its catgets() contains (at least) two bugs, and will dump core. +One is fixed in RedHat's glibc-2.0.5c-10; I have submitted a fix +for the other. With a fixed catgets() things will work correctly. +However, glibc does a secure_getenv("NLSPATH"), which means that +the setting of NLSPATH is not taken into account for programs +that are sgid or suid. Thus, if you make man suid or sgid, and +want to use message catalogues, you have to install them in the +default place - on my system that is /usr/share/locale/%L/man +where %L is $LANG. diff --git a/catopen/catopen.c b/catopen/catopen.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f756bc --- /dev/null +++ b/catopen/catopen.c @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* catopen.c - aeb, 960107 */ + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <nl_types.h> + +extern char *index (const char *, int); /* not always in <string.h> */ +extern char *my_malloc(int); /* in util.c */ + +#ifndef DEFAULT_NLSPATH +# if __GLIBC__ >= 2 +# define DEFAULT_NLSPATH "/usr/share/locale/%L/%N" +# else +# define DEFAULT_NLSPATH "/usr/lib/locale/%N/%L" +# endif +#endif + +static nl_catd my_catopenpath(char *name, char *path); + +static /* this source included in gripes.c */ +nl_catd +my_catopen(char *name, int oflag) { + nl_catd fd; + + fd = catopen(name, oflag); + + if (fd == (nl_catd) -1 && oflag) { + oflag = 0; + fd = catopen(name, oflag); + } + + if (fd == (nl_catd) -1) { + char *nlspath; + + /* The libc catopen fails - let us see if we can do better */ + /* The quotes below are from X/Open, XPG 1987, Vol. 3. */ + + /* + * "In catopen(), the oflag argument is reserved for future use + * and should be set to 0." + */ + + if (oflag) + return fd; /* only treat the known case */ + + /* + * "If `name' contains a `/', then `name' specifies a pathname" + */ + if (index(name, '/')) { +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + /* glibc uses a pointer type for nl_catd, not a fd */ + return fd; +#else + /* this works under libc5 */ + return open(name, O_RDONLY); +#endif + } + + /* + * "If NLSPATH does not exist in the environment, or if a + * message catalog cannot be opened in any of the paths specified + * by NLSPATH, then an implementation defined default path is used" + */ + + nlspath = getenv("NLSPATH"); + if (nlspath) + fd = my_catopenpath(name, nlspath); + if (fd == (nl_catd) -1) + fd = my_catopenpath(name, DEFAULT_NLSPATH); + } + return fd; +} + +/* + * XPG 1987, Vol. 3, Section 4.4 specifies the environment + * variable NLSPATH (example: + * NLSPATH=/nlslib/%L/%N.cat:/nlslib/%N/%L + * where %L stands for the value of the environment variable LANG, + * and %N stands for the `name' argument of catopen(). + * The environ(5) page specifies more precisely that + * LANG is of the form + * LANG=language[_territory[.codeset]] + * and adds %l, %t, %c for the three parts of LANG, without the + * _ or . and are NULL when these parts are missing. + * It also specifies %% for a single % sign. + * A leading colon, or a pair of adjacent colons, in NLSPATH + * specifies the current directory. (Meant is that "" stands for "%N".) + * + */ +static nl_catd +my_catopenpath(char *name, char *nlspath) { + int fd; + nl_catd cfd = (nl_catd) -1; + char *path0, *path, *s, *file, *lang, *lang_l, *lang_t, *lang_c; + int langsz, namesz, sz, lang_l_sz, lang_t_sz, lang_c_sz; + + namesz = strlen(name); + + lang = getenv("LANG"); + if (!lang) + lang = ""; + langsz = strlen(lang); + + lang_l = lang; + s = index(lang_l, '_'); + if (!s) { + lang_t = lang_c = ""; + lang_l_sz = langsz; + lang_t_sz = lang_c_sz = 0; + } else { + lang_l_sz = s - lang_l; + lang_t = s+1; + s = index(lang_t, '.'); + if (!s) { + lang_c = ""; + lang_t_sz = langsz - lang_l_sz - 1; + lang_c_sz = 0; + } else { + lang_t_sz = s - lang_t; + lang_c = s+1; + lang_c_sz = langsz - lang_l_sz - lang_t_sz - 2; + } + } + + /* figure out how much room we have to malloc() */ + sz = 0; + s = nlspath; + while(*s) { + if(*s == '%') { + s++; + switch(*s) { + case '%': + sz++; break; + case 'N': + sz += namesz; break; + case 'L': + sz += langsz; break; + case 'l': + sz += lang_l_sz; break; + case 't': + sz += lang_t_sz; break; + case 'c': + sz += lang_c_sz; break; + default: /* unknown escape - ignore */ + break; + } + } else if (*s == ':' && (s == nlspath || s[-1] == ':')) { + sz += (namesz + 1); + } else + sz++; + s++; + } + + /* expand the %L and %N escapes */ + path0 = my_malloc(sz + 1); + path = path0; + s = nlspath; + while(*s) { + if(*s == '%') { + s++; + switch(*s) { + case '%': + *path++ = '%'; break; + case 'N': + strncpy(path, name, namesz); path += namesz; break; + case 'L': + strncpy(path, lang, langsz); path += langsz; break; + case 'l': + strncpy(path, lang_l, lang_l_sz); path += lang_l_sz; break; + case 't': + strncpy(path, lang_t, lang_t_sz); path += lang_t_sz; break; + case 'c': + strncpy(path, lang_c, lang_c_sz); path += lang_c_sz; break; + default: /* unknown escape - ignore */ + break; + } + } else if (*s == ':' && (s == nlspath || s[-1] == ':')) { + strncpy(path, name, namesz); path += namesz; + *path++ = ':'; + } else + *path++ = *s; + s++; + } + *path = 0; + + path = path0; + while(path) { + file = path; + s = index(path, ':'); + if (s) { + *s = 0; + path = s+1; + } else + path = 0; + fd = open(file, O_RDONLY); + if (fd != -1) { + /* we found the right catalog - but we don't know the + type of nl_catd, so close it again and ask libc */ + close(fd); + cfd = catopen(file, 0); + break; + } + } + + free(path0); + return cfd; +} diff --git a/conf_script b/conf_script new file mode 100755 index 0000000..0f4719f --- /dev/null +++ b/conf_script @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +#!/bin/sh +infiles=$@ +trap 'rm -f $infiles; exit 1' 1 3 15 + +# echo "" +for infile in $infiles +do + case $infile in + *.h) + cb="/*"; cs=" *"; ce=" */";; + *.1|*.5|*.8|*.man) + cb=.\\\"; cs=.\\\"; ce=.\\\";; + *) + case "`sed -n -e 1p $infile.in`" in + '#!'*) cb="`sed -n -e 1p $infile.in`";; + *) cb="#";; + esac + cs="#"; ce="#";; + esac + echo "$cb" > $infile + echo "$cs Generated automatically from $infile.in by the" >> $infile + echo "$cs configure script." >> $infile + echo "$ce" >> $infile + echo "Creating $infile from $infile.in" + sed -e ' +s,@version@,man-1.6g, +s,@CC@,gcc -O, +s,@EXEEXT@,, +s,@BUILD_CC@,gcc -O, +s,@INSTALL@,install, +s,@DEFS@, -DSTDC_HEADERS -DTERMIOS_HEADER -DPOSIX -DDO_COMPRESS, +s,@LIBS@,, +s,@LIBOBJS@,, +s,@troff@,/usr/bin/groff -Tps -mandoc, +s,@nroff@,/usr/bin/nroff -Tlatin1 -mandoc, +s,@jnroff@,/usr/bin/groff -Tnippon -mandocj, +s,@eqn@,/usr/bin/geqn -Tps, +s,@neqn@,/usr/bin/geqn -Tlatin1, +s,@jneqn@,/usr/bin/geqn -Tnippon, +s,@tbl@,/usr/bin/gtbl, +s,@nocol@,# , +s,@pcol@,, +s,@col@,/usr/bin/col, +s,@vgrind@,, +s,@refer@,, +s,@grap@,, +s,@pic@,/usr/bin/gpic, +s,@fcat@,, +s,@pcat@,, +s,@zcat@,/bin/zcat, +s,@unxz@,/usr/bin/unxz -c, +s,@gunzip@,/bin/gunzip -c, +s,@bzip2@,/bin/bzip2 -c -d, +s,@unlzma@,/usr/bin/unlzma -c -d, +s,@unyabba@,, +s,@compress@,/usr/bin/xz, +s,@compress_ext@,.xz, +s,@decompress@,/usr/bin/unxz -c, +s,@pager@,/bin/less -is, +s,@browser@,/bin/less -is, +s,@htmlpager@,/bin/cat, +s,@cmp@,/usr/bin/cmp -s, +s,@cat@,/bin/cat, +s,@awk@,/usr/bin/awk, +s,@bindir@,/usr/bin, +s,@sbindir@,/usr/sbin, +s,@mandir@,/usr/share/man, +s,@locale@,, +s,@fhs@,, +s,@fsstnd@,# , +s,@man1ext@,1,g +s,@man5ext@,5,g +s,@man8ext@,8,g +s,@man_install_flags@,, +s,@man_user@,, +s,@languages@,en, +s,@man@,/usr/bin/man, +s,@apropos@,/usr/bin/apropos, +s,@whatis@,/usr/bin/whatis, +s,@man2dvi@,/usr/bin/man2dvi, +s,@makewhatis@,/usr/sbin/makewhatis, +s,@man_config_dir@,/usr/share/misc, +s,@man_config_file@,/usr/share/misc/man.conf, +s,@manpathoption@,--path, +s/@sections@/1:1p:8:2:3:3p:4:5:6:7:9:0p:tcl:n:l:p:o/ +' $infile.in >> $infile +done diff --git a/configure b/configure new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4928ae0 --- /dev/null +++ b/configure @@ -0,0 +1,1379 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# Guess values for system-dependant variables and create `Makefile'. +# Can be distributed according to GPL. +# +# Usage: +# configure -ask (ask all questions) +# +# As soon as some other option is specified, configure +# will not ask questions. Other options: +# +# configure -d[efault] (language=en, +fhs) +# configure -confdir DIR (directory to hold man.conf) +# configure +suid/sgid (make man suid or sgid) +# configure +lang cs,da,de,el,en,es,fi,fr,hr,it,ko,nl,pl,pt,ro,sl +# (language(s) as given) +# ("all" will specify all available languages) +# ("none" will disable NLS support) +# configure +fhs (follow FHS: use /var/cache/man) +# configure +fsstnd (follow FSSTND: use /var/catman) +# +LANGUAGES="bg,cs,da,de,el,en,es,fi,fr,hr,it,ja,ko,nl,pl,pt,ro,ru,sl" +LANGOPT="+lang {$LANGUAGES|all|none}" +# +# Some people prefer "-irs", but probably only when they have a broken setup. +# (Indeed, -r may cause the terminal to get into funny states. +# Very inconvenient. For viewing pages in strange locales, set LC_*.) +# +DEFAULTLESSOPT="-is" +# +# Note that not creating any cat directories (/var/cache/man or so) +# and not making man suid or sgid is recommended. +# This avoids security problems, the fact that different users have +# different window sizes and different character sets, etc. +# Formatting is fast enough today. + +trap 'rm -f conftest conftest.c; exit 1' 1 3 15 + +set +u # Make sure unset variables are ok. + +if [ $# = 0 ]; then + echo "Usage: configure -ask" + echo " or: configure [-d|-default] [-confdir DIR] [+suid] [+sgid] \\" + echo " [+fhs|+fsstnd|+traditional] [+lang none|all|LANGUAGES]" + echo " where LANGUAGES is a substring of $LANGUAGES". + echo + echo 'The default "configure -d" is equivalent to "configure +fhs +lang en".' + echo 'The option +suid will make man suid to a user "man". Create this first.' + echo 'The option +sgid will make man sgid to a group "man". Create this first.' + echo 'The options +fhs, +fsstnd, +traditional will make man use' + echo ' /var/cache/man, /var/catman and /usr/man/cat?, respectively.' + echo 'It is recommended not to use suid/sgid and not to keep cat pages.' + echo 'The -confdir option specifies where man.conf lives (default /usr/share/misc).' + echo + exit 1 +fi + +default=true +usenls=true + +for arg in $*; do + if [ x$setlang = xtrue ] + then + case $arg in + none) + usenls=false + ;; + all) + languages="??" + ;; + *) + languages=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/,/ /g'` + esac + setlang=false + elif [ x$setconfdir = xtrue ] + then + confdir=$arg + confexplicit=1 + setconfdir=false + else + # help people used to GNU-style --options + # e.g. --enable-suid, --disable-suid, --prefix + case $arg in + --enable-*) + arg=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/--enable-/+/'` + ;; + --disable-*) + arg=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/--disable-/-/'` + ;; + --*) + arg=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/--/-/'` + esac + case $arg in + -default | -d) + usefhs=true + ;; + -ask | -a) + default= + ;; + -prefix=*) + prefix=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/-prefix=//'` + ;; + -bindir=*) + bindir=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/-bindir=//'` + ;; + -confdir=*) + confdir=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/-confdir=//'` + confexplicit=1 + ;; + -confdir) + setconfdir=true; + ;; + -confprefix=*) + confprefix=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/-confprefix=//'` + ;; + -mandir=*) + mandir=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/-mandir=//'` + manexplicit=1 + ;; + -sbindir=*) + sbindir=`echo $arg | sed -e 's/-sbindir=//'` + ;; + +lang) + setlang=true + ;; + +suid) + suid=true + ;; + -suid) + suid=false + ;; + +sgid) + sgid=true + ;; + -sgid) + sgid=false + ;; + +traditional) + usefsstnd=false + usefhs=false + ;; + +fsstnd) + usefsstnd=true + ;; + -fsstnd) + usefsstnd=false + ;; + +fhs) + usefhs=true + ;; + -fhs) + usefhs=false + ;; + -compatibility_mode_for_colored_groff) + set_compatibility_mode_for_colored_groff=true; + ;; + *) + echo "Usage: configure -ask" + echo " or: configure [-d|-default] [-confdir DIR] [+suid] [+sgid] \\" + echo " [+fhs|+fsstnd|+traditional] [+lang all|LANGUAGES]" + echo " where LANGUAGES is a substring of $LANGUAGES". + echo + echo 'The default "configure -d" is equivalent to "configure +fhs +lang en".' + echo 'The option +suid will make man suid to a user "man". Create this first.' + echo 'The option +sgid will make man sgid to a group "man". Create this first.' + echo 'The options +fhs, +fsstnd, +traditional will make man use' + echo ' /var/cache/man, /var/catman and /usr/man/cat?, respectively.' + echo 'The -confdir option specifies where man.conf lives (default /usr/share/misc).' + exit 1 + ;; + esac + fi +done + +# Default installation paths +# +# prefix="/usr/local" or "/usr" +# confprefix="/usr/local" or "/usr" or "/etc" +# +# The configuration file has various names and pathnames in the +# various distributions, such as /usr/share/misc/man.conf, +# /usr/lib/man.conf, /etc/man.config. +# The FHS wants it in /usr/share/misc +# All documentation assumes "man.conf" - in case you invent some other name +# (why?), also man pages and other docs need to be patched. +if [ -z "${prefix}" ]; then prefix="/usr"; fi +if [ -z "${confprefix}" ]; then confprefix=${prefix}; fi +if [ -z "${bindir}" ]; then bindir="${prefix}/bin"; fi +if [ -z "${sbindir}" ]; then sbindir="${prefix}/sbin"; fi +if [ -z "${mandir}" ]; then mandir="${prefix}/man"; fi + +if [ -z "$manexplicit" -a x"$usefhs" = xtrue ]; then + mandir="${prefix}/share/man" +fi +if [ -z "$confexplicit" ]; then + confdir="${confprefix}/lib" + if [ x"$usefhs" = xtrue ]; then + confdir="${confprefix}/share/misc" + fi +fi +conffilename="man.conf" + +if test "$RANDOM" = "$RANDOM"; then + # Plain old Bourne shell. + echo checking for gcc + test -z "$CC" -a -n "`gcc 2>&1`" && CC="gcc -O" +else + # ksh, bash or zsh. ksh and zsh write "command not found" to stderr. + echo checking for gcc + test -z "$CC" && type gcc && CC="gcc -O" +fi + +CC=${CC-cc} +BUILD_CC=${BUILD_CC-${CC}} +INSTALL=${INSTALL-install} +INCLUDEDIR=${INCLUDEDIR-/usr/include} + +rm -f conftest conftest.c +compile="$CC $DEFS conftest.c -o conftest $LIBS >/dev/null 2>&1" + +# Check for various header files. + +echo checking for ANSI C header files +echo "#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +main() { exit(0); strerror(0); }" > conftest.c +eval $compile +if test -s conftest && ./conftest 2>/dev/null; then + DEFS="$DEFS -DSTDC_HEADERS" +fi +echo checking for Windows EXEEXT +EXEEXT= +test -f ./conftest.exe && EXEEXT=.exe + +rm -f conftest conftest.c + +echo checking for sys/termios.h +echo "#include <sys/termios.h> +main() { exit(0); }" > conftest.c +eval $compile +if test -s conftest && ./conftest 2>/dev/null; then + DEFS="$DEFS -DTERMIOS_HEADER" +fi +rm -f conftest conftest.c + +echo checking for POSIX.1 header files +echo "#include <unistd.h> +main() { +#ifdef _POSIX_VERSION +exit(0); +#else +exit(1); +#endif +}" > conftest.c +eval $compile +if test -s conftest && ./conftest 2>/dev/null; then + DEFS="$DEFS -DPOSIX" +fi +rm -f conftest conftest.c + +echo checking for BSD string and memory functions +echo "#include <strings.h> +main() { exit(0); rindex(0, 0); bzero(0, 0); }" > conftest.c +eval $compile +if test -s conftest && ./conftest 2>/dev/null; then : + else DEFS="$DEFS -DUSG" +fi +rm -f conftest conftest.c + +echo checking whether sys/types.h defines uid_t +echo '#include <sys/types.h> +main() { uid_t x; exit(0); }' > conftest.c +eval $compile +if test -s conftest && ./conftest 2>/dev/null; then : +else + uid_t=`awk '/pw_uid;/ {print $1}' $INCLUDEDIR/pwd.h` + DEFS="$DEFS -Duid_t=${uid_t} -Dgid_t=${uid_t}" +fi +rm -f conftest conftest.c + +echo checking for Xenix +if test -f /xenix; then + LIBS="$LIBS -lx" + case "$DEFS" in + *SYSNDIR*) ;; + *) LIBS="-ldir $LIBS" ;; # Make sure -ldir precedes any -lx. + esac +fi + +echo checking how to get alloca +echo ' +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define alloca __builtin_alloca +#else +#ifdef sparc +#include <alloca.h> +#else +#ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +#else +char *alloca (); +#endif +#endif +#endif +main() { char *p = (char *) alloca(1); exit(0); }' > conftest.c +eval $compile +if test -s conftest && ./conftest 2>/dev/null; then : +elif test -d /usr/ucblib; then LIBS="$LIBS -L/usr/ucblib -lucb" +elif test -f /usr/lib/libPW.a; then LIBS="$LIBS -lPW" +else DEFS="$DEFS -DALLOCA_MISSING" +fi +rm -f conftest conftest.c + +if [ $usenls = true ]; then + echo checking for nls + echo '#include <nl_types.h> + main() {nl_catd catfd; exit(0); }' > conftest.c + eval $compile + if test -s conftest && ./conftest 2>/dev/null; then : + else + usenls=false + fi + rm -f conftest conftest.c +fi + +if [ $usenls = false ]; then + DEFS="$DEFS -DNONLS" +fi + +echo checking for getopt.h +echo '#define _GNU_SOURCE +#include <getopt.h> +#include <stdio.h> +struct option long_opts[] = { { "", no_argument, NULL, 0 } }; +main() { exit(0); }' > conftest.c +eval $compile +if test -s conftest && ./conftest 2>/dev/null; then + manpathoption="--path" +else + manpathoption="-w" + DEFS="$DEFS -DNOGETOPT" +fi +rm -f conftest conftest.c + +# first determine how to suppress newline on echo command (stolen from +# Perl's Configure) ... + +echo "Checking echo to see how to suppress newlines..." +(echo "hi there\c" ; echo " ") >conftest +if grep c conftest >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then + echo "...using -n." + n='-n' + c='' +else + cat <<'EOM' +...using \c +EOM + n='' + c='\c' +fi +rm -f conftest + +# Ask the installer where various things are located. +# (A separate variable is needed since various shells do +# word-splitting at different moments, which means that +# for i in /bin:/usr/bin:$PATH +# does not work everywhere.) +# Some people might prefer having $PATH first in PREPATH +PREPATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/ucb:/usr/local/bin:$PATH +IFS0="$IFS" +IFS=":$IFS" +for i in $PREPATH +do + case $i in + /*) + DEFPATH="$DEFPATH $i" + ;; + esac +done +IFS="$IFS0" + +if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo $n "Do you have the nroff source for man pages? [yes] $c" + ans= + while [ x$ans = x ] + do + read yesno + if test "$yesno" = "" || test "$yesno" = "yes" + then + ans=true + elif test "$yesno" = "no" + then + ans=false + else + echo "You must enter yes or no" + fi + done +else + echo "" + echo "Assuming you want to be able to handle the nroff source for man pages." + ans=true +fi + +if test "$ans" = "false" +then + for i in more less cmp cat awk gawk mawk + do + eval F$i="missing" + for j in $DEFPATH + do + if test -f $j/$i + then + eval F$i=$j/$i + break + fi + done + done + troff="" + nroff="" + jnroff="" + eqn="" + neqn="" + jneqn="" + tbl="" + col="" + vgrind="" + refer="" + grap="" + pic="" + if test $Fless = "missing" + then + pager="$Fmore" + else + pager="$Fless $DEFAULTLESSOPT" + fi + if test $Fawk = "missing" + then + Fawk="$Fgawk" + fi + if test $Fawk = "missing" + then + Fawk="$Fmawk" + fi + cmp="$Fcmp -s" + cat="$Fcat" + awk="$Fawk" + + FILTERS="pager cmp cat awk" +else + for i in nroff groff geqn gtbl col vgrind grefer grap gpic more less lynx cmp cat awk gawk mawk + do + eval F$i="missing" + for j in $DEFPATH + do + if test -f $j/$i + then + eval F$i=$j/$i + break + fi + done + done + for i in eqn tbl refer pic + do + if test `eval echo \\$Fg$i` = "missing" + then + for j in $DEFPATH + do + if test -f $j/$i + then + eval Fg$i=$j/$i + break + fi + done + fi + done +# -Tlatin1 is bad when utf8 is used, but needed for groff, not for nroff +# Hmm - also needed for nroff, to prevent double conversion on uxterm + if test $Fgroff = "missing" + then + if test $Fnroff = "missing" + then + nroff="nroff -Tlatin1 -mandoc" + else + nroff="$Fnroff -Tlatin1 -mandoc" + fi + troff="troff -mandoc" + echo "Warning: could not find groff" + else + if test $Fnroff = "missing" + then + nroff="$Fgroff -Tlatin1 -mandoc" + else + nroff="$Fnroff -Tlatin1 -mandoc" + fi + troff="$Fgroff -Tps -mandoc" + jnroff="$Fgroff -Tnippon -mandocj" + fi + eqn="$Fgeqn -Tps" + neqn="$Fgeqn -Tlatin1" + jneqn="$Fgeqn -Tnippon" + tbl="$Fgtbl" + col="$Fcol" + vgrind="$Fvgrind" + refer="$Fgrefer" + grap="$Fgrap" + pic="$Fgpic" + if test $Fless = "missing" + then + pager="$Fmore" + else + pager="$Fless $DEFAULTLESSOPT" + fi + if test $Flynx = "missing" + then + browser=$pager + htmlpager=$Fcat + else + browser="$Flynx" + htmlpager="$Flynx -dump" + fi + if test $Fawk = "missing" + then + Fawk="$Fgawk" + fi + if test $Fawk = "missing" + then + Fawk="$Fmawk" + fi + cmp="$Fcmp -s" + cat="$Fcat" + awk="$Fawk" + + FILTERS="troff nroff jnroff eqn neqn jneqn tbl col vgrind refer grap pic pager browser htmlpager cmp cat awk" +fi + +# Note: older nroff gives an error message for -c +# Do this only when you have troff 1.18.1 or so. +if [ "x$set_compatibility_mode_for_colored_groff" = "xtrue" ]; then + troff="$troff -c" + nroff="$nroff -c" + jnroff="$jnroff -c" +fi + +if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo "If you don't have one of the following programs, enter \`missing'." + echo "It's best to enter absolute pathnames so that man won't have to" + echo "depend on the user's path to work properly. Default values are" + echo "given in square brackets. The answers given are only checked to" + echo "see if the programs exist, not to see see if the given flags are" + echo "correct." + + for filter in $FILTERS + do + found=false + while test "$found" = "false" + do + echo "" + echo $n "$filter command to use [`eval echo \\$$filter`] $c" + read tmp + if test -n "$tmp" + then + if test "$tmp" = "missing" + then + if test "$filter" = "pager" + then + found=false + echo "You must have a pager!" + else + found=true + eval $filter="" + fi + elif test -f `echo $tmp | $awk '{print $1}'` + then + found=true + eval $filter=\""$tmp"\" + else + found=false + echo "" + echo "`echo $tmp | $awk '{print $1}'` doesn't seem to exist! Try again or enter \`missing'" + fi + elif test `eval echo \\$$filter | $awk '{print $1}'` = "missing" + then + found=true + eval $filter="" + elif test -f `eval echo \\$$filter | $awk '{print $1}'` + then + found=true + else + found=false + echo "" + echo "`eval echo \\$$filter | $awk '{print $1}'` doesn't seem to exist! Try again or enter \`missing'" + fi + done + done +else + echo "" + echo "Assuming the following ways to invoke the various commands and filters": + for filter in $FILTERS + do + echo "$filter command: `eval echo \\$$filter`" + if test `eval echo \\$$filter | $awk '{print $1}'` = "missing" + then + eval $filter="" + fi + done +fi + +case $nroff in + *roff*) + echo "" + echo "It seems that no col is needed, since you use groff." + pcol= + nocol="# " ;; + *) + pcol=$col + nocol= ;; +esac + +fhs="# " +fsstnd="# " +FHSDIR=/var/cache/man +FSSTNDDIR=/var/catman +if [ x$usefhs = x -a x$usefsstnd = x ]; then + if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo $n "Do you want to put the cat pages under $FHSDIR ? [no] $c" + ans= + while [ x$ans = x ] + do + read yesno + if test "$yesno" = "" || test "$yesno" = "no" + then + ans=false + elif test "$yesno" = "yes" + then + ans=true + else + echo "You must enter yes or no" + fi + done + if [ $ans = true ]; then + fhs= + else + echo $n "Do you want to put the cat pages under $FSSTNDDIR ? [no] $c" + ans= + while [ x$ans = x ] + do + read yesno + if test "$yesno" = "" || test "$yesno" = "no" + then + ans=false + elif test "$yesno" = "yes" + then + ans=true + else + echo "You must enter yes or no" + fi + done + if [ $ans = true ]; then + fsstnd= + fi + fi + else + echo "" + if [ -d $FHSDIR ]; then + echo "Using $FHSDIR for cat pages, following FHS." + fhs= + elif [ -d $FSSTNDDIR ]; then + echo "Using $FSSTNDDIR for cat pages, following FSSTND." + fsstnd= + else + echo "Using /usr/man/cat* (if that exists) for cat pages." + fi + fi +else + if [ x$usefsstnd = xtrue ]; then + fsstnd= + elif [ x$usefhs = xtrue ]; then + fhs= + fi +fi + +# How should man be installed? + +if [ x$default = x ]; then + for d in bindir sbindir mandir confdir + do + case $d in + bindir) + echo "" + echo $n "Where should executables be installed? [${bindir}] $c" ;; + sbindir) + echo "" + echo $n "Where should makewhatis be installed? [${sbindir}] $c" ;; + confdir) + echo "" + echo $n "Where should $conffilename be installed? [${confdir}] $c" ;; + mandir) + echo "" + echo $n "Where should man pages be installed? [${mandir}] $c" ;; + esac + dd=`eval echo \\$$d` + dir=$prefix/$dd + ok=false + while test "$ok" = "false" + do + read tmpdir + if test "$tmpdir" = "" && test "$dir" != "" + then + if test -d $dir + then + ok=true + eval $d=$dir + else + echo "" + echo "$dir doesn't seem to exist! Try again!" + fi + elif test -d "$tmpdir" + then + ok=true + eval $d=$tmpdir + newprefix=`echo $tmpdir | sed -e "s:/$dd::"` + if test "$tmpdir" = "$newprefix/$dd" + then + prefix=$newprefix + fi + else + ok=false + echo "" + echo "$tmpdir doesn't seem to exist! Try again!" + fi + done + done + + tmpext=1 + echo "" + echo $n "What extension should installed man(1) pages have? [${tmpext}] $c" + read man1ext + if test "$man1ext" = ""; then man1ext=$tmpext; fi + + tmpext=5 + echo "" + echo $n "What extension should installed man(5) pages have? [${tmpext}] $c" + read man5ext + if test "$man5ext" = ""; then man5ext=$tmpext; fi + + tmpext=8 + echo "" + echo $n "What extension should installed man(8) pages have? [${tmpext}] $c" + read man8ext + if test "$man8ext" = ""; then man8ext=$tmpext; fi +else + echo "" + echo "Assuming that binaries go to $bindir, the configuration file" + echo "goes to $confdir, makewhatis to $sbindir, and the man pages" + echo "to $mandir/man*." + man1ext=1 + man5ext=5 + man8ext=8 +fi + +if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo $n "Do you want to install non-english man pages? [no] $c" + ok=false + while test "$ok" = "false" + do + read yesno + if test "$yesno" = "" || test "$yesno" = "no" + then + ok=true + ans=false + elif test "$yesno" = "yes" + then + ok=true + ans=true + else + ok=false + echo "You must enter yes or no" + fi + done +else + if [ "x$languages" = x ]; then + echo "" + echo "Assuming that you do not want to install non-english man pages." + fi + ans=false +fi + +if test "$ans" = "true" +then + cd man + languages="" + for i in ??; do + langname=`cat $i.txt` + echo $n "Install $langname pages? [no] $c" + ok=false + while test "$ok" = "false" + do + read yesno + if test "$yesno" = "" || test "$yesno" = "no" + then + ok=true + ans=false + elif test "$yesno" = "yes" + then + ok=true + ans=true + else + ok=false + echo "You must enter yes or no" + fi + done + if test "$ans" = "true" + then + languages="$languages $i" + fi + done + cd .. + if [ "x$languages" = x ]; then echo "Not installing any man pages, then."; fi +else + if [ "x$languages" = x ] + then + languages="en" + fi +fi + +if [ "x$languages" != x -a "x$languages" != xen ] +then + DEF_NLSPATH="/usr/share/locale/%L/%N:/usr/lib/locale/%N/%L" + deflocalepath=`echo $NLSPATH:$DEF_NLSPATH | sed 's/:/ /g'` + for i in $deflocalepath; do + if [ x$deflocale = x ]; then + tstdir=`echo $i | sed -e 's/%N//; s/%L//'` + if [ -d "$tstdir" ]; then + deflocale=$i +# else +# tstdir=`echo $i | sed -e 's/%N/*/; s/%L/*/'` +# if [ -d "$tstdir" ]; then +# deflocale=$i +# fi + fi + fi + done + if [ x$deflocale = x ]; then + deflocale="/usr/lib/locale/%N/%L" + fi + if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo $n "Do you want to install non-english message catalogs for man? [yes] $c" + ok=false + while test "$ok" = "false" + do + read yesno + if test "$yesno" = "" || test "$yesno" = "yes" + then + ok=true + ans=true + elif test "$yesno" = "no" + then + ok=true + ans=false + else + ok=false + echo "You must enter yes or no" + fi + done + if [ $ans = true ]; then + echo $n "Where? [$deflocale] $c" + read locale + if [ x$locale = x ]; then + locale=$deflocale + fi + else + locale= + fi + else + locale=$deflocale + fi + echo + echo "Using localedir $locale" +fi + +if [ x$suid = x -a x$sgid = x ]; then + if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo "Do you want to install man setuid or setgid to some user" + echo $n "who owns all the formatted man pages? [no] $c" + ok=false + while test "$ok" = "false" + do + read yesno + if test "$yesno" = "" || test "$yesno" = "no" + then + ok=true + ans=false + elif test "$yesno" = "yes" + then + ok=true + ans=true + else + ok=false + echo "You must enter yes or no" + fi + done + else + echo "Assuming that you do not want man to be suid or sgid." + echo "(But you can always do _chown man man; chmod 04555 man_ later.)" + ans=false + fi +else + ans=true +fi + +if test "$ans" = "true" +then + # prefer uid/gid man above root, but prefer not to give man the + # ability to write into its own binary; never install man suid root + + if [ x$sgid = x ]; then + man_user=man + man_mode=4555 + if grep -q '^man:' /etc/group >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; + then + man_group=man + else + man_group=root + fi + if grep -q '^man:' /etc/passwd >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; + then + : + else + echo "Warning: you still have to create a user \"man\"" + fi + else + man_user=root + man_group=man + man_mode=2555 + if grep -q '^man:' /etc/group >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; + then + : + else + echo "Warning: you still have to create a group \"man\"" + fi + fi + if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo $n "What owner should man have? [${man_user}] $c" + read user + if test "$user" != ""; then man_user=$user; fi + echo "" + echo $n "What group should man have? [${man_group}] $c" + read group + if test "$group" != ""; then man_group=$group; fi + echo "" + echo $n "What mode should the installed man have? [${man_mode}] $c" + read mode + if test "$mode" != ""; then man_mode=$mode; fi + fi + man_install_flags="-m $man_mode -o $man_user -g $man_group" +fi + +# What sections do we anticipate? + +tmpsections="1 1p 8 2 3 3p 4 5 6 7 9 0p tcl n l p o" + +if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo "Enter the man page sections your system uses, separated by" + echo "spaces, and in the order they should be searched." + echo $n "[${tmpsections}] $c" + read sects + if test "$sects" != ""; then tmpsections="$sects"; fi +else + echo + echo "Setting the default section search order to $tmpsections." +fi + +for sect in $tmpsections +do + if [ x$sections = x ]; then + sections=$sect + else + sections=$sections:$sect + fi +done + +if test "$nroff" != "" +then + if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo $n "Compress formatted pages? [yes] $c" + ok=false + while test "$ok" = "false" + do + read yesno + if test "$yesno" = "" || test "$yesno" = "yes" + then + ok=true + ans=true + elif test "$yesno" = "no" + then + ok=true + ans=false + else + ok=false + echo "You must enter yes or no" + fi + done + else + echo "" + echo "Assuming that formatted pages should be compressed." + ans=true + fi + + if test "$ans" = "true" + then + DO_COMPRESSION=true + compress= + for i in xz lzma bzip2 gzip bzip tzip pack compress freeze yabba + do + eval F$i=missing + for j in $DEFPATH + do + if test -f $j/$i + then + eval F$i=$j/$i + if [ x$compress = x ]; then compress=$j/$i; fi + break + fi + done + done + + if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo "What program should be used to compress the formatted pages?" + echo $n "Note that it must work as a filter! [${compress}] $c" + found=false + while test "$found" = "false" + do + read tmp + if test -n "$tmp" + then + if test -f `echo $tmp | $awk '{print $1}'` + then + found=true + compress=$tmp + else + found=false + echo "" + echo "`echo $tmp | $awk '{print $1}'` doesn't seem to exist! Try again!" + fi + elif test -f `echo "$compress" | $awk '{print $1}'` + then + found=true + else + found=false + echo "" + echo "`echo "$compress" | $awk '{print $1}'` doesn't seem to exist! Try again!" + fi + done + else + if [ x$compress = x ] + then + DO_COMPRESSION=false + echo "Could not find any compression programs." + else + echo "Using $compress for compression." + fi + fi + + case $compress in + *xz*) ext=".xz" ;; + *lzma*) ext=".lzma" ;; + *bzip2*) ext=".bz2" ;; + *gzip*) ext=".gz" ;; + *bzip*) ext=".bz" ;; + *tzip*) ext=".tz" ;; + *pack*) ext=".z" ;; + *compress*) ext=".Z" ;; + *freeze*) ext=".F" ;; + *yabba*) ext=".Y" ;; + *) ext="" ;; + esac + if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo "What extension should be added to" + if test "$ext" = "" + then + echo "compressed files?" + else + echo $n "compressed files? [${ext}] $c" + fi + ok=false + while test "$ok" = "false" + do + read tmp_ext + if test "$tmp_ext" = "" && test "$ext" != "" + then + ok=true + compress_ext=$ext + elif test "$tmp_ext" != "" + then + ok=true + compress_ext=$tmp_ext + fi + done + else + compress_ext=$ext + fi + else + DO_COMPRESSION=false + fi +fi + +# unconditionally handle uncompression +UNCOMPRESSORS="unxz unlzma gunzip bzip2 pcat zcat fcat unyabba" +for i in $UNCOMPRESSORS +do + eval F$i=missing + for j in $DEFPATH + do + if test -f $j/$i + then + eval F$i=$j/$i + break + fi + done +done +unxz=missing +if [ $Funxz != missing ]; then + unxz="$Funxz -c" +fi +gunzip=missing +if [ $Fgunzip != missing ]; then + gunzip="$Fgunzip -c" +fi +bzip2=missing +if [ $Fbzip2 != missing ]; then + bzip2="$Fbzip2 -c -d" +fi +unlzma=missing +if [ $Funlzma != missing ]; then + unlzma="$Funlzma -c -d" +fi +pcat="$Fpcat" +zcat="$Fzcat" +fcat="$Ffcat" +unyabba="$Funyabba" + +if [ x$default = x ]; then + echo "" + echo "Now let us look at programs for uncompressing compressed man pages." + echo "" + echo "If you don't have one of the following programs, enter \`missing'." + echo "It's best to enter absolute pathnames so that man won't have to" + echo "depend on the user's path to work properly. Default values are" + echo "given in square brackets. The answers given are only checked to" + echo "see if the programs exist, not to see see if the given flags are" + echo "correct." + for filter in $UNCOMPRESSORS + do + found=false + while test "$found" = "false" + do + echo "" + case $filter in + unxz) + echo "Command to use for .xz files (standard xz)" + echo $n "[`eval echo \\$$filter`] $c" ;; + gunzip) + echo "Command to use for .gz files (standard gzip)" + echo $n "[`eval echo \\$$filter`] $c" ;; + bzip2) + echo "Command to use for .bz2 files (standard bzip2)" + echo $n "[`eval echo \\$$filter`] $c" ;; + unlzma) + echo "Command to use for .lzma files (standard lzma)" + echo $n "[`eval echo \\$$filter`] $c" ;; + pcat) + echo "Command to use for .z files (pack/unpack)" + echo $n "[`eval echo \\$$filter`] $c" ;; + zcat) + echo "Command to use for .Z files (standard compress)" + echo $n "[`eval echo \\$$filter`] $c" ;; + fcat) + echo "Command to use for .F files (freeze/melt from net posting)" + echo $n "[`eval echo \\$$filter`] $c" ;; + unyabba) + echo "Command to use for .Y files (yabba/unyabba from net posting)" + echo $n "[`eval echo \\$$filter`] $c" ;; + esac + read tmp + if test -n "$tmp" + then + if test "$tmp" = "missing" + then + found=true + eval $filter="" + elif test -f `echo $tmp | $awk '{print $1}'` + then + found=true + eval $filter=\""$tmp"\" + else + found=false + echo "" + echo "`echo $tmp | $awk '{print $1}'` doesn't seem to exist! Try again or enter \`missing'" + fi + elif test `eval echo \\$$filter | $awk '{print $1}'` = "missing" + then + found=true + eval $filter="" + elif test -f `eval echo \\$$filter | $awk '{print $1}'` + then + found=true + else + found=false + echo "" + echo "`eval echo \\$$filter | $awk '{print $1}'` doesn't seem to exist! Try again or enter \`missing'" + fi + done + done +else + echo "" + echo "Assuming the following ways to invoke the various decompressors:" + for filter in $UNCOMPRESSORS + do + echo "$filter command: `eval echo \\$$filter`" + if test `eval echo \\$$filter | $awk '{print $1}'` = "missing" + then + eval $filter="" + fi + done +fi + +# set $decompress to the program that decompresses things +# with the $compress_ext extension. +case $compress_ext in + .xz) decompress=$unxz ;; + .gz) decompress=$gunzip ;; + .bz2) decompress=$bzip2 ;; + .lzma) decompress=$unlzma ;; + .z) decompress=$pcat ;; + .Z) decompress=$zcat ;; + .F) decompress=$fcat ;; + .Y) decompress=$unyabba ;; + *) decompress= ;; +esac + +if test "$DO_COMPRESSION" = "true" +then + DEFS="$DEFS -DDO_COMPRESS" +fi + +man=$bindir/man$EXEEXT +apropos=$bindir/apropos +whatis=$bindir/whatis +man2dvi=$bindir/man2dvi +makewhatis=$sbindir/makewhatis +man_config_dir=$confdir +man_config_file=$confdir/$conffilename + +if [ x$locale = x ]; then + sed -e 's/%.*//' < Makefile.in > Makefile +else + sed -e 's/%//' < Makefile.in > Makefile +fi + +# some definitions to avoid extensive quoting in the script below +allargs='$@' +infiles='$infiles' +infile='$infile' +shebang='`sed -n -e 1p $infile.in`' +cb='$cb' +cs='$cs' +ce='$ce' +mancomment='.\\\"' + +# Note: the script below only works when none of the variables +# contains a comma. +version=`cat version` + +cat > conf_script << EOS +#!/bin/sh +infiles=$allargs +trap 'rm -f $infiles; exit 1' 1 3 15 + +# echo "" +for infile in $infiles +do + case $infile in + *.h) + cb="/*"; cs=" *"; ce=" */";; + *.1|*.5|*.8|*.man) + cb=$mancomment; cs=$mancomment; ce=$mancomment;; + *) + case "$shebang" in + '#!'*) cb="$shebang";; + *) cb="#";; + esac + cs="#"; ce="#";; + esac + echo "$cb" > $infile + echo "$cs Generated automatically from $infile.in by the" >> $infile + echo "$cs configure script." >> $infile + echo "$ce" >> $infile + echo "Creating $infile from $infile.in" + sed -e ' +s,@version@,$version, +s,@CC@,$CC, +s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT, +s,@BUILD_CC@,$BUILD_CC, +s,@INSTALL@,$INSTALL, +s,@DEFS@,$DEFS, +s,@LIBS@,$LIBS, +s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS, +s,@troff@,$troff, +s,@nroff@,$nroff, +s,@jnroff@,$jnroff, +s,@eqn@,$eqn, +s,@neqn@,$neqn, +s,@jneqn@,$jneqn, +s,@tbl@,$tbl, +s,@nocol@,$nocol, +s,@pcol@,$pcol, +s,@col@,$col, +s,@vgrind@,$vgrind, +s,@refer@,$refer, +s,@grap@,$grap, +s,@pic@,$pic, +s,@fcat@,$fcat, +s,@pcat@,$pcat, +s,@zcat@,$zcat, +s,@unxz@,$unxz, +s,@gunzip@,$gunzip, +s,@bzip2@,$bzip2, +s,@unlzma@,$unlzma, +s,@unyabba@,$unyabba, +s,@compress@,$compress, +s,@compress_ext@,$compress_ext, +s,@decompress@,$decompress, +s,@pager@,$pager, +s,@browser@,$browser, +s,@htmlpager@,$htmlpager, +s,@cmp@,$cmp, +s,@cat@,$cat, +s,@awk@,$awk, +s,@bindir@,$bindir, +s,@sbindir@,$sbindir, +s,@mandir@,$mandir, +s,@locale@,$locale, +s,@fhs@,$fhs, +s,@fsstnd@,$fsstnd, +s,@man1ext@,$man1ext,g +s,@man5ext@,$man5ext,g +s,@man8ext@,$man8ext,g +s,@man_install_flags@,$man_install_flags, +s,@man_user@,$man_user, +s,@languages@,$languages, +s,@man@,$man, +s,@apropos@,$apropos, +s,@whatis@,$whatis, +s,@man2dvi@,$man2dvi, +s,@makewhatis@,$makewhatis, +s,@man_config_dir@,$man_config_dir, +s,@man_config_file@,$man_config_file, +s,@manpathoption@,$manpathoption, +s/@sections@/$sections/ +' $infile.in >> $infile +done +EOS + +chmod +x conf_script + +echo "" +echo 'Created Makefile and conf_script. Now do "make" and "make install".' +echo "" diff --git a/gencat/Makefile b/gencat/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8800958 --- /dev/null +++ b/gencat/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# extremely primitive makefile +# just for people that don't have gencat but need it to make man + +# note: you only need gencat if you want non-English messages + +gencat: gencat.o genlib.o + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o gencat gencat.o genlib.o + +gencat.o genlib.o: gencat.h + +genlib.o: msgcat.h + +install: gencat + cp gencat$(EXEEXT) $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/usr/bin + +clean: + rm -f *~ *.o gencat + diff --git a/gencat/gencat.c b/gencat/gencat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1a7c31 --- /dev/null +++ b/gencat/gencat.c @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ + +/*********************************************************** +Copyright 1990, by Alfalfa Software Incorporated, Cambridge, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that Alfalfa's name not be used in +advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +without specific, written prior permission. + +ALPHALPHA DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +ALPHALPHA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +If you make any modifications, bugfixes or other changes to this software +we'd appreciate it if you could send a copy to us so we can keep things +up-to-date. Many thanks. + Kee Hinckley + Alfalfa Software, Inc. + 267 Allston St., #3 + Cambridge, MA 02139 USA + nazgul@alfalfa.com + +******************************************************************/ + +/* Edit History + +01/18/91 3 hamilton #if not reparsed +01/12/91 2 schulert conditionally use prototypes +12/23/90 2 hamilton Fix fd == NULL to fd < 0 +11/03/90 1 hamilton Alphalpha->Alfalfa & OmegaMail->Poste +08/13/90 1 schulert move from ua to omu +*/ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#ifdef SYSV +#include <sys/fcntl.h> +#include <string.h> +#else +#include <strings.h> +#endif +#ifdef __linux__ +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#endif +#include <sys/file.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include "gencat.h" + +#ifndef L_SET +#define L_SET SEEK_SET +#endif + +#ifndef L_INCR +#define L_INCR SEEK_CUR +#endif + +/* + * The spec says the syntax is "gencat catfile msgfile...". + * We extend it to: + * gencat [-new] [-or] [-lang C|C++|ANSIC] catfile msgfile + * [-h <header-file>]... + * Flags are order dependant, we'll take whatever lang was most recently chosen + * and use it to generate the next header file. The header files are generated + * at the point in the command line they are listed. Thus the sequence: + * gencat -lang C foo.cat foo.mcs -h foo.h -lang C++ bar.mcs -h bar.H + * will put constants from foo.mcs into foo.h and constants from bar.mcs into + * bar.h. Constants are not saved in the catalog file, so nothing will come + * from that, even if things have been defined before. The constants in foo.h + * will be in C syntax, in bar.H in C++ syntax. + */ + +static void writeIfChanged( +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) + char *fname, int lang, int orConsts +#endif +); + +void usage() { + fprintf(stderr, "Use: gencat [-new] [-or] [-lang C|C++|ANSIC] catfile msgfile [-h <header-file>]...\n"); +} + +int main( +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) + int argc, char *argv[]) +#else + argc, argv) +int argc; +char *argv[]; +#endif +{ + int ofd, ifd, i; + FILE *fptr; + char *catfile = NULL; + char *input = NULL; + int lang = MCLangC; + int new = False; + int orConsts = False; + + for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i) { + if (argv[i][0] == '-') { + if (strcmp(argv[i], "-lang") == 0) { + ++i; + if (strcmp(argv[i], "C") == 0) lang = MCLangC; + else if (strcmp(argv[i], "C++") == 0) lang = MCLangCPlusPlus; + else if (strcmp(argv[i], "ANSIC") == 0) lang = MCLangANSIC; + else { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unrecognized language: %s\n", argv[i]); + exit(1); + } + } else if (strncmp(argv[i], "-h", 2) == 0) { + if (!input) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Can't write to a header before reading something.\n"); + exit(1); + } + ++i; + writeIfChanged(argv[i], lang, orConsts); + } else if (strncmp(argv[i], "-new", 4) == 0) { + if (catfile) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: You must specify -new before the catalog file name\n"); + exit(1); + } + new = True; + } else if (strncmp(argv[i], "-or", 3) == 0) { + orConsts = ~orConsts; + } else { + usage(); + exit(1); + } + } else { + if (!catfile) { + catfile = argv[i]; + if (new) { + if ((ofd = open(catfile, O_WRONLY|O_TRUNC|O_CREAT, 0666)) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to create a new %s.\n", catfile); + exit(1); + } + } else if ((ofd = open(catfile, O_RDONLY)) < 0) { + if ((ofd = open(catfile, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT, 0666)) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to create %s.\n", catfile); + exit(1); + } + } else { + MCReadCat(ofd); + close(ofd); + if ((ofd = open(catfile, O_WRONLY|O_TRUNC)) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to truncate %s.\n", catfile); + exit(1); + } + } + } else { + input = argv[i]; + if ((ifd = open(input, O_RDONLY)) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to read %s\n", input); + exit(1); + } + MCParse(ifd); + close(ifd); + } + } + } + if (catfile) { + MCWriteCat(ofd); + exit(0); + } else { + usage(); + exit(1); + } + return 0; /* just for gcc */ +} + +static void writeIfChanged( +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) + char *fname, int lang, int orConsts) +#else + fname, lang, orConsts) +char *fname; +int lang; +int orConsts; +#endif +{ + char tmpname[32]; + char buf[BUFSIZ], tbuf[BUFSIZ], *cptr, *tptr; + int fd, tfd; + int diff = False; + int c, len, tlen; + struct stat sbuf; + + /* If it doesn't exist, just create it */ + if (stat(fname, &sbuf)) { + if ((fd = open(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT, 0666)) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to create header file %s.\n", fname); + exit(1); + } + MCWriteConst(fd, lang, orConsts); + close(fd); + return; + } + + /* If it does exist, create a temp file for now */ + sprintf(tmpname, "/tmp/gencat.%d", (int) getpid()); + if ((tfd = open(tmpname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0666)) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to open temporary file: %s\n", tmpname); + exit(1); + } + unlink(tmpname); + + /* Write to the temp file and rewind */ + MCWriteConst(tfd, lang, orConsts); + + /* Open the real header file */ + if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to read header file: %s\n", fname); + exit(1); + } + + /* Backup to the start of the temp file */ + if (lseek(tfd, 0L, L_SET) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to seek in tempfile: %s\n", tmpname); + exit(1); + } + + /* Now compare them */ + while ((tlen = read(tfd, tbuf, BUFSIZ)) > 0) { + if ((len = read(fd, buf, BUFSIZ)) != tlen) { + diff = True; + goto done; + } + for (cptr = buf, tptr = tbuf; cptr < buf+len; ++cptr, ++tptr) { + if (*tptr != *cptr) { + diff = True; + goto done; + } + } + } +done: + if (diff) { + if (lseek(tfd, 0L, L_SET) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to seek in tempfile: %s\n", tmpname); + exit(1); + } + close(fd); + if ((fd = open(fname, O_WRONLY|O_TRUNC)) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Unable to truncate header file: %s\n", fname); + exit(1); + } + while ((len = read(tfd, buf, BUFSIZ)) > 0) { + if (write(fd, buf, len) != len) { + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: Error writing to header file: %s\n", fname); + } + } + } + close(fd); + close(tfd); +} diff --git a/gencat/gencat.h b/gencat/gencat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcf20b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gencat/gencat.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + +/*********************************************************** +Copyright 1990, by Alfalfa Software Incorporated, Cambridge, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that Alfalfa's name not be used in +advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +without specific, written prior permission. + +ALPHALPHA DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +ALPHALPHA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +If you make any modifications, bugfixes or other changes to this software +we'd appreciate it if you could send a copy to us so we can keep things +up-to-date. Many thanks. + Kee Hinckley + Alfalfa Software, Inc. + 267 Allston St., #3 + Cambridge, MA 02139 USA + nazgul@alfalfa.com + +******************************************************************/ + +/* Edit History + +02/25/91 2 nazgul Added MCGetByteOrder +01/18/91 2 hamilton #if not reparsed +01/12/91 2 schulert conditionally use prototypes +11/03/90 1 hamilton Alphalpha->Alfalfa & OmegaMail->Poste +08/13/90 1 schulert move from ua to omu +*/ + +#ifndef gencat_h +#define gencat_h + +/* + * $set n comment + * My extension: If the comment begins with # treat the next string + * as a constant identifier. + * $delset n comment + * n goes from 1 to NL_SETMAX + * Deletes a set from the MC + * $ comment + * My extension: If comment begins with # treat the next string as + * a constant identifier for the next message. + * m message-text + * m goes from 1 to NL_MSGMAX + * If message-text is empty, and a space or tab is present, put + * empty string in catalog. + * If message-text is empty, delete the message. + * Length of text is 0 to NL_TEXTMAX + * My extension: If '#' is used instead of a number, the number + * is generated automatically. A # followed by anything is an empty message. + * $quote c + * Optional quote character which can suround message-text to + * show where spaces are. + * + * Escape Characters + * \n (newline), \t (horiz tab), \v (vert tab), \b (backspace), + * \r (carriage return), \f (formfeed), \\ (backslash), \ddd (bitpattern + * in octal). + * Also, \ at end of line is a continuation. + * + */ + +#define MCLangC 0 +#define MCLangCPlusPlus 1 +#define MCLangANSIC 2 + +#define MAXTOKEN 1024 + +#if !defined(ANSI_C) && (defined(__STDC__) || defined(_AIX)) +# define ANSI_C 1 +#endif + +#if ANSI_C || defined(__cplusplus) +# define P_(x) x +#else +# define P_(x) /**/ +#endif + +extern void MCAddSet P_((int setId, char *c)); +extern void MCDelSet P_((int setId)); +extern void MCAddMsg P_((int msgId, char *msg, char *c)); +extern void MCDelMsg P_((int msgId)); +extern void MCParse P_((int fd)); +extern void MCReadCat P_((int fd)); +extern void MCWriteConst P_((int fd, int type, int orConsts)); +extern void MCWriteCat P_((int fd)); +extern long MCGetByteOrder P_((void)); + +#ifndef True +# define True ~0 +# define False 0 +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/gencat/genlib.c b/gencat/genlib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..737a9cb --- /dev/null +++ b/gencat/genlib.c @@ -0,0 +1,892 @@ +/* -*-c++-*- */ + + +/*********************************************************** +Copyright 1990, by Alfalfa Software Incorporated, Cambridge, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that Alfalfa's name not be used in +advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +without specific, written prior permission. + +ALPHALPHA DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +ALPHALPHA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +If you make any modifications, bugfixes or other changes to this software +we'd appreciate it if you could send a copy to us so we can keep things +up-to-date. Many thanks. + Kee Hinckley + Alfalfa Software, Inc. + 267 Allston St., #3 + Cambridge, MA 02139 USA + nazgul@alfalfa.com + +******************************************************************/ + +/* Edit History + +12/03/82 nazgul Patch from <Jan.Djarv@sa.erisoft.se>. This may fix + the problem with updating sets. +10/18/92 3 schulert actually put in the changes described in last edit. +10/18/92 7 nazgul Changes from gbooman@feds1.Prime.COM (Gordon Booman) + 1) Support backslash quoted quotes in message file text. + 2) Correctly indicate error location in messages that have tabs. + 3) Fixed a misspelling. +04/15/91 6 nazgul Check for byte order first +02/25/91 5 nazgul Added flag for MS byteorder +01/14/91 4 nazgul Off by one on number specified entries +*/ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#ifdef SYSV +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#if !defined(__linux__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) +#include <memory.h> +static int bcopy(src, dst, length) +char *src, *dst; +int length; +{ + memcpy(dst, src, length); +} +static int bzero(b, length) +char *b; +int length; +{ + memset(b, '\0', length); +} +#else +#include <string.h> +#endif + +#include <sys/file.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include "msgcat.h" +#include "gencat.h" + +#ifndef L_SET +#define L_SET SEEK_SET +#endif + +#ifndef L_INCR +#define L_INCR SEEK_CUR +#endif + +static char *curline = NULL; +static long lineno = 0; + +static void warning(cptr, msg) +char *cptr; +char *msg; +{ + fprintf(stderr, "gencat: %s on line %d\n", msg, lineno); + fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", curline); + if (cptr) { + char *tptr; + for (tptr = curline; tptr < cptr; ++tptr) + putc(*tptr == '\t' ? '\t' : ' ', stderr); + fprintf(stderr, "^\n"); + } +} + +static void error(cptr, msg) +char *cptr; +char *msg; +{ + warning(cptr, msg); + exit(1); +} + +static void corrupt() { + error(NULL, "corrupt message catalog"); +} +static void nomem() { + error(NULL, "out of memory"); +} + +static char *my_getline(fd) +int fd; +{ + static long len = 0, curlen = BUFSIZ; + static char buf[BUFSIZ], *bptr = buf, *bend = buf; + char *cptr, *cend; + long buflen; + + if (!curline) { + curline = (char *) malloc(curlen); + if (!curline) nomem(); + } + ++lineno; + + cptr = curline; + cend = curline + curlen; + while (True) { + for (; bptr < bend && cptr < cend; ++cptr, ++bptr) { + if (*bptr == '\n') { + *cptr = '\0'; + ++bptr; + return(curline); + } else *cptr = *bptr; + } + if (bptr == bend) { + buflen = read(fd, buf, BUFSIZ); + if (buflen <= 0) { + if (cptr > curline) { + *cptr = '\0'; + return(curline); + } + return(NULL); + } + bend = buf + buflen; + bptr = buf; + } + if (cptr == cend) { + cptr = curline = (char *) realloc(curline, curlen *= 2); + cend = curline + curlen; + } + } +} + + +static char *token(cptr) +char *cptr; +{ + static char tok[MAXTOKEN+1]; + char *tptr = tok; + + while (*cptr && isspace(*cptr)) ++cptr; + while (*cptr && !isspace(*cptr)) *tptr++ = *cptr++; + *tptr = '\0'; + return(tok); +} +static char *wskip(cptr) +char *cptr; +{ + if (!*cptr || !isspace(*cptr)) { + warning(cptr, "expected a space"); + return(cptr); + } + while (*cptr && isspace(*cptr)) ++cptr; + return(cptr); +} +static char *cskip(cptr) +char *cptr; +{ + if (!*cptr || isspace(*cptr)) { + warning(cptr, "wasn't expecting a space"); + return(cptr); + } + while (*cptr && !isspace(*cptr)) ++cptr; + return(cptr); +} + +static char *getmsg(fd, cptr, quote) +int fd; +char *cptr; +char quote; +{ + static char *msg = NULL; + static long msglen = 0; + long clen, i; + char *tptr; + + int needq; + + if (quote && *cptr == quote) { + needq = True; + ++cptr; + } else needq = False; + + clen = strlen(cptr) + 1; + if (clen > msglen) { + if (msglen) msg = (char *) realloc(msg, clen); + else msg = (char *) malloc(clen); + msglen = clen; + } + tptr = msg; + + while (*cptr) { + if (quote && *cptr == quote) { + char *tmp; + tmp = cptr+1; + if (*tmp && (!isspace(*tmp) || *wskip(tmp))) { + warning(cptr, "quote character before end of line, ignoring"); + *tptr++ = *cptr++; + } else { + *cptr = '\0'; + } + } else if (*cptr == '\\') { + ++cptr; + switch (*cptr) { + case '\0': + cptr = my_getline(fd); + if (!cptr) error(NULL, "premature end of file"); + msglen += strlen(cptr); + i = tptr - msg; + msg = (char *) realloc(msg, msglen); + tptr = msg + i; + break; + case 'n': + *tptr++ = '\n'; + ++cptr; + break; + case 't': + *tptr++ = '\t'; + ++cptr; + break; + case 'v': + *tptr++ = '\v'; + ++cptr; + break; + case 'b': + *tptr++ = '\b'; + ++cptr; + break; + case 'r': + *tptr++ = '\r'; + ++cptr; + break; + case 'f': + *tptr++ = '\f'; + ++cptr; + break; + case '\\': + *tptr++ = '\\'; + ++cptr; + break; + default: + if (isdigit(*cptr)) { + *tptr = 0; + for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { + if (!isdigit(*cptr)) break; + if (*cptr > '7') warning(cptr, "octal number greater than 7?!"); + *tptr *= 8; + *tptr += (*cptr - '0'); + ++cptr; + } + } else if (*cptr == quote) { + *tptr++ = *cptr++; + } else { + warning(cptr, "unrecognized escape sequence"); + } + } + } else { + *tptr++ = *cptr++; + } + } + *tptr = '\0'; + return(msg); +} + + + +static char *dupstr(ostr) +char *ostr; +{ + char *nstr; + + nstr = (char *) malloc(strlen(ostr) + 1); + if (!nstr) error(NULL, "unable to allocate storage"); + strcpy(nstr, ostr); + return(nstr); +} + + +/* + * The Global Stuff + */ + + +typedef struct _msgT { + long msgId; + char *str; + char *hconst; + long offset; + struct _msgT *prev, *next; +} msgT; +typedef struct _setT { + long setId; + char *hconst; + msgT *first, *last; + struct _setT *prev, *next; +} setT; +typedef struct { + setT *first, *last; +} catT; + +static setT *curSet; +static catT *cat; + +/* + * Find the current byte order. There are of course some others, but this will do + * for now. Note that all we care about is "long". + */ +long MCGetByteOrder() { + long l = 0x00010203; + char *cptr = (char *) &l; + + if (cptr[0] == 0 && cptr[1] == 1 && cptr[2] == 2 && cptr[3] == 3) + return MC68KByteOrder; + else return MCn86ByteOrder; +} + + +void MCParse( +#if PROTO + int fd) +#else + fd) +int fd; +#endif +{ + char *cptr, *str; + int setid, msgid = 0; + char hconst[MAXTOKEN+1]; + char quote = 0; + int i; + + if (!cat) { + cat = (catT *) malloc(sizeof(catT)); + if (!cat) nomem(); + bzero(cat, sizeof(catT)); + } + + hconst[0] = '\0'; + + while (cptr = my_getline(fd)) { + if (*cptr == '$') { + ++cptr; + if (strncmp(cptr, "set", 3) == 0) { + cptr += 3; + cptr = wskip(cptr); + setid = atoi(cptr); + cptr = cskip(cptr); + if (*cptr) cptr = wskip(cptr); + if (*cptr == '#') { + ++cptr; + MCAddSet(setid, token(cptr)); + } else MCAddSet(setid, NULL); + msgid = 0; + } else if (strncmp(cptr, "delset", 6) == 0) { + cptr += 6; + cptr = wskip(cptr); + setid = atoi(cptr); + MCDelSet(setid); + } else if (strncmp(cptr, "quote", 5) == 0) { + cptr += 5; + if (!*cptr) quote = 0; + else { + cptr = wskip(cptr); + if (!*cptr) quote = 0; + else quote = *cptr; + } + } else if (isspace(*cptr)) { + cptr = wskip(cptr); + if (*cptr == '#') { + ++cptr; + strcpy(hconst, token(cptr)); + } + } else { + if (*cptr) { + cptr = wskip(cptr); + if (*cptr) warning(cptr, "unrecognized line"); + } + } + } else { + if (isdigit(*cptr) || *cptr == '#') { + if (*cptr == '#') { + ++msgid; + ++cptr; + if (!*cptr) { + MCAddMsg(msgid, "", hconst); + hconst[0] = '\0'; + continue; + } + if (!isspace(*cptr)) warning(cptr, "expected a space"); + ++cptr; + if (!*cptr) { + MCAddMsg(msgid, "", hconst); + hconst[0] = '\0'; + continue; + } + } else { + msgid = atoi(cptr); + cptr = cskip(cptr); + cptr = wskip(cptr); + /* if (*cptr) ++cptr; */ + } + if (!*cptr) MCDelMsg(msgid); + else { + str = getmsg(fd, cptr, quote); + MCAddMsg(msgid, str, hconst); + hconst[0] = '\0'; + } + } + } + } +} + +void MCReadCat( +#if PROTO + int fd) +#else + fd) +int fd; +#endif +{ + MCHeaderT mcHead; + MCMsgT mcMsg; + MCSetT mcSet; + msgT *msg; + setT *set; + int i; + char *data; + + cat = (catT *) malloc(sizeof(catT)); + if (!cat) nomem(); + bzero(cat, sizeof(catT)); + + if (read(fd, &mcHead, sizeof(mcHead)) != sizeof(mcHead)) corrupt(); + if (strncmp(mcHead.magic, MCMagic, MCMagicLen) != 0) corrupt(); + if ((mcHead.flags & MCGetByteOrder()) == 0) error(NULL, "wrong byte order"); + if (mcHead.majorVer != MCMajorVer) error(NULL, "unrecognized catalog version"); + + if (lseek(fd, mcHead.firstSet, L_SET) == -1) corrupt(); + + while (True) { + if (read(fd, &mcSet, sizeof(mcSet)) != sizeof(mcSet)) corrupt(); + if (mcSet.invalid) continue; + + set = (setT *) malloc(sizeof(setT)); + if (!set) nomem(); + bzero(set, sizeof(*set)); + if (cat->first) { + cat->last->next = set; + set->prev = cat->last; + cat->last = set; + } else cat->first = cat->last = set; + + set->setId = mcSet.setId; + + /* Get the data */ + if (mcSet.dataLen) { + data = (char *) malloc(mcSet.dataLen); + if (!data) nomem(); + if (lseek(fd, mcSet.data.off, L_SET) == -1) corrupt(); + if (read(fd, data, mcSet.dataLen) != mcSet.dataLen) corrupt(); + if (lseek(fd, mcSet.u.firstMsg, L_SET) == -1) corrupt(); + + for (i = 0; i < mcSet.numMsgs; ++i) { + if (read(fd, &mcMsg, sizeof(mcMsg)) != sizeof(mcMsg)) corrupt(); + if (mcMsg.invalid) { + --i; + continue; + } + + msg = (msgT *) malloc(sizeof(msgT)); + if (!msg) nomem(); + bzero(msg, sizeof(*msg)); + if (set->first) { + set->last->next = msg; + msg->prev = set->last; + set->last = msg; + } else set->first = set->last = msg; + + msg->msgId = mcMsg.msgId; + msg->str = dupstr((char *) (data + mcMsg.msg.off)); + } + free(data); + } + if (!mcSet.nextSet) break; + if (lseek(fd, mcSet.nextSet, L_SET) == -1) corrupt(); + } +} + + +static void printS(fd, str) +int fd; +char *str; +{ + write(fd, str, strlen(str)); +} +static void printL(fd, l) +int fd; +long l; +{ + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "%ld", l); + write(fd, buf, strlen(buf)); +} +static void printLX(fd, l) +int fd; +long l; +{ + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "%lx", l); + write(fd, buf, strlen(buf)); +} + +static void genconst(fd, type, setConst, msgConst, val) +int fd; +int type; +char *setConst; +char *msgConst; +long val; +{ + switch (type) { + case MCLangC: + if (!msgConst) { + printS(fd, "\n#define "); + printS(fd, setConst); + printS(fd, "Set"); + } else { + printS(fd, "#define "); + printS(fd, setConst); + printS(fd, msgConst); + } + printS(fd, "\t0x"); + printLX(fd, val); + printS(fd, "\n"); + break; + case MCLangCPlusPlus: + case MCLangANSIC: + if (!msgConst) { + printS(fd, "\nconst long "); + printS(fd, setConst); + printS(fd, "Set"); + } else { + printS(fd, "const long "); + printS(fd, setConst); + printS(fd, msgConst); + } + printS(fd, "\t= "); + printL(fd, val); + printS(fd, ";\n"); + break; + default: + error(NULL, "not a recognized (programming) language type"); + } +} + +void MCWriteConst( +#if PROTO + int fd, int type, int orConsts) +#else + fd, type, orConsts) +int fd; +int type; +int orConsts; +#endif +{ + msgT *msg; + setT *set; + long id; + + if (orConsts && (type == MCLangC || type == MCLangCPlusPlus || type == MCLangANSIC)) { + printS(fd, "/* Use these Macros to compose and decompose setId's and msgId's */\n"); + printS(fd, "#ifndef MCMakeId\n"); + printS(fd, "# define MCuint unsigned int\n"); + printS(fd, "# define MCushort unsigned short\n"); + printS(fd, "# define MCulong unsigned long\n"); + printS(fd, "# define MCMakeId(s,m)\t(MCulong)(((MCushort)s<<(sizeof(short)*8))\\\n"); + printS(fd, " \t |(MCushort)m)\n"); + printS(fd, "# define MCSetId(id)\t(MCuint) ((MCuint)id >> (MCuint)(sizeof(short) * 8))\n"); + printS(fd, "# define MCMsgId(id)\t(MCuint) (((MCuint)id << (MCuint)(sizeof(short) * 8))\\\n"); + printS(fd, " \t >> (MCuint)(sizeof(short) * 8))\n"); + printS(fd, "#endif\n"); + } + + for (set = cat->first; set; set = set->next) { + if (set->hconst) genconst(fd, type, set->hconst, NULL, set->setId); + + for (msg = set->first; msg; msg = msg->next) { + if (msg->hconst) { + if (orConsts) id = MCMakeId(set->setId, msg->msgId); + else id = msg->msgId; + genconst(fd, type, set->hconst, msg->hconst, id); + free(msg->hconst); + msg->hconst = NULL; + } + } + if (set->hconst) { + free(set->hconst); + set->hconst = NULL; + } + } +} + +void MCWriteCat( +#if PROTO + int fd) +#else + fd) +int fd; +#endif +{ + MCHeaderT mcHead; + int cnt; + setT *set; + msgT *msg; + MCSetT mcSet; + MCMsgT mcMsg; + off_t pos; + + bcopy(MCMagic, mcHead.magic, MCMagicLen); + mcHead.majorVer = MCMajorVer; + mcHead.minorVer = MCMinorVer; + mcHead.flags = MCGetByteOrder(); + mcHead.firstSet = 0; /* We'll be back to set this in a minute */ + + for (cnt = 0, set = cat->first; set; set = set->next) ++cnt; + mcHead.numSets = cnt; + + lseek(fd, 0L, L_SET); + write(fd, &mcHead, sizeof(mcHead)); + mcHead.firstSet = lseek(fd, 0, L_INCR); + lseek(fd, 0L, L_SET); + write(fd, &mcHead, sizeof(mcHead)); + + for (set = cat->first; set; set = set->next) { + bzero(&mcSet, sizeof(mcSet)); + + mcSet.setId = set->setId; + mcSet.invalid = False; + + /* The rest we'll have to come back and change in a moment */ + pos = lseek(fd, 0, L_INCR); + write(fd, &mcSet, sizeof(mcSet)); + + /* Now write all the string data */ + mcSet.data.off = lseek(fd, 0, L_INCR); + cnt = 0; + for (msg = set->first; msg; msg = msg->next) { + msg->offset = lseek(fd, 0, L_INCR) - mcSet.data.off; + mcSet.dataLen += write(fd, msg->str, strlen(msg->str) + 1); + ++cnt; + } + mcSet.u.firstMsg = lseek(fd, 0, L_INCR); + mcSet.numMsgs = cnt; + + /* Now write the message headers */ + for (msg = set->first; msg; msg = msg->next) { + mcMsg.msgId = msg->msgId; + mcMsg.msg.off = msg->offset; + mcMsg.invalid = False; + write(fd, &mcMsg, sizeof(mcMsg)); + } + + /* Go back and fix things up */ + + if (set == cat->last) { + mcSet.nextSet = 0; + lseek(fd, pos, L_SET); + write(fd, &mcSet, sizeof(mcSet)); + } else { + mcSet.nextSet = lseek(fd, 0, L_INCR); + lseek(fd, pos, L_SET); + write(fd, &mcSet, sizeof(mcSet)); + lseek(fd, mcSet.nextSet, L_SET); + } + } +} + + +void MCAddSet( +#if PROTO + int setId, char *hconst) +#else + setId, hconst) +int setId; +char *hconst; +#endif +{ + setT *set; + + if (setId <= 0) { + error(NULL, "setId's must be greater than zero"); + return; + } + + if (hconst && !*hconst) hconst = NULL; + for (set = cat->first; set; set = set->next) { + if (set->setId == setId) { + if (set->hconst && hconst) free(set->hconst); + set->hconst = NULL; + break; + } else if (set->setId > setId) { + setT *newSet; + + newSet = (setT *) malloc(sizeof(setT)); + if (!newSet) nomem(); + bzero(newSet, sizeof(setT)); + newSet->prev = set->prev; + newSet->next = set; + if (set->prev) set->prev->next = newSet; + else cat->first = newSet; + set->prev = newSet; + set = newSet; + break; + } + } + if (!set) { + set = (setT *) malloc(sizeof(setT)); + if (!set) nomem(); + bzero(set, sizeof(setT)); + + if (cat->first) { + set->prev = cat->last; + set->next = NULL; + cat->last->next = set; + cat->last = set; + } else { + set->prev = set->next = NULL; + cat->first = cat->last = set; + } + } + set->setId = setId; + if (hconst) set->hconst = dupstr(hconst); + curSet = set; +} + +void MCAddMsg( +#if PROTO + int msgId, char *str, char *hconst) +#else + msgId, str, hconst) +int msgId; +char *str; +char *hconst; +#endif +{ + msgT *msg; + + if (!curSet) error(NULL, "can't specify a message when no set exists"); + + if (msgId <= 0) { + error(NULL, "msgId's must be greater than zero"); + return; + } + + if (hconst && !*hconst) hconst = NULL; + for (msg = curSet->first; msg; msg = msg->next) { + if (msg->msgId == msgId) { + if (msg->hconst && hconst) free(msg->hconst); + if (msg->str) free(msg->str); + msg->hconst = msg->str = NULL; + break; + } else if (msg->msgId > msgId) { + msgT *newMsg; + + newMsg = (msgT *) malloc(sizeof(msgT)); + if (!newMsg) nomem(); + bzero(newMsg, sizeof(msgT)); + newMsg->prev = msg->prev; + newMsg->next = msg; + if (msg->prev) msg->prev->next = newMsg; + else curSet->first = newMsg; + msg->prev = newMsg; + msg = newMsg; + break; + } + } + if (!msg) { + msg = (msgT *) malloc(sizeof(msgT)); + if (!msg) nomem(); + bzero(msg, sizeof(msgT)); + + if (curSet->first) { + msg->prev = curSet->last; + msg->next = NULL; + curSet->last->next = msg; + curSet->last = msg; + } else { + msg->prev = msg->next = NULL; + curSet->first = curSet->last = msg; + } + } + msg->msgId = msgId; + if (hconst) msg->hconst = dupstr(hconst); + msg->str = dupstr(str); +} + +void MCDelSet( +#if PROTO + int setId) +#else + setId) +int setId; +#endif +{ + setT *set; + msgT *msg; + + for (set = cat->first; set; set = set->next) { + if (set->setId == setId) { + for (msg = set->first; msg; msg = msg->next) { + if (msg->hconst) free(msg->hconst); + if (msg->str) free(msg->str); + free(msg); + } + if (set->hconst) free(set->hconst); + + if (set->prev) set->prev->next = set->next; + else cat->first = set->next; + + if (set->next) set->next->prev = set->prev; + else cat->last = set->prev; + + free(set); + return; + } else if (set->setId > setId) break; + } + warning(NULL, "specified set doesn't exist"); +} + +void MCDelMsg( +#if PROTO + int msgId) +#else + msgId) +int msgId; +#endif +{ + msgT *msg; + + if (!curSet) error(NULL, "you can't delete a message before defining the set"); + + for (msg = curSet->first; msg; msg = msg->next) { + if (msg->msgId == msgId) { + if (msg->hconst) free(msg->hconst); + if (msg->str) free(msg->str); + + if (msg->prev) msg->prev->next = msg->next; + else curSet->first = msg->next; + + if (msg->next) msg->next->prev = msg->prev; + else curSet->last = msg->prev; + + free(msg); + return; + } else if (msg->msgId > msgId) break; + } + warning(NULL, "specified msg doesn't exist"); +} + + + + + + diff --git a/gencat/msgcat.h b/gencat/msgcat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c3a9d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gencat/msgcat.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* -*-c++-*- */ + +#ifndef __msgcath + + +/*********************************************************** +Copyright 1990, by Alfalfa Software Incorporated, Cambridge, Massachusetts. + + All Rights Reserved + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, +provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that +both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in +supporting documentation, and that Alfalfa's name not be used in +advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +without specific, written prior permission. + +ALPHALPHA DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING +ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL +ALPHALPHA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR +ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, +WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, +ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS +SOFTWARE. + +If you make any modifications, bugfixes or other changes to this software +we'd appreciate it if you could send a copy to us so we can keep things +up-to-date. Many thanks. + Kee Hinckley + Alfalfa Software, Inc. + 267 Allston St., #3 + Cambridge, MA 02139 USA + nazgul@alfalfa.com + +******************************************************************/ + + +#include <sys/types.h> + +/* + * On disk data structures + */ + +/* Edit History + +02/25/91 2 nazgul Byte order flags, upped the version number +11/03/90 1 hamilton Alphalpha->Alfalfa & OmegaMail->Poste +08/13/90 1 schulert move from ua to omu +*/ + +/* For or'd constants */ +#define MCMakeId(s,m) (unsigned long) ( ((unsigned short)s << (sizeof(short)*8)) \ + | (unsigned short)m ) +#define MCSetId(id) (unsigned int) ( id >> (sizeof(short) * 8) ) +#define MCMsgId(id) (unsigned int) ( (id << (sizeof(short) * 8)) \ + >> (sizeof(short) * 8) ) +#undef S +#undef UI +#undef UL + +#define MCMagicLen 8 +#define MCMagic "*nazgul*" +#define MCLastMsg 0 +#define MCLastSet 0 + +#define MCMajorVer 1 +#define MCMinorVer 0 + +/* + * Critical note here. Sets and Messages *MUST* be stored in ascending + * order. There are stored that way (by specification) in the original + * data file, however in the process of merging in new stuff you might + * mix that up. Don't! The catget stuff does a binary search and will + * totally lose it if these aren't in order (not contiguous mind you, just + * in order. If this turns out to be a major problem this could be enhanced + * by adding a 'sorted' flag to the db, and sorting msgs and sets at load + * time if things aren't sorted, but I'd like not to have to do that. + */ + +/* + * I have tried here to define data structures which can be used + * while the catalog is on disk, and at runtime. + * This is rather dangerous of course, but I think it can be done without + * overly increasing the memory usage, and it makes loading and storing + * somewhat simpler and less prone to accidents. I have also tried to + * define on disk data structures which can be updated in place, so that + * with a very large catalog (e.g. all system errors) you don't have to + * load everything in memory in order to add or update one set. With + * this in mind there are "invalid" flags which allow items to be + * invalidated and thus not loaded at runtime. Note however that although + * I pay attention to these when I load the DB, I do not currently use + * them in gencat (it just reads everything into memory), so there is + * no guarantee that this will all work. + */ + +/* These should be publicly available */ + +#define MCLoadBySet 0 /* Load entire sets as they are used */ +#define MCLoadAll 1 /* Load entire DB on catopen */ + +extern char *MCAppPath; /* Additional search path for strings (appended) */ + +/* + * MCOffsetT - Union to handle both disk and runtime pointers + */ +typedef union { + off_t off; + char *str; + void *ptr; + struct _MCMsgT *msg; + struct _MCSetT *set; +} MCOffsetT; + +/* + * MCMsgT - Message structure (disk and runtime) + */ +typedef struct _MCMsgT { + long msgId; /* Id of this message */ + MCOffsetT msg; /* Relative offset on disk or pointer in memory */ + long invalid; /* Valid on disk, loaded in memory */ +} MCMsgT; + +/* + * MCSetT - Set structure (disk and runtime) + */ +typedef struct _MCSetT { + long setId; /* Id of this set */ + off_t nextSet; /* Offset of next set on disk */ + union { + off_t firstMsg; /* Offset to first Msg (while on disk) */ + MCMsgT *msgs; /* Pointer to array of msgs (in mem, loaded) */ + } u; + MCOffsetT data; /* Offset to data, or pointer to data */ + long dataLen; /* Length of data area on disk */ + long numMsgs; /* Number of messages */ + long invalid; /* Valid on disk, loaded in memory */ +} MCSetT; + +/* + * MCCatT - Runtime catalog pointer + */ +typedef struct { + long loadType; /* How to load the messages (see MSLoadType) */ +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + union { +#endif + int fd; /* File descriptor of catalog (if load-on-demand) */ +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + caddr_t addr; /* Mmaped() address */ + } u; + off_t size; /* File size */ +#endif + long numSets; /* Number of sets */ + MCSetT *sets; /* Pointer to the sets */ + off_t firstSet; /* Offset of first set on disk */ +} MCCatT; + +/* + * MCHeaderT - Disk file header + */ +typedef struct { + char magic[MCMagicLen]; /* Magic cookie "*nazgul*" */ + long majorVer; /* ++ on incompatible changes */ + long minorVer; /* ++ on compatible changes */ + long flags; /* Informational flags */ + long numSets; /* Number of valid Sets */ + off_t firstSet; /* Offset of first set on disk */ +} MCHeaderT; + +/* Some flags */ +#define MC68KByteOrder 0x01 +#define MCn86ByteOrder 0x02 + + + + +#endif diff --git a/man/Makefile b/man/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f21fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# +# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by the +# configure script. +# +# only executed from a subdir +MAN1 = man whatis apropos +MAN5 = man.conf +MAN8 = makewhatis +ALL = man.1 whatis.1 apropos.1 man.conf.5 +MAYBE8 = makewhatis + +.SUFFIXES: .man .1 .5 .8 + +.man.1: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +.man.5: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +.man.8: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +INSTALL = install -c -m 644 + +# Where to put the manual pages. +mandir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/usr/share/man$(SLANG) + +all: $(ALL) + for i in $(MAYBE8); \ + do if test -f $$i.man; then make -f ../Makefile $$i.8; fi; done + +install: $(ALL) + mkdir -p $(mandir)/man1 $(mandir)/man5 $(mandir)/man8 + for i in $(MAN1); \ + do $(INSTALL) $$i.1 $(mandir)/man1/$$i.1; done + for i in $(MAN5); \ + do $(INSTALL) $$i.5 $(mandir)/man5/$$i.5; done + for i in $(MAN8); \ + do if test -f $$i.8; then $(INSTALL) $$i.8 $(mandir)/man8/$$i.8; fi; done + +clean: + rm -f core *.in *.1 *.5 *.8 *~ + +spotless: + +subdirs: + @for i in en; do if test -d $$i; then echo; \ + echo "==== Making the `cat $$i.txt` man pages. ===="; \ + cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile; cd ..; \ + else echo "==== No $$i man pages found. ===="; fi; done + +installsubdirs: + @for i in en; do if test -d $$i; then echo; \ + echo "==== Installing the `cat $$i.txt` man pages. ===="; \ + cd $$i; SLANG=/$$i; if test $$SLANG = /en; then SLANG= ; fi; \ + export SLANG; make -f ../Makefile install; cd ..; \ + else echo "==== No $$i man pages found. ===="; fi; done + +cleansubdirs: + @for i in ??; do cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile clean; cd ..; done + rm -f core *~ + +spotlesssubdirs: + for i in ??; do cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile spotless; cd ..; done + rm -f Makefile diff --git a/man/Makefile.in b/man/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fac193 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# only executed from a subdir +MAN1 = man whatis apropos +MAN5 = man.conf +MAN8 = makewhatis +ALL = man.1 whatis.1 apropos.1 man.conf.5 +MAYBE8 = makewhatis + +.SUFFIXES: .man .1 .5 .8 + +.man.1: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +.man.5: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +.man.8: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -c -m 644 + +# Where to put the manual pages. +mandir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)@mandir@$(SLANG) + +all: $(ALL) + for i in $(MAYBE8); \ + do if test -f $$i.man; then make -f ../Makefile $$i.8; fi; done + +install: $(ALL) + mkdir -p $(mandir)/man1 $(mandir)/man5 $(mandir)/man8 + for i in $(MAN1); \ + do $(INSTALL) $$i.1 $(mandir)/man1/$$i.@man1ext@; done + for i in $(MAN5); \ + do $(INSTALL) $$i.5 $(mandir)/man5/$$i.@man5ext@; done + for i in $(MAN8); \ + do if test -f $$i.8; then $(INSTALL) $$i.8 $(mandir)/man8/$$i.@man8ext@; fi; done + +clean: + rm -f core *.in *.@man1ext@ *.@man5ext@ *.@man8ext@ *~ + +spotless: + +subdirs: + @for i in @languages@; do if test -d $$i; then echo; \ + echo "==== Making the `cat $$i.txt` man pages. ===="; \ + cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile; cd ..; \ + else echo "==== No $$i man pages found. ===="; fi; done + +installsubdirs: + @for i in @languages@; do if test -d $$i; then echo; \ + echo "==== Installing the `cat $$i.txt` man pages. ===="; \ + cd $$i; SLANG=/$$i; if test $$SLANG = /en; then SLANG= ; fi; \ + export SLANG; make -f ../Makefile install; cd ..; \ + else echo "==== No $$i man pages found. ===="; fi; done + +cleansubdirs: + @for i in ??; do cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile clean; cd ..; done + rm -f core *~ + +spotlesssubdirs: + for i in ??; do cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile spotless; cd ..; done + rm -f Makefile diff --git a/man/bg.txt b/man/bg.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..047a2a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +bulgarian diff --git a/man/bg/README b/man/bg/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3173a29 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/README @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +These pages are a one-time contribution by Dimitar Zhekov. +E-mail: <jimmy@is-vn.bg> +They were updated by Alexander Shopov. +E-mail: <ash@contact.bg> +You can reach the Bulgarain translation team at: +http://fsa-bg.org/project/gtp + diff --git a/man/bg/apropos.man b/man/bg/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e4f937 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Translated by Dimitar Zhekov <jimmy@is-vn.bg>, 2002. +.\" Translated by Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>, 2005. +.TH apropos 1 "15 ÿíóàðè 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH ÈÌÅ +apropos \- òúðñåíå íà íèç â áàçàòà îò äàííè íà whatis +.SH ÑÈÍÒÀÊÑÈÑ +.BI apropos +êëþ÷îâà_äóìà ... +.SH ÎÏÈÑÀÍÈÅ +apropos òúðñè êëþ÷îâè äóìè âúâ ôàéëîâåòå íà áàçàòà îò äàííè, +ñúäúðæàùè êðàòêè îïèñàíèÿ íà ñèñòåìíèòå êîìàíäè, è èçâåæäà ðåçóëòàòà +íà ñòàíäàðòíèÿ èçõîä. +.SH "ÀÂÒÎÐ/ÏÎÄÄÐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúðâîíà÷àëíèÿò àâòîð íà +.BR man +å John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> +îñúùåñòâÿâà òåêóùî ïîääðúæêàòà íà ïàêåòà. +.SH ÏÐÅÂÎÄ +Äèìèòúð Æåêîâ, Àëåêñàíäúð Øîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒÅ ÑÚÙÎ" +.BR whatis(1), +.BR man(1). diff --git a/man/bg/makewhatis.man b/man/bg/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..772e281 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.\" Translated by Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>, 2005. +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "21 àâãóñò 2005" +.SH ÈÌÅ +makewhatis \- ñúçäàâà áàçà îò äàííè íà whatis +.SH ÑÈÍÒÀÊÑÈÑ +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " ðàçäåëè " ] [-c [" ïúò_êúì_ãîòîâè_ñòðàíèöè "]] [" ïúò_êúì_ñòðàíèöè "]" +.SH ÎÏÈÑÀÍÈÅ +.B makewhatis +èç÷èòà +.IR "âñè÷êè ñòðàíèöè" " â " "ïúòÿ äî ðúêîâîäñòâîòî" èëè +.IR "âñè÷êè ãîòîâè ñòðàíèöè" " â " "ïúòÿ äî ãîòîâèòå ñòðàíèöè", +êîèòî ïîïàäàò â äàäåíèòå +.I ðàçäåëè. + áàçàòà îò äàííè íà whatis ñå çàïèñâà ïî åäèí ðåä çà âñÿêà +ñòðàíèöà. Òîé ñå ñúñòîè îò èìåòî íà ñòðàíèöàòà è êðàòêî +îïèñàíèå ðàçäåëåíè ñ òèðå. Îïèñàíèåòî ñå âçèìà îò +ñúäúðæàíèåòî íà ÷àñòòà ÈÌÅ íà ñòðàíèöàòà. +.LP +Ïîíåæå â ðàçëè÷íèòå åçèöè èìåòî íà ðàçäåëà ÈÌÅ å ïðåâåäåíî, +.B makewhatis +ðàçïîçíàâà àíàëîãè÷íè òåðìèíè â ÷åøêè, èòàëèàíñêè, ôèíñêè, ôðåíñêè, íåìñêè è +èñïàíñêè. +.LP +Àêî íå å çàäàäåí +.IR "ïúò äî ñòðàíèöèòå îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî", +ïî ïîäðàçáèðàíå ñå ïîëçâà +.I /usr/man +. +.SH ÎÏÖÈÈ +.TP +.B -u +Îáíîâÿâàíå íà áàçàòà îò äàííè ñ íîâèòå ñòðàíèöè. +.TP +.B -v +Ïîäðîáåí èçõîä. +.TP +.B -w +Èçïîëçâàíå íà ïúòÿ ïîëó÷åí îò êîìàíäàòà `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " ðàçäåëè" +Ïðåãëåæäàò ñå çàäàäåíèòå +.I ðàçäåëè +îò ïúòÿ äî +.IR "îðèãèíàëèòå íà ñòðàíèöèòå " èëè " ãîòîâèòå ñòðàíèöè îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî" . +Àêî íå å çàäàäåíà ñòîéíîñò, ñå èçïîëçâà +.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\' +.TP +.BI -c " ïúò_äî_ãîòîâèòå_ñòðàíèöè" +Ïðî÷èòàò ñå ãîòîâèòå ñòðàíèöè â +.I ïîñî÷åíèÿ ïúò + . Àêî íå å çàäàäåí àðãóìåíò, ñå ïðèåìà ïúðâàòà ñúùåñòâóâàùà +äèðåêòîðèÿ èçìåæäó +.IR /usr/man/preformat " è " /usr/man . +.SH ÏÐÈÌÅÐÈ +.PP +Çà äà ñå îáíîâÿò ñàìî +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " è " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Çà äà ñå îáíîâÿò âñè÷êè áàçè îò äàííè, +âêëþ÷èòåëíî ïðåâîäèòå íà áúëãàðñêè, ðóñêè è àíãëèéñêè: +.IP +LANGUAGE=bg:ru:en makewhatis -w +.SH ÃÐÅØÊÈ +.B makewhatis +ìîæå äà íå ñå ñïðàâè äîáðå ñúñ ñòðàíèöè, êîèòî èçïîëçâàò +íåñòàíäàðòíè ìàêðîñè çà troff, íàïð. ðúêîâîäñòâîòî íà Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +íå ðàáîòè ñ ïðåäâàðèòåëíî ôîðìàòèðàíè ïðåâîäè. +.SH "ÀÂÒÎÐ/ÏÎÄÄÐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúðâîíà÷àëíèÿò àâòîð íà +.BR man +å John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> +îñúùåñòâÿâà òåêóùî ïîääðúæêàòà íà ïàêåòà. +.SH ÏÐÅÂÎÄ +Àëåêñàíäúð Øîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒÅ ÑÚÙÎ" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/bg/man.conf.man b/man/bg/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6574e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "21 àâãóñò 2005" +.SH ÈÌÅ +man.conf \- êîíôèãóðàöèîííè äàííè çà man +.SH ÎÏÈÑÀÍÈÅ +.LP +Òîçè ôàéë ñå ÷åòå îò +.BR man (1) +è ñúäúðæà: (à) èíôîðìàöèÿ êàê äà ñå ñúçäàäå ïúòÿò çà òúðñåíå +íà ñòðàíèöè îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî; (á) ïúëíèòå èìåíà íà ðàçëè÷íè +ïðîãðàìè êàòî nroff, eqn, tbl è ò.í., èçïîëçâàíè îò man; (â) +ñïèñúê íà äåêîìïðåñèðàùè ïðîãðàìè çà ôàéëîâå ñ îïðåäåëåíè +ðàçøèðåíèÿ. Ðàçëè÷åí îò ñòàíäàðòíèÿ êîíôèãóðàöèîíåí ôàéë +ìîæå äà áúäå óêàçàí ñ: +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Èìåíàòà íà êîìàíäèòå ìîãàò äà âêëþ÷âàò è ñúîòâåòíè îïöèè. +grotty(1) âêëþ÷âà ÷åñòî èçïîëçâàíè îïöèè çà nroff. +Íàïðèìåð, âìåñòî ïîäðàçáèðàùèÿ ñå ðåä: +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +ìîæåòå çà èçïîëçâàòå: +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +çà äà çàáðàíèòå ïîä÷åðòàâàíåòî è çà÷åðòàâàíåòî. +.SH ÔÀÉËÎÂÅ +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH "ÀÂÒÎÐ/ÏÎÄÄÐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúðâîíà÷àëíèÿò àâòîð íà +.BR man +å John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> +îñúùåñòâÿâà òåêóùî ïîääðúæêàòà íà ïàêåòà. +.SH ÏÐÅÂÎÄ +Äèìèòúð Æåêîâ, Àëåêñàíäúð Øîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒÅ ÑÚÙÎ" +.BR col (1), +.BR (g)eqn (1), +.BR (g)pic (1), +.BR groff (1), +.BR grotty (1), +.BR (g)refer (1), +.BR (g)tbl (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR compress (1), +.BR gzip (1). diff --git a/man/bg/man.man b/man/bg/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4013fa --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,472 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" More changes - flc +.\" +.\" Translated by Dimitar Zhekov <jimmy@is-vn.bg>, 2002. +.\" Translated by Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>, 2005. +.TH man 1 "21 àâãóñò 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH ÈÌÅ +man \- ôîðìàòèðàíå è èçâåæäàíå íà ñòðàíèöè îò åëåêòðîííîòî ðúêîâîäñòâî +.SH ÑÈÍÒÀÊÑÈÑ +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR ñèñòåìà ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR íèç ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR êîíôèãóðàöèîíåí_ôàéë ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR ïúò ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR ïðîãðàìà ] +.RB [ \-B +.IR áðàóçúð ] +.RB [ \-H +.IR ïðîãðàìà_çà_HTML ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR ñïèñúê_îò_ðàçäåëè ] +.RI [ ðàçäåëè ] +.I "èìå ..." + +.SH ÎÏÈÑÀÍÈÅ +.B man +ôîðìàòèðà è èçâåæäà ñòðàíèöè îò åëåêòðîííîòî ðúêîâîäñòâî. +Àêî å óêàçàí +.IR ðàçäåë , +.B man +òúðñè ñàìî â òîçè ðàçäåë íà ðúêîâîäñòâîòî. +.I èìå +îáèêíîâåíî å èìå íà ñòðàíèöà îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî, ò.å. ïî +ïðèíöèï èìå íà êîìàíäà, ôóíêöèÿ èëè ôàéë. Àêî îáà÷å +.I èìå +ñúäúðæà íàêëîíåíà ÷åðòà +.RB ( / ), +.B man +, ãî âúçïðèåìà êàòî èìå íà ôàéë, òàêà ÷å ìîæåòå äà èçïúëíèòå +.B "man ./foo.5" +èëè äîðè +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +Ïî-íàäîëó å îïèñàíî êúäå +.B man +òúðñè ñòðàíèöèòå îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî. + +.SH ÎÏÖÈÈ +.TP +.B \-\^C " êîíôèãóðàöèîíåí_ôàéë" +Óêàçâà êîé êîíôèãóðàöèîíåí ôàéë äà ñå èçïîëçâà. Ïîäðàçáèðà ñå +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Âèæòå +.BR man.conf (5)). +.TP +.B \-\^M " ñïèñúê_ñ_ïúòèùà" +Ñïèñúê îò äèðåêòîðèè, ðàçäåëåíè ñ äâîåòî÷èå, â êîèòî äà ñå +òúðñÿò ñòðàíèöè îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî. +Ïðàçåí ñïèñúê å ñúùîòî êàòî äà íå ñå óêàæå +.BR \-M . +Âèæòå +.BR "ÏÚÒ ÇÀ ÒÚÐÑÅÍÅ ÍÀ ÑÒÐÀÍÈÖÈ ÎÒ ÐÚÊÎÂÎÄÑÒÂÎÒÎ" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " ïðîãðàìà" +Ïðîãðàìà, êîÿòî äà ñå ïîëçâà çà ïîêàçâàíå íà ñòðàíèöèòå. +Òàçè îïöèÿ å ñ ïî-âèñîê ïðèîðèòåò îò ïðîìåíëèâàòà íà ñðåäàòà +.BR MANPAGER , +êîÿòî ïúê å ñ ïî-âèñîê ïðèîðèòåò îò ïðîìåíëèâàòà +.BR PAGER . +Ïî ïîäðàçáèðàíå +.B man +èçïîëçâà +.BR "@pager@" . +.TP +.B \-\^B +Óêàçâà, êîÿ ïðîãðàìà çà ðàçãëåæäàíå äà ñå èçïîëçâà çà ôàéëîâå ñ HTML. +Òàçè îïöèÿ å ñ ïî-âèñîê ïðèîðèòåò îò ïðîìåíëèâàòà íà ñðåäàòà +.BR BROWSER . +Ïî ïîäðàçáèðàíå +.B man +èçïîëçâà +.BR @browser@ , +.TP +.B \-\^H +Óêàçâà ïðîãðàìàòà çà òåêñòîâî èçîáðàçÿâàíå íà ôàéëîâå ñ HTML. +Òîçè îïöèÿ å ñ ïî-âèñîê ïðèîðèòåò îò ïðîìåíëèâàòà íà ñðåäàòà +.BR HTMLPAGER . +Ïî ïîäðàçáèðàíå +.B man +èçïîëçâà +.BR @htmlpager@ , +.TP +.B \-\^S " ñïèñúê_îò_ðàçäåëè" +Ñïèñúê îò ðàçäåëè, ðàçäåëåíè ñ äâîåòî÷èå, â êîèòî äà ñå òúðñÿò +ñòðàíèöè îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî. Òàçè îïöèÿ å ñ ïî-âèñîê ïðèîðèòåò +îò ïðîìåíëèâàòà íà ñðåäàòà +.BR MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +Èçâåæäàíå íà âñè÷êè íàìåðåíè ñòðàíèöè. +Ïî ïîäðàçáèðàíå +.B man +ïðèêëþ÷âà òúðñåíåòî ïðè íàìèðàíåòî íà ïúðâàòà ñòðàíèöà. +×ðåç òàçè îïöèÿ +.B man +ïðåòúðñâà âñè÷êè ñòðàíèöè. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Ôîðìàòèðàíå íàíîâî íà îðèãèíàëíàòà ñòðàíèöà, äîðè àêî âå÷å +ñúùåñòâóâà àêòóàëíà, ãîòîâà ñòðàíèöà. +Òîâà èìà ñìèñúë, àêî ïðåäâàðèòåëíî ôîðìàòèðàíàòà ñòðàíèöà å +ïîâðåäåíà èëè ôîðìàòèðàíà çà åêðàí ñ ðàçëè÷íà øèðèíà íà òåêñòà. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Íå ñå èçâåæäàò ñòðàíèöè, à äèàãíîñòè÷íà èíôîðìàöèÿ çà èçïúëíåíèåòî íà +.BR man . +.TP +.B \-\^D +Èçâåæäàíå è íà ñòðàíèöèòå, è íà äèàãíîñòè÷íà èíôîðìàöèÿ. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Åêâèâàëåíò íà +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " èëè " \-\-preformat +Ñàìî ôîðìàòèðàíå, áåç èçâåæäàíå. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Èçâåæäàíå íà åäíîðåäîâî ïîìîùíî ñúîáùåíèå è èçõîä. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Åêâèâàëåíò íà +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Òúðñåíå íà óêàçàí íèç âúâ *âñè÷êè* ñòðàíèöè. Ïðåäóïðåæäåíèå: +òîâà íàé\-âåðîÿòíî ùå å ìíîãî áàâíî, òàêà ÷å å äîáðå å äà ñå +óêàæå ðàçäåë. (Çà äà ïðèäîáèåòå ïðåäñòàâà \- íà ìîÿòà ìàøèíà +òúðñåíåòî â 500 ñòðàíèöè îòíåìà îêîëî ìèíóòà). +.TP +.B \-\^m " ñèñòåìà" +Òúðñåíå â ðàçëè÷åí êîìïëåêò îò ñòðàíèöè, îòãîâàðÿùè íà óêàçàíàòà ñèñòåìà. +.TP +.B \-\^p " íèç" +Ñïèñúê îò êîìàíäè çà ïðåäâàðèòåëíà îáðàáîòêà, êîèòî äà ñå ñòàðòèðàò ïðåäè +.B nroff +èëè +.BR troff . +Íå âñè÷êè ñèñòåìè ðàçïîëàãàò ñ ïúëåí íàáîð îò ñðåäñòâà çà +ïðåäâàðèòåëíà îáðàáîòêà. Íÿêîè îò êîìàíäèòå çà ïðåäâàðèòåëíà +îáðàáîòêà è áóêâèòå, êîèòî ãè óêàçâàò ñà: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Òàçè îïöèÿ å ñ ïî-âèñîê ïðèîðèòåò îò ïðîìåíëèâàòà íà ñðåäàòà +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +Èçïîëçâàíå íà +.B @troff@ +çà ôîðìàòèðàíå íà ñòðàíèöàòà è èçïðàùàíå íà ðåçóëòàòà íà ñòàíäàðòíèÿ èçõîä \- +.B stdout. +Âúçìîæíî å äà ñå íàëîæè èçïîëçâàíåòî íà äîïúëíèòåëåí ôèëòúð +ïðåäè ñòðàíèöàòà äà ñå îòïå÷àòà. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRèëè\fP \-\-path +Íå ñå èçâåæäàò ñòðàíèöèòå, à ìåñòîíàõîæäåíèåòî íà ôàéëîâåòå, +êîèòî áèõà áèëè ôîðìàòèðàíè èëè èçâåäåíè. +Àêî íå å óêàçàí àðãóìåíò, èçâåæäàíå (íà ñòàíäàðòíèÿ èçõîä) íà +äèðåêòîðèèòå, â êîèòî +.B man +òúðñè ñòðàíèöè îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî. +Àêî êîìàíäàòà +.B manpath +ñî÷è êúì man, òî "manpath" å åêâèâàëåíò íà "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Êàòî \-\^w, íî èìåíàòà íà ôàéëîâåòå ñå èçâåæäàò ïî åäèí íà +ðåä è áåç äîïúëíèòåëíà èíôîðìàöèÿ. Èçïîëçâà ñå çà êîìàíäè â +êîìàíäåí èíòåðïðåòàòîð êàòî +.ft CW +.BR "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" . +.ft + +.SH "ÃÎÒÎÂÈ ÑÒÐÀÍÈÖÈ" +Çà äà ñïåñòè âðåìåòî çà ôîðìàòèðàíåòî íà ñòðàíèöèòå, man ñå +îïèòâà äà ñúõðàíè ôîðìàòèðàíèòå ñòðàíèöè è âïîñëåäñòâèå äà +ãè èçïîëçâà ãîòîâè. Ïî òðàäèöèÿ ãîòîâèòå âåðñèè ("cat") íà +ñòðàíèöèòå îò ÄÈÐÅÊÒÎÐÈß/manX ñå ñúõðàíÿâàò â ÄÈÐÅÊÒÎÐÈß/catX, íî â +.BR @man_config_file@ +ìîæå äà ñå óêàæå äðóãè ñúîòâåòñòâèÿ. Ãîòîâèòå ñòðàíèöè íå ñå +ñúõðàíÿâàò, àêî íåîáõîäèìàòà çà òîâà äèðåêòîðèÿ ëèïñâà, +ôîðìàòèðàíèòå âåðñèè èçïîëçâàò øèðèíà íà òåêñòà ðàçëè÷íà îò +80 ñèìâîëà èëè man.conf ñúäúðæà äèðåêòèâàòà NOCACHE. +.PP +Âúçìîæíî å ïðàâàòà çà ïîòðåáèòåë ïðè èçïúëíåíèå íà +.B man +äà ñå ïðèñâîÿò (suid) íà ïîòðåáèòåëÿ man. Òîãàâà, àêî äèðåêòîðèÿòà +çà ãîòîâèòå ñòðàíèöè å ïðèòåæàâàíà îò ïîòðåáèòåëÿ man è èìà +ïðàâà çà äîñòúï 0755 (äîñòúïíà çà çàïèñ ñàìî îò man), +è àêî ãîòîâèòå ôàéëîâå ñà ñúùî ïðèòåæàâàíè îò ïîòðåáèòåëÿ man +è èìàò ïðàâà çà äîñòúï 0644 èëè 0444 (äîñòúïíè çà çàïèñ ñàìî +îò man èëè çàáðàíåíè çà çàïèñ), íèêîé îáèêíîâåí ïîòðåáèòåë íå +ìîæå äà ïðîìåíÿ ãîòîâè ñòðàíèöè èëè äà ïîìåñòâà äðóãè ôàéëîâå +â äèðåêòîðèÿòà ñ ãîòîâèòå ôàéëîâå. +Àêî ïðàâàòà ïðè èçïúëíåíèå íà +.B man +íå ñà ïðèñâîåíè (suid) íà ïîòðåáèòåëÿ man è âñè÷êè ïîòðåáèòåëè +òðÿáâà äà ìîãàò äà ñúçäàâàò cat ñòðàíèöè, òî äèðåêòîðèèòå çà +ãîòîâèòå ôàéëîâå òðÿáâà äà ñà ñ ïðàâà çà äîñòúï 0777. +.PP +Îïöèÿòà +.B \-c +çàäúëæèòåëíî ôîðìàòèðà íàíîâî îðèãèíàëíàòà ñòðàíèöà, äîðè àêî +ñúùåñòâóâà àêòóàëíà, ãîòîâà ñòðàíèöà. + +.SH "ÑÒÐÀÍÈÖÈ Ñ HTML" +Man îòêðèâà ñòðàíèöè ñ HTML, àêî òå ñà ðàçïîëîæåíè â äèðåêòîðèè +ñ èìå html ïëþñ ðàçøèðåíèå çà ðàçäåë. +Ïîñëåäíîòî ðàçøèðåíèå íà ôàéëîâåòå ñúñ ñòðàíèöè òðÿáâà äà å +".html". Ñ äðóãè äóìè \- ïðàâèëíîòî èìå íà ñòðàíèöàòà îò +ðúêîâîäñòâîòî çà êîìàíäàòà +.BR ls (1) +âúâ ôîðìàò HTML å +.IR /usr/share/man/htmlman1/ls.1.html . + +.SH "ÏÚÒ ÇÀ ÒÚÐÑÅÍÅ ÍÀ ÑÒÐÀÍÈÖÈ ÎÒ ÐÚÊÎÂÎÄÑÒÂÎÒÎ" +.B man +èçïîëçâà ñëîæåí àëãîðèòúì çà òúðñåíå íà ñòðàíèöè îò +ðúêîâîäñòâîòî, áàçèðàí íà ïîäàäåíèòå îïöèè, ïðîìåíëèâèòå íà +ñðåäàòà, êîíôèãóðàöèîííèÿ ôàéë +.B @man_config_file@ +è íÿêîè âãðàäåíè êîíâåíöèè. +.PP +Ïúðâî, àêî àðãóìåíòúò +.I èìå +ïîäàäåí íà +.B man +ñúäúðæà íàêëîíåíà ÷åðòà +.RB ( / ), +.B man +ãî âúçïðèåìà êàòî èìå íà ôàéë è íå ïðîâåæäà íèêàêâî òúðñåíå. +.PP + íîðìàëíèÿ ñëó÷àé îáà÷å, êîãàòî +.I èìå +íå ñúäúðæà íàêëîíåíà ÷åðòà, +.B man +ïðåòúðñâà íÿêîëêî äèðåêòîðèè çà ôàéë, êîéòî áè ìîãúë äà å +ñòðàíèöà îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî çà óêàçàíîòî +.IR èìå . +.PP +Àêî çàäàäåòå îïöèÿòà +.BI "-M " ïúò, +òî +.I ïúò +å ñïèñúêúò îò äèðåêòîðèè, êîèòî +.B man +ïðåòúðñâà. +.PP +Àêî íå çàäàäåòå +.BR -M , +íî äàäåòå ñòîéíîñò íà ïðîìåíëèâàòà íà ñðåäàòà +.BR MANPATH , +òàçè ñòîéíîñò å ñïèñúêúò îò äèðåêòîðèè ðàçäåëåíè ñ äâîåòî÷èå, êîèòî +.B man +ïðåòúðñâà. +.PP +Àêî íå óêàæåòå ÿâåí ñïèñúê ñ ïúòèùà çà òúðñåíå ÷ðåç +.B -M +èëè +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +ñúñòàâÿ ñâîé ñîáñòâåí ñïèñúê îò äèðåêòîðèè çà òúðñåíå, áàçèðàí +íà ñúäúðæàíèåòî íà êîíôèãóðàöèîííèÿ ôàéë +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Äèðåêòèâèòå +.B MANPATH +â êîíôèãóðàöèîííèÿ ôàéë óêàçâàò îòäåëíèòå äèðåêòîðèè, êîèòî +äà ñå âêëþ÷àò â ïúòÿ çà òúðñåíå. +.PP +Îñâåí òîâà äèðåêòèâèòå +.B MANPATH_MAP +äîáàâÿò äèðåêòîðèè êúì ïúòÿ çà òúðñåíå íà ñòðàíèöè â çàâèñèìîñò +îò ñïèñúêà ñ ïúòèùà çà òúðñåíå íà êîìàíäè, ò.å. íà ïðîìåíëèâàòà íà ñðåäàòà +.BR PATH . +Çà âñÿêà äèðåêòîðèÿ, êîÿòî å â ñïèñúêà çà òúðñåíå íà êîìàíäè, äèðåêòèâàòà +.B MANPATH_MAP +óêàçâà äèðåêòîðèÿ, êîÿòî äà áúäå äîáàâåíà êúì ïúòÿ çà +òúðñåíå íà ñòðàíèöè. +.B man +âçåìà ñòîéíîñòòà íà ïðîìåíëèâàòà +.B PATH +è äîáàâÿ ñúîòâåòíèòå äèðåêòîðèè êúì ïúòÿ çà òúðñåíå íà ñòðàíèöè. +Ïî òîçè íà÷èí, ïðè ïðàâèëíî èçïîëçâàíå íà +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +êîãàòî èçïúëíèòå êîìàíäàòà +.BR "man xyz" , +ùå ïîëó÷èòå ñòðàíèöàòà îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî çà ïðîãðàìàòà, êîÿòî +áè áèëà ñòàðòèðàíà, àêî ñå èçïúëíè êîìàíäàòà +.BR xyz . +.PP + äîïúëíåíèå, çà âñÿêà äèðåêòîðèÿ îò ñïèñúêà ñ ïúòèùà çà +òúðñåíå íà êîìàíäè ("êîìàíäíà äèðåêòîðèÿ"), çà êîÿòî +.I ëèïñâà +äèðåêòèâà +.B MANPATH_MAP , +.B man +àâòîìàòè÷íî òúðñè äèðåêòîðèÿ çà ñòðàíèöè „íàáëèçî“, ïî\-òî÷íî ïîääèðåêòîðèÿ +íà êîìàíäíàòà äèðåêòîðèÿ èëè íà íåéíàòà ðîäèòåëñêà äèðåêòîðèÿ. +.PP +Òúðñåíåòî íà äèðåêòîðèè „íàáëèçî“ ìîæå äà ñå èçêëþ÷è ñ äèðåêòèâàòà +.B NOAUTOPATH +â +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +Âúâ âñÿêà îò äèðåêòîðèèòå, îïèñàíè ïî\-ãîðå, +.B man +òúðñè ôàéë íàðå÷åí +.IB èìå . ðàçäåë\fR, +ñ íåçàäúëæèòåëíî ðàçøèðåíèå \- íîìåðà íà ðàçäåëà è åâåíòóàëíî +ñ ðàçøèðåíèå çà êîìïðåñèÿ. Àêî íå íàìåðè òàêúâ ôàéë, +.B man +òúðñè âúâ âñè÷êè ïîääèðåêòîðèè, àêî èìà òàêèâà, ñ èìåíà +.BI man N +èëè +.BI cat N\fR, +êúäåòî +.I N +å íîìåðúò íà ðàçäåëà íà ðúêîâîäñòâîòî. +Àêî ôàéëúò å â ïîääèðåêòîðèÿ +.BI cat N, +.B man +ïðèåìà, ÷å òîâà å ôàéë ñ ãîòîâà, ôîðìàòèðàíà ñòðàíèöà.  ïðîòèâåí ñëó÷àé +.B man +ïðèåìà, ÷å ôàéëúò å íåôîðìàòèðàí. È â äâàòà ñëó÷àÿ, àêî èìåòî +íà ôàéëà çàâúðøâà ñ èçâåñòíî íà +.B man +ðàçøèðåíèå çà êîìïðåñèÿ, íàïðèìåð +.BR .gz , +.B man +ïðèåìà, ÷å ôàéëúò å êîìïðåñèðàí. +.PP +Àêî èñêàòå äà âèäèòå äàëè (èëè êúäå) +.B man +áè íàìåðèë äàäåíà ñòðàíèöà îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî, èçïîëçâàéòå îïöèÿòà +.BR "--path " ( -w ). + +.SH ÑÐÅÄÀ +.TP +.B MANPATH +Ïúò çà òúðñåíå íà ñòðàíèöè îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî. Òàçè ïðîìåíëèâà å ñ +ïî\-âèñîê ïðèîðèòåò îò êîíôèãóðàöèîííèÿ ôàéë è àâòîìàòè÷íèÿ ïúò +çà òúðñåíå, íî ñ ïî\-íèñúê îò îïöèÿòà +.BR -M . +Âèæòå +.BR "ÏÚÒ ÇÀ ÒÚÐÑÅÍÅ ÍÀ ÑÒÐÀÍÈÖÈ ÎÒ ÐÚÊÎÂÎÄÑÒÂÎÒÎ" . +.TP +.B MANPL +Äúëæèíà íà ñòðàíèöàòà. Àêî íå å çàäàäåíà, öÿëàòà ñòðàíèöà îò +ðúêîâîäñòâîòî çàåìà åäíà åäèíñòâåíà (äúëãà) ôîðìàòèðàíà ñòðàíèöà. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Íàáîð îò êîìàíäè çà ïðåäâàðèòåëíà îáðàáîòêà, êîèòî äà ñå ñòàðòèðàò ïðåäè +.B nroff +èëè +.BR troff . +Ïî ïîäðàçáèðàíå, ïðåäè +.B nroff +ñòðàíèöèòå ñå îáðàáîòâàò ñ tbl. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Íàáîð îò ðàçäåëè íà ðúêîâîäñòâîòî, â êîèòî äà ñå òúðñè. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Øèðèíà íà ñòðàíèöàòà. Àêî íå å çàäàäåíà ñå èçïîëçâà øèðî÷èíàòà íà åêðàíà. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Èìå íà ïðîãðàìà, ñ êîÿòî ñòðàíèöèòå äà ñå +èçâåæäàò. Àêî íå å çàäàäåíà, ñå ïîëçâà +.BR PAGER . +Àêî è òÿ íÿìà ñòîéíîñò, ïîëçâà ñå +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B BROWSER +Èìåòî íà ïðîãðàìàòà çà ðàçãëåæäàíå íà ñòðàíèöè îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî âúâ ôîðìàò HTML. +Àêî íå å çàäàäåíà, ñå èçïîëçâà @browser@. +.TP +.B HTMLPAGER +Êîìàíäàòà çà òåêñòîâî èçîáðàçÿâàíå íà ñòðàíèöèòå îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî ñ HTML. +Àêî íå å çàäàäåíà ñå èçïîëçâà @htmlpager@. +.TP +.B LANG +Ïîääèðåêòîðèÿ, â êîÿòî man íàé-íàïðåä òúðñè ñòðàíèöèòå îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî. +Òàêà êîìàíäàòà „LANG=bg man 1 foo“ ùå íàêàðà man äà òúðñè ñòðàíèöàòà çà foo +ïúðâî â .../bg/man1/foo.1, è àêî íå ÿ íàìåðè òàì, â .../man1/foo.1 (... å +äèðåêòîðèÿ îò ñïèñúêà ñ ïúòèùà çà òúðñåíå). +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Ïðîìåíëèâèòå íà ñðåäàòà +.B NLSPATH +è +.B LC_MESSAGES +(èëè +.BR LANG , +àêî LC_MESSAGES íÿìà ñòîéíîñò) âëèÿÿò âúðõó íàìèðàíåòî íà êàòàëîãà ñúñ +ñúîáùåíèÿ íà man (àíãëèéñêèòå ñúîáùåíèÿ ñà êîìïèëèðàíè â ñàìèÿ man è íå +èçèñêâàò êàòàëîã). +Çàáåëåæêà: ïðîãðàìè, âèêàíè ñëóæåáíî îò man, íàïðèìåð +.BR col(1) , +ñúùî èçïîëçâàò LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +Ïîìàãà äà ñå ñúñòàâè ñïèñúêúò ñ ïúòèùà çà òúðñåíå íà ñòðàíèöè îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî. Âèæòå +.BR "ÏÚÒ ÇÀ ÒÚÐÑÅÍÅ ÍÀ ÑÒÐÀÍÈÖÈ ÎÒ ÐÚÊÎÂÎÄÑÒÂÎÒÎ" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +Ïîäðàçáèðàùî ñå èìå íà ðàçëè÷íà ñèñòåìà çà îïöèÿòà +.BR \-m . +.SH ÃÐÅØÊÈ +Îïöèÿòà +.B \-t +ðàáîòè, ñàìî àêî å èíñòàëèðàíà ïðîãðàìàòà troff èëè ïîäîáíà. +.br +Àêî âèæäàòå âèæäàòå (ìèãàùî) \e255 èëè <AD> âìåñòî òèðåòà, +çàäàéòå â îáêðúæåíèåòî LESSCHARSET=latin1. +.SH ÏÎËÅÇÍÈ ÑÚÂÅÒÈ +Àêî äîáàâèòå ðåäà + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +êúì âàøèÿ ôàéë +.IR .emacs +, íàòèñêàíåòî íà F1 ùå âè äàâà ñòðàíèöà ñ ïîìîù çà áèáëèîòå÷íàòà +ôóíêöèÿ, íà êîÿòî å ïîçèöèîíèðàí êóðñîðà. +.LP +Çà äà ïîëó÷èòå ÷èñòî òåêñòîâà âåðñèÿ íà ñòðàíèöà îò ðúêîâîäñòâîòî, +áåç îáðàòíè íàêëîíåíè ÷åðòè è ïîä÷åðòàâàíèÿ, èçïîëçâàéòå: + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt + +.SH "ÀÂÒÎÐ/ÏÎÄÄÐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúðâîíà÷àëíèÿò àâòîð íà +.BR man +å John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> îñúùåñòâÿâà òåêóùî ïîääðúæêàòà íà ïàêåòà. +.SH ÏÐÅÂÎÄ +Äèìèòúð Æåêîâ, Àëåêñàíäúð Øîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒÅ ÑÚÙÎ" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR whatis(1), +.BR less(1), +.BR groff(1), +.BR man.conf(5). diff --git a/man/bg/whatis.man b/man/bg/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..def4539 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Translated by Dimitar Zhekov <jimmy@is-vn.bg>, 2002. +.\" Translated by Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>, 2005. +.TH whatis 1 "5 ÿíóàðè 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH ÈÌÅ +whatis \- òúðñåíå íà öåëè äóìè â áàçàòà îò äàííè íà whatis +.SH ÑÈÍÒÀÊÑÈÑ +.BI whatis +êëþ÷îâà_äóìà ... +.SH ÎÏÈÑÀÍÈE +whatis òúðñè êëþ÷îâè äóìè âúâ ôàéëîâåòå íà áàçàòà îò äàííè, +ñúäúðæàùè êðàòêè îïèñàíèÿ íà ñèñòåìíèòå êîìàíäè, è èçâåæäà +ðåçóëòàòà íà ñòàíäàðòíèÿ èçõîä. +Èçâåæäàò ñå ñàìî íàìåðåíèòå öåëè äóìè. + +Áàçàòà îò äàííè íà whatis ñå ñúçäàâà ñ êîìàíäàòà @makewhatis@. +.SH "ÀÂÒÎÐ/ÏÎÄÄÐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúðâîíà÷àëíèÿò àâòîð íà +.BR man +å John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> îñúùåñòâÿâà òåêóùî ïîääðúæêàòà íà ïàêåòà. +.SH ÏÐÅÂÎÄ +Äèìèòúð Æåêîâ, Àëåêñàíäúð Øîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒÅ ÑÚÙÎ" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1). diff --git a/man/cs.txt b/man/cs.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d94d829 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +czech diff --git a/man/cs/apropos.man b/man/cs/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..186702a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Autorem èeského pøekladu je Pavel JANÍK ml. +.\" Pavel.JANIK@inet.cz +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "7. ledna, 1997" +.LO 1 +.SH JMÉNO +apropos \- hledej øetìzec v databázi whatis +.SH SYNTAXE +.BI apropos +slovo ... +.SH POPIS +apropos prohledává databázi obsahující krátký popis systémových pøíkazù na +výskyt `slova' a výsledek zobrazí na standardní výstup. +.SH "VIZ TÉ®" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/cs/man.conf.man b/man/cs/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2267052 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Autorem èeského pøekladu je Pavel JANÍK ml. +.\" Pavel.JANIK@inet.cz +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "7. ledna, 1997" +.SH JMÉNO +man.conf \- konfiguraèní soubor pro man +.SH POPIS +.LP +Tento soubor je èten programem +.BR man (1) +a obsahuje (a) informace o tom, kde hledat manuálové stránky, +(b) plná jména dal¹ích preprocesorù jako nroff, eqn, tbl atd. pou¾ívaných +programem man a (c) seznam komprimovacích programù a jimi specifikovaných +pøípon. U¾ivatelská verze tohoto souboru mù¾e být specifikována takto: +.LP +.RS +man -C soukromý_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Jména pøíkazù mohou být uvedena na pøíkazové øádce. +U¾iteèné volby pro nroff mohou být nalezeny v grotty(1). +Napø. místo standardní øádky +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +mù¾ete napsat +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +co¾ zpùsobí, ¾e znaky nebudou podtr¾ené a pøe¹krtnuté. +.SH "VIZ TÉ®" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/cs/man.man b/man/cs/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..085136c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" Autorem èeského pøekladu je Pavel JANÍK ml. +.\" Pavel.JANIK@inet.cz +.\" +.TH man 1 "7. ledna, 1997" +.LO 1 +.SH JMÉNO +man \- zformátuje a zobrazí on-line manuálové stránky +.br +manpath \- zobrazí manuálové cesty u¾ivatele +.SH SYNTAXE +man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m systém] [\-p øetìzec] [\-C konfiguraèní soubor] [\-M cesta] +[\-P stránkovaè] [\-S seznam_sekcí] [sekce] jméno ... +.SH POPIS +.B man +zformátuje a zobrazí on-line manuálové stránky. Tato verze umí pracovat s +promìnnými prostøedí +.B MANPATH +a +.BR (MAN)PAGER , +proto mù¾ete mít i vlastní +manuálové stránky a vlastní program urèený ke stránkování zformátovaných +manuálových stránek. +Je-li specifikována +.I sekce +.B man +hledá danou stránku pouze v této sekci. +Samozøejmì mù¾ete také specifikovat poøadí sekcí, které budou prohledávány a +také mù¾ete pøímo na pøíkazové øádce nebo promìnnými prostøedí urèit, které +preprocesory budou pøi formátování stránek pou¾ity. +Obsahuje-li +.I jméno +znak /, je prvnì vyzkou¹eno jako jméno souboru, proto mù¾ete udìlat nìco +jako +.B "man ./nìco.5" +nebo +.B "man /cédéèko/nìco/nìco_jiného.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.SH VOLBY +.TP +.B \-\^C " konfiguraèní_soubor" +Specifikujete jiný konfiguraèní soubor. Standardní je +@man_config_file@. (Viz té¾ man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " cesta" +Specifikuje seznam manuálový cest (zde jsou hledány manuálové stránky). +Není-li tato volba specifikována, je pou¾ita promìnná prostøedí +.B MANPATH +. Jestli¾e ani ona neexistuje, jsou manuálové cesty pøevzaty ze souboru +@man_config_file@. +.TP +.B \-\^P " stránkovaè" +Specifikuje stránkovaè, kterým budou stránky prohlí¾eny. +Tato volba má pøednost pøed +.B MANPAGER +, která má pøednost pøed +.B PAGER . +Standardní stránkovaè je +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " seznam_sekcí" +Seznam_sekcí je èárkami oddìlený seznam sekcí manuálových stránek. +Tato volba má pøednost pøed promìnnou prostøedí +.B MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +Standardní nastavení ukonèí man poté, co zobrazí první nalezenou manuálovou +stránku. Tato volba umo¾ní zobrazit v¹echny nalezené stránky, které vyhovují +zadaným kritériùm. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Zformátuj zdroj manuálové stránky i kdy¾ existuje ji¾ zformátovaná verze. +Tato volba je významná. je-li zformátovaná stránka prohlí¾ena na obrazovce s +jiným poètem sloupcù. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Nezobrazuj zformátovanou stránku, pouze vytiskni ladící informace. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Zobraz ladící informace i zformátovanou stránku. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Toté¾ co +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Vytiskni krátkou pomoc a skonèi. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Toté¾ co +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Hledej specifikovaný øetìze ve *v¹ech* manuálových stránkách. Varování: tato +funkce je pravdìpodobnì velmi pomalá! Specifikujete-li sekci, bude to +rychlej¹í. (Jen pro zajímavost, na mém poèítaèi to trvá pøibli¾nì minutu na +500 stránek). +.TP +.B \-\^m " systém" +Specifikuje jinou sadu manuálových stránek závislou na zadaném systému. +.TP +.B \-\^p " øetìzec" +Specifikuje poøadí preprocesorù pøed nroff nebo troff. Ne v¹echny instalace +mají plnou sadu preprocesorù. Nìkteré preprocesory a písmena pou¾ívaná pro +jejich spou¹tìní: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Tato volba má pøednost pøed promìnnou prostøedí +.B MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +Pou¾ij +.B @troff@ +k formátování stránky a výstup zobraz na +.B stdout. +Výstup z +.B @troff@ +je tøeba pøed tiskem poslat pøes nìjaké filtry. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRnebo\fP \-\-path +Nezobrazuj manuálové stránky, pouze vytiskni cestu(y) souborù, které bys +zobrazil. Není-li zadán ¾ádný argument: zobraz (na standardní výstup) seznam +adresáøù, které jsou programem +.B man +hledány. Je-li +.B manpath +link na man, potom je manpath toto¾né s "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Podobné jako \-\^w, ale tiskne jména souborù po jednom na øádek bez dal¹ích +informací. To je u¾iteèné pro pøíkazy shellu jako napø. +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "ZFORMÁTOVANÉ STRÁNKY" +Man se sna¾í ukládat ji¾ zformátované manuálové stránky, aby u¹etøil pøi +jejich pøí¹tím zobrazení èas. Tradiènì se zformátované stránky z +DIR/manX ukládají do DIR/catX, ale jiná mapování z manuálového adresáøe na +adresáø zformátovaných stránek je mo¾né specifikovat v souboru +@man_config_file@. Neexistuje-li adresáø zformátovaných stránek, nejsou +ukládány ¾ádné zformátované stránky. +Je mo¾né nechat man suid pro u¾ivatele man. Potom, je-li majitel adresáøe +zformátovaných stránek man a mód je 0755 (zapisovat mù¾e pouze vlastník), a +zformátované stránky mají mód 0644 nebo 0444 (zapisovat mù¾e buï jenom +majitel nebo vùbec nikdo), nemù¾e normální u¾ivatel zmìnit zformátované +stránky nebo umístit do adresáøe zformátovaných stránek jiné soubory. +Není-li man suid, potom by mìl mít adresáø zformátovaných stránek mód 0777 +aby zde mohli v¹ichni u¾ivatelé zanechat jiø zformátované stránky. + +Volba -c zpùsobí reformátování stránky i kdy¾ ji¾ existuje zformátovaná +stránka. + +.SH PROSTØEDÍ +.TP +.B MANPATH +Je-li nastavena promìnná +.B MANPATH +, její hodnota je vyu¾ívána ke hledání zformátovaných stránek. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Je-li nastavena promìnná prostøedí +.B MANROFFSEQ +je její hdnota vyu¾ita pro urèení poøadí spou¹tìní preprocesorù pøed +nroff nebo troff. Standardnì jsou stránky formátovány prvnì tabulkovým +procesorem a teprve poté nroffem. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Je-li nastvane promìnná prostøedí +.B MANSECT +je její hodnota vyu¾ita k urèení sekcí, které budou prohledávány. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Je-li nastavena promìnná prostøedí +.B MANWIDTH +, tak její hodnota urèuje poèet sloupcù, na které bude stránka zformátována. +Jinak bude stránka zformátována na ¹íøku obrazovky. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Je-li nastavena promìnná prostøedí +.B MANPAGER +její obsah urèuje stránkovaè, který bude pou¾it pøi zobrazení zformátované +stránky. Není-li nastavena, je pou¾ita promìnná +.B PAGER . +není-li ani tato promìnná nastavena, pou¾ije se +.B @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Je-li nastavena promìnná prostøedí +.B LANG +její hodnota definuje podadresáø, ve kterém budou hledány stránky. +Potom pøíkaz `LANG=cz man 1 manuálová_stránka' +zobrazí stránku .../cz/man1/manuálová_stránka.1, nebo +.../man1/manuálová_stránka.1, kde ... je adresáø v manuálové cestì. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Promìnné prostøedí +.B NLSPATH +a +.B LC_MESSAGES +(nebo +.B LANG +jestli¾e pøedchozí neexistují) +hrají roli pøi hledání katalogu zpráv. +(Anglické zprávy jsou zkompilovány a není pro nì tøeba katalogu.) +Dejte pozor na to, ¾e programy jako col (1) volané programem man pou¾ívají +napø. LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +je pou¾ívána pøi sestavení starndardní manuálové cesty. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +je pou¾ívána ke zji¹tìní standardního jména systému (pro pou¾ití s volbou +.B \-m +). +.SH "VIZ TÉ®" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH CHYBY +Volba +.B \-t +je funkèní pouze, je-li instalován program podobný programu troff. +.br +Uvidíte-li blikající \e255 nebo <AD> místo oddìlovátek, +umístìte `LESSCHARSET=latin1' do Va¹eho prostøedí. diff --git a/man/cs/whatis.man b/man/cs/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b3dfc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Autorem èeského pøekladu je Pavel JANÍK ml. +.\" Pavel.JANIK@inet.cz +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "7. ledna 1997" +.LO 1 +.SH JMÉNO +whatis \- hledej celá slova v databázi whatis +.SH SYNTAXE +.BI whatis +slovo ... +.SH POPIS +whatis prohledává databázi obsahující krátký popis systémových pøíkazù na +výskyt `slova' a výsledek zobrazí na standardní výstup. Jsou v¹ak zobrazena +pouze slova, která kompletnì vyhovìla. + +Databáze whatis je vytvoøena spu¹tìním programu @makewhatis@. +.SH "VIZ TÉ®" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/da.txt b/man/da.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa723bb --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +danish diff --git a/man/da/apropos.man b/man/da/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..560b6bd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" edited and translated to danish by Bo Vagner Hoejer 1996 +.\" email bo@petshop.ping.dk - bo@image.dk +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "15. Januar 1991" "da" "Linux brugerkommandoer" +.LO 1 +.SH NAVN +apropos \- gennemsøg 'whatis' databasen for tekststrenge +.SH SYNTAKS +.BI apropos +nøgleord ... +.SH BESKRIVELSE +apropos gennemsøger et set af databasefiler, som indeholder korte beskrivelser +af systemets kommandoer, efter nøgleordet og udskriver resultatet paa standard +udskriftsenheden. +.SH "SE OGSÅ" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/da/man.conf.man b/man/da/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26f4fc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" +.\" edited and translated to danish by Bo Vagner Hoejer 1996 +.\" email bo@petshop.ping.dk - bo@image.dk +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Marts 1994" "da" "Linux filformater" +.SH NAVN +man.conf \- konfigurationsfil for manual kommandoen +.SH BESKRIVELSE +.LP +Denne fil bliver læst af +.BR man (1) +og indeholder (a) information om hvordan søgestien for 'man' konstrueres, +(b) den fulde sti til programmer som bruges af 'man' f.eks. nroff, eqn, tbl +etc. og (c) en liste over udpakkeprogrammer til filer med en given endelse. +En alternativ version af denne fil kan specifiseres med +.LP +.RS +man -C privat_manual.konfiguration ... +.RE +.LP +Programnavne kan angives med parametre. Nyttige parametre til nroff er +beskrevet på +.BR grotty (1) +manualsiden. Eksempelvis kan standardlinien +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +erstattes med +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +med det formål at forhindre understregning og fed skrift. +.SH "SE OGSÅ" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) og compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/da/man.man b/man/da/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da5f28f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" edited and translated to danish by Bo Vagner Hoejer 1996 +.\" email bo@petshop.ping.dk +.\" +.TH man 1 "2. September 1995" "da" "Linux brugerkommandoer" +.LO 1 +.SH NAVN +man \- formaterer og viser online manual siderne +.br +manpath \- udskriver brugerens søgesti for manual siderne +.SH SYNTAKS +man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m system] [\-p streng] [\-C konfigurationsfil] [\-M sti] +[\-P pager] [\-S kapitelliste] [kapitel] opslagsord ... +.SH BESKRIVELSE +.B man +formaterer og viser online manual siderne. Denne version genkender +.B MANPATH +og +.B (MAN)PAGER +variablerne, så du kan derfor fastsætte dit personlige +set manual sider og vælge hvilket program du fortrækker til at vise de formaterede +sider med. Hvis +.I kapitel +er angivet vil +.B man +kun gennemsøge dette kapitel af manualen. +Man kan også angive hvilken rækkefølge kapitlerne gennemsøges for opslag i +og hvilke preprocessore, som køres på kildeteksten, via kommandolinie parametre +eller skalvariabler. +Hvis +.I opslagsordet +indeholder en skråstreg ('/') bliver det først testet som et filnavn, +så man kan anføre +.I "man ./foo.5" +eller selv +.I "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.SH PARAMETRE +.TP +.B \-\^C " konfigurations_fil" +Angiver hvilken konfigurations_fil som bruges. Normalt anvendes +@man_config_file@. (Se man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " sti" +Angiver hvilke kataloger som gennemsøges efter manualsider. +Hvis en sådan parameter ikke er angivet bruges skalvariablen +.BR MANPATH . +Hvis ingen sådan skalvariabel findes, konsulteres +.I @man_config_file@ +for at opbygge en standardliste. +Hvis MANPATH indeholder et tom delstreng bruges standardlisten. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Angiver hvilket 'pager' program, som skal bruges. +Denne parameter tilsidesætter +.B MANPAGER +skalvariablen, som igen overskygger +.B PAGER +variablen. Normalt bruger 'man' +.IR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " kapitel_liste" +Kapitel_liste er en kolon sepereret liste af kapiteller +som skal gennemsøges. +Denne parameter tilsidesætter +.B MANSECT +skalvariablen. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Normalt vil man afslutte efter visning af den første fundne manualside +Brug af denne parameter tvinger 'man' til ikke kun at vise den først fundne +side, men alle sider der matcher +.BR opslagsord . +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformater kildesiden, selvom der findes en preformateret side, +som er up to date. +Denne mulighed bruges, hvis for eksempel manualsiden er preformateret +til en skærm med en anden bredde end den, man aktuelt anvender. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Siden vises ikke; men der udskrives adskillige fejlfindingsinformationer +i stedet. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Udskiver både siden og fejlfindingsinformation. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Ækvivalent med +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Udskriv en kort hjælpetekst og afslut programmet. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Ækvivalent med +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Gennemsøger *alle* manualsiderne efter den angivne streng. Advarsel: det +kan godt gå meget langsomt. Det hjæper at specifisere et kapitel. På +en typisk maskine tager det omkring 1 minut at gennemsøge 500 manualsider. +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +System angiver et alternativt set manualsider. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +Angiver den sekvens af preprocessore som køres før nroff eller troff. +Ikke alle installationer har et fuldt set preprocessore. +Bogstaverne som betegner nogle af preprocessorene er: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Denne parameter tilsidesætter +.B MANROFFSEQ +skalvariablen. +.TP +.B u-\^t +Brug +.B @troff@ +til formattering af manualside, uddata sendes til +.B stdout. +Uddata fra +.B @troff@ +må muligvis viderebearbejdes gennem et filter før udskrift. +.TP +.BR \-\^w or \-\-path +Manualsiderne vises ikke, men findestedet for filerne ,som ville blive +formateret eller vist, udskrives. Hvis ingen argumenter er angivet +udskrives hvilke kataloger som +.B man +gennemsøger efter manualsider. +Hvis +.B manpath +er et link til man, så er 'manpath' ækvivalent med 'man --path'. +.TP +.B \-\^W +Som \-\^w, men udskriver filnavne en per linie, uden yderligere information. +Dette er smart i skal kommandoer såsom +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "PREFORMATEREDE SIDER" +.B man +vil prøve på at gemme de formaterede manualsider, for at spare +formatteringstid næste gang der er brug for siderne. +Traditionelt bliver de formatterede sider fra KATALOG/manX gemt i +KATALOG/catX, men rute fra manual kataloget til preformat kataloget +kan angives i +.I @man_config_file@. +Ingen preformaterede sider bliver gemt, hvis det forlangte katalog ikke eksisterer. +.TP +Det er muligt at sætte 'man' suid til bruger man. Hvis cat kataloget har ejer +man og tilgangsrettighed 0755 (kum skrivetilladelse for man), +og cat-filerne har ejer man og tilgangsrettighed 0644 eller 0444 +(kun skrivetilladelse for man, eller ingen skriveltilladelse overhovedet), +kan ingen ordinær bruger ændre de preformaterede sider eller +anbringe andre filer i katalog for preformaterede sider. +Hvis 'man' ikke er suid, skal kataloget for preformaterede sider have +tilgangrettighed 0777 hvis alle brugere skal have mulighed for at gemme +preformaterede sider. +.TP +Parameteren -c gennemtvinger reformattering af en side, +selvom en frisk preformateret side eksisterer. + + +.SH SKALVARIABLE +.TP +.B MANPATH +Hvis +.B MANPATH +er sat, bruges dens værdi som søgesti til manualsiderne. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Hvis +.B MANROFFSEQ +is sat, bruges dennes værdi til at bestemme hvilke preprocessore som +gennemkøres før nroff eller troff. Normalt bliver siderne sendt gennem +tabel preprocessoren før nroff. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Hvis +.B MANSECT +er sat, bruges dens værdi til at fastsætte hvilken manualsektioner +som gennemsøges. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Hvis +.B MANWIDTH +is sat, bruges dens værdi; som den brede manualsiderne bliver vist med. +Hvis ikke +.B MANWIDTH +er sat, bruges hele skærmens bredde. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Hvis +.B MANPAGER +is sat, anvendes dets værdi som navnet på det program som bruges til at vise +manualsiderne med. Hvis ikke så bruges +.BR PAGER . +Hvis denne heller ikke har nogen værdi bruges +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Hvis +.B LANG +er sat, bruges dets værdi til at definere i hvilket underkatalog man +først kigger efter manualsider. Således vil kommandoen `LANG=da man 1 foo' +få man til at lede efter foo manualsiden i .../da/man1/foo.1, +og hvis der ikke kan finde en sådan fil fortsættes der i .../man1/foo.1, +hvor ... er et katalog på søgestien. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Skalvariablerne +.B NLSPATH +og +.B LC_MESSAGES +(eller +.B LANG +når den sidste ikke findes) +spiller en rolle i at lokalisere meddelelses kataloget. +(Engelske meddelelser er oversat direkte ind i programmet, +så derfor behøves intet katalog.) +Bemærk at nogle programmer, så som col(1), kaldt af man også bruger LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B STI +.B STI +bliver brugt til konstruktion af den normale søgesti for manualsiderne. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +bliver brugt til at angive et andet system navn med (for brug +med +.B \-m +parametren). +.SH "SE OGSÅ" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH FEJL +.B \-t +parametren virker kun, hvis der er installeret et troff-lignende program. diff --git a/man/da/whatis.man b/man/da/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d57b74 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" edited and translated to danish by Bo Vagner Hoejer 1996 +.\" email bo@petshop.ping.dk - bo@image.dk +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "5. Januar 1991" "da" "Linux brugerkommandoer" +.LO 1 +.SH NAVN +whatis \- gennemsøg 'whatis' databasen efter komplette ord. +.SH SYNTAKS +.BI whatis +nøgleord ... +.SH BESKRIVELSE +whatis gennemsøger et set af databasefiler, som indeholder korte beskrivelser +af systemets kommandoer, efter nøgleordet og udskriver resultatet paa standard +udskriftsenheden. Kun ord der matcher fuldstændigt bliver vist. + +whatis databasen oprettes ved at anvende kommandoen @makewhatis@. +.SH "SE OGSÅ" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/de.txt b/man/de.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b518853 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +german diff --git a/man/de/README b/man/de/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2be681b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/README @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +These german man pages were contributed by Jochen Hein. + +#From hein@centeotl.in.tu-clausthal.de Tue May 31 08:52:20 1994 +#To: Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl +#Subject: Re: man-1.3 +#From: Hein@student.tu-clausthal.de (Jochen Hein) diff --git a/man/de/apropos.man b/man/de/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..958f10f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Übersetzt von Jochen Hein ( Hein@Student.tu-clausthal.de ) +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Jan 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +apropos \- durchsucht die whatis Datenbank nach Zeichenketten +.SH SYNTAX +.BI apropos +keyword ... +.SH BESCHREIBUNG +apropos durchsucht eine Reihe von Datenbank-Dateien, die kurze Beschreibungen +von System-Kommandos enthalten, nach Schlüsselworten und zeigt das Ergebnis +auf der Standard-Ausgabe an. +.SH "SIEHE AUCH" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/de/man.conf.man b/man/de/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66ee564 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH NAME +man.conf \- Konfigurationsdatei für man +.SH BESCHREIBUNG +.LP +Diese Datei wird von +.BR man (1) +gelesen und enthält (a) Informationen darüber, wie der Such-Pfad für man +aufgebaut wird, (b) den vollständigen Namen (inclusive Pfad) von diversen +Programmen wie nroff, eqn, tbl etc, die von man aufgerufen werden und (c) +eine Liste mit Auspack-Programmen für Dateien mit speziellen Erweiterungen. +Eine alternative Version dieser Datei benutzt werden mit +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Die Programm-Namen können mit Optionen angegeben werden. Nützliche Optionen +für roff sind in grotty(1) beschrieben. Zum Beispiel könnte man statt +des Default-Kommandos +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tascii +.fi +.RE +.LP +den Befehl +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tascii -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +verwenden, um Unterstreichungen und Überschreiben zu verhindern. +.SH "SIEHE AUCH" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). + + + diff --git a/man/de/man.man b/man/de/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57681d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" Translated into german by Jochen Hein ( Hein@Student.TU-Clausthal.de ) +.\" and Ralf W. Stephan ( ralf@franken.de ). +.\" +.TH man 1 "2. September 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +man \- Formatieren und Anzeigen von Seiten des Online-Handbuches (man pages) +.br +manpath \- Anzeigen des Benutzer-eigenen Suchpfades für Seiten des Online-Handbuches (man pages) +.SH SYNTAX +man [\-acdfhktw] [\-m system] [\-p string] [\-C config_file] [\-M path] +[\-P pager] [\-S section_list] [section] name ... +.SH BESCHREIBUNG +.B man +formatiert Seiten aus dem Online-Handbuch und zeigt diese an. +Diese Version unterstützt die +.B MANPATH +und +.B (MAN)PAGER +Umgebungsvariablen, so daß +Sie ihre eigenen man pages verwenden können und selbst wählen können, welches +Programm die formatierten Seiten anzeigen soll. Wenn der Parameter +.I section +angegeben wird, so sucht +.B man +nur in dieser Sektion des Handbuchs. +Sie können auch mit Hilfe von Kommando-Zeilen-Optionen oder Umgebungsvariablen +die Reihenfolge angeben, in der die Sektionen nach +Einträgen durchsucht werden und welche zusätzlichen Programme +die Quelltexte bearbeiten sollen. +Wenn der Parameter +.I name +das Zeichen / enthält, dann wird zunächst versucht, diese Datei zu +bearbeiten. Damit können Sie z.B. +.B "man ./foo.5" +oder auch +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +eingeben. +.SH OPTIONEN +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +bestimmt welche man.conf-Datei als Steuerdatei verwendet wird. +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +bestimmt eine Liste von Verzeichnissen, die nach Handbuch-Seiten durchsucht +werden. Wenn diese Option nicht angegeben ist, so wird die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANPATH +benutzt. Ist diese Variable nicht gesetzt, so wird diese Liste aus der +Datei man.conf erstellt. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +bestimmt welches Programm zur Anzeige der Handbuch-Seiten benutzt wird. +Als default benutzt man +.B @pager@ +Diese Option überschreibt die Umgebungsvariable +.B PAGER +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +ist eine durch Doppelpunkte getrennte Liste von Handbuch-Sektionen, die +nach Handbuch-Seiten durchsucht werden soll. +Diese Option überschreibt die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANSECT +.TP +.B \-\^a +Als Default wird +.B man +beendet, nachdem es die erste Handbuchseite angezeigt +hat, die gefunden wurde. Diese Option weist +.B man +an, alle Handbuch-Seiten anzuzeigen, die zu +.B name, +passen, nicht nur die erste. +.TP +.B \-\^d +zeigt nicht die Handbuch-Seiten an, sondern gibt etliche Informationen +zur Fehlersuche aus. +.TP +.B \-\^f +ist äquivalent zu +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +gibt eine (einzeilige) Hilfe aus und beendet +.BR man . +.TP +.B \-\^k +ist äquivalent zu +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Suche in *allen* Manualseiten nach dem angegebenen Schlüsselwort. Achtung: +Die Suche dauert möglicherweise sehr lange! Die Angabe der Sektion +beschleunigt die Suche. (Als groben Richtwert für die Suche kann man +ca. eine Minute für 500 Manualseiten ansetzen.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +bestimmt eine andere Menge von Handbuch-Seiten, die aufgrund des +angegebenen System-Namen durchsucht werden sollen. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +bestimmt die Abfolge von Präprozessoren, die vor nroff oder troff +gestartet werden sollen. Nicht alle Installationen verfügen über alle +Präprozessoren. Einige der Präprozessoren und die dafür verwendeten +Buchstaben sind: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Diese Option überschreibt die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANROFFSEQ +.TP +.B \-\^t +benutzt +.B @troff@ +um die Handbuch-Seite zu formatieren und leitet die Ausgabe weiter nach +.B stdout. +Die Ausgabe von +.B @troff@ +muß möglicherweise durch einen Filter weiterbearbeitet werden, bevor +sie gedruckt werden kann. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +die Handbuchseiten werden nicht angezeigt, sondern die Fundorte der Seiten, +die formatiert oder angezeigt würden. Wenn kein Argument angegeben wurde, +wird die Liste der Verzeichnisse ausgegeben, die von +.B man +nach Handbuch-Seiten durchsucht werden. Wenn +.B manpath +ein Link zu man ist, dann ist "manpath" äquivalent zu "man --path". + +.SH ENVIRONMENT +.TP +.B MANPATH +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANPATH +gesetzt ist, dann wird dieser Wert als Suchpfad für Handbuch-Seiten +verwendet. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANROFFSEQ +gesetzt ist, dann wird dieser Wert benutzt um die Präprozessoren zu bestimmen, +die aufgerufen werden sollen, bevor die Handbuch-Seite mit nroff oder troff +bearbeitet wird. Standardmäßig werden Handbuch-Seiten durch den Tabellen +Präprozessor bearbeitet bevor nroff gestartet wird. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANSECT +gesetzt ist, dann bestimmt dieser Wert welche Handbuch-Sektionen durchsucht +werden sollen. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANWIDTH +gesetzt ist, dann beschreibt deren Wert die Breite auf der die +Handbuch-Seite angezeigt werden soll. Ansonsten wird die Seite u.U. +über die gesamte Breite des Bildschirmes gezogen. +.TP +.B PAGER +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B PAGER +gesetzt ist, so wird dieser Wert als Name des Programms benutzt, mit dem +die Handbuch-Seiten angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig wird +.B @pager@ +verwendet. +.TP +.B LANG +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B LANG +gesetzt ist, gibt ihr Inhalt den Namen des Unterverzeichnisses +an, wo zuerst nach der Handbuch-Seite gesucht werden soll. +So zB bewirkt der Shell-Befehl `LANG=dk man 1 foo', daß +.B man +zuerst in ...dk/man1/foo.1 nach der Handbuchseite für 'foo' sucht, und +wenn es dort nicht fündig wird, dann in ...man1/foo.1, wobei '...' +ein Verzeichnis aus dem Suchpfad bedeutet. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Die Umgebungsvariablen +.B NLSPATH +und +.B LC_MESSAGES +(oder +.B LANG +falls erstere nicht existiert) spielen bei der Suche nach dem Message +Katalog eine Rolle (englische Messages sind fest einkompiliert, daher +ist auch kein Katalog für sie notwendig). Beachten Sie, daß auch +Programme wie +.B col(1), +das von +.B man +aufgerufen wird, noch zusätzliche Variablen wie LC_CTYPE benutzen. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +wird bei der Konstruktion des vorgegebenen Suchpfades für Handbuchseiten +verwendet. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +wird verwendet, um einen alternativen Systemnamen herauszufinden +(sinnvoll zusammen mit der +.B \-m +Option). +.SH "SIEHE AUCH" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH BUGS +Die +.B \-t +Option kann nur auf System verwendet werden, auf denen ein troff-Programm +installiert ist. diff --git a/man/de/whatis.man b/man/de/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c632255 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" übersetzt von Jochen Hein ( Hein@Student.TU-Clausthal.de ) +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +whatis \- durchsucht die whatis Datenbank nach vollständigen Worten. +.SH SYNTAX +.BI whatis +keyword ... +.SH BESCHREIBUNG +whatis durchsucht eine Reihe von Datenbank-Dateien, die kurze Beschreibungen +von System-Kommandos enthalten, nach Schlüsselworten und zeigt das Ergebnis +auf der Standard-Ausgabe an. Nur genaue Treffer werden angezeigt. + +Die whatis Datenbank wird mit dem Kommando @makewhatis@ erstellt. +.SH "SIEHE AUCH" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/el.txt b/man/el.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..360f39a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +greek diff --git a/man/el/apropos.man b/man/el/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..159b8d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" ÅëëçíéêÞ ìåôÜöñáóç áðü Ë. ÄçìçôñïõëÜêç Éïýëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 " 15 Éáíïõáñßïõ 1991" "Åã÷åéñßäéï Ëßíïõî" "ÅíôïëÝò ÷ñÞóôç" +.LO 1 +.SH ONOMA +apropos \- åñåõíÜ ôç âÜóç äåäïìÝíùí whatis ãéá óõìâïëïóåéñÝò +.SH ÓÕÍÏØÇ +.BI apropos +ëÝîç-êëåéäß ... +.SH ÐÅÑÉÃÑÁÖÇ +Ç åíôïëÞ apropos åñåõíÜ ãéá ëÝîåéò êëåéäéÜ, +ó' Ýíá óýíïëï áñ÷åßùí âÜóåùí äåäïìÝíùí +ðïõ ðåñéÝ÷ïõí óýíôïìåò ðåñéãñáöÝò åíôïëþí óõóôÞìáôïò, +êé åìöáíßæåé ôï áðïôÝëåóìá óôç ôõðéêÞ Ýîïäï. +.SH "ÂËÅÐÅ ÅÐÉÓÇÓ" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/el/hman.man b/man/el/hman.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..207bf33 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/hman.man @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Andries Brouwer +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" ÅëëçíéêÞ ìåôÜöñáóç áðü Ë. ÄçìçôñïõëÜêç edimitro@tee.gr, Éïýëéïò 2003 +.TH hman 1 "19 Éáíïõáñßïõ 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +hman \- ðëïÞãçóç óôéò çëåêôñïíéêÝò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ +.SH ÓÕÍÏØÇ +.B hman +[ -P \fIöõëëïìåôñçôÞò\fP ] [ -H \fIõðïëïãéóôÞò_õðçñåóßóò\fP ] [ \fIåíüôçôá\fP ] \fIüíïìá\fP +.br +.B hman +[ -P \fIöõëëïìåôñçôÞò\fP ] [ -H \fIõðïëïãéóôÞò_õðçñåóßáò\fP ] [ \fIåíüôçôá\fP ] [ åõñåôÞñéï ] +.SH ÐÅÑÉÃÑÁÖÇ +Ôï óåíÜñéï +.B hman +åßíáé ìéÜ äéåðáöÞ ðñïò ôç man2html(1) ðïõ óïõ åðéôñÝðåé íá åéóÜãåéò áéôÞóåéò +óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ óôç ãñáììÞ äéáôáãþí, +êáé íá âëÝðåéò ôçí Ýîïäï óôï öõëëïìåôñçôÞ ôçò ðñïôßìçóÞò óïõ. +Ç óõìðåñéöïñÜ èõìßæåé ôç +.BR man (1) +þóôå ðïëëïß ìðïñåß íá èåëÞóïõí íá äþóïõí óôçí +.B hman +ôï øåõäþíçìï +.BR man . +Áí ï åí ÷ñÞóåé öõëëïìåôñçôÞò åßíáé ï netscape, +êáé áí ôñÝ÷åé Þäç, +ôüôå ôï óåíÜñéï +.B hman +èá ìåôáâéâÜóåé ôçí áßôçóç ó' áõôüí. + +.SH ÅÐÉËÏÃÅÓ +.TP +.B \-\^P " öõëëïìåôñçôÞò" +Ðñïóäéïñßæåé ôï öõëëïìåôñçôÞ (üðùò lynx, xmosaic, arena, chimera, +netscape, amaya, ...) ðïõ èá ÷ñçóéìïðïéçèåß. +ÁõôÞ ç åðéëïãÞ õðåñéó÷ýåé ôçò ìåôáâëçôÞò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò +.BR MANHTMLPAGER . +Ç ðñïåðéëïãÞ åßíáé ç ìç-httpd Ýêäïóç ôïõ +.BR lynx . +.TP +.B \-\^H " õðïëïãéóôÞò_õðçñåóßáò" +Ðñïóäéïñßæåé áðü ðïéüí õðïëïãéóôÞ èá ðÜñåé ôéò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +ÁõôÞ ç åðéëïãÞ õðåñéó÷ýåé ôçò ìåôáâëçôÞò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò +.BR MANHTMLHOST . +Ç ðñïåðéëïãÞ åßíáé +.BR localhost . + +.SH ÐÅÑÉÂÁËËÏÍ +.TP +.B MANHTMLPAGER +Ï ðñïåðéëåãüìåíïò öõëëïìåôñçôÞò, +ðñïêýðôåé áðü ôç ÷ñÞóç áõôÞò ôçò ìåôáâëçôÞò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò. +.TP +.B MANHTMLHOST +Ï ðñïåðéëåãüìåíïò õðïëïãéóôÞò õðçñåóßáò, +ðñïêýðôåé áðü ôç ÷ñÞóç áõôÞò ôçò ìåôáâëçôÞò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò. + +.SH "ÂËÅÐÅ ÅÐÉÓÇÓ" +.BR man (1), +.BR man2html (1), +.BR arena (1), +.BR lynx (1), +.BR netscape (1), +.BR xmosaic (1), +.BR glimpse (1) + +http://www.mcom.com/newsref/std/x-remote.html diff --git a/man/el/makewhatis.man b/man/el/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2077f8b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.\" ÅëëçíéêÞ ìåôÜöñáóç Ë. ÄçìçôñïõëÜêçò edimitro@tee.gr Éïýëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "22 Éáíïõáñßïõ 1999" "Åã÷åéñßäéï Ëßíïõî" "Äéá÷åßñçóç óõóôÞìáôïò" +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +makewhatis \- Äçìéïõñãßá ôçò âÜóåùò äåäïìÝíùí whatis. +.SH ÓÕÍÏØÇ +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " åíüôçôåò " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH ÐÅÑÉÃÑÁÖÇ +Ç +.B makewhatis +äéáâÜæåé üëåò ôéò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ ðïõ ðåñéÝ÷ïíôáé óôéò äåäïìÝíåò +.IR åíüôçôåò " ôçò " manpath " , " +Þ ôéò ðñïäéáìïñöùìÝíåò óåëßäåò ðïõ ðåñéÝ÷ïíôáé óôéò äåäïìÝíåò +.IR åíüôçôåò " ôçò " catpath " . " +Ãéá êÜèå óåëßäá, +ãñÜöåé ìéá ãñáììÞ óôç âÜóç äåäïìÝíùí whatis· +êÜèå ãñáììÞ óõíßóôáôáé áðü ôï üíïìá ôçò óåëßäáò êáé ìéá óýíôïìç ðåñéãñáöÞ, +ðïõ ÷ùñßæïíôáé áðü ìéÜ ðáýëá. +Ç ðåñéãñáöÞ ðáñÜãåôáé, +÷ñçóéìïðïéþíôáò ôçí ðáñÜãñáöï ÏÍÏÌÁ ôçò óåëßäáò åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +.LP +Ïé äéÜöïñåò ãëþóóåò ÷ñçóéìïðïéïýí äéáöïñåôéêü üñï ãéá ôç ðáñÜãñáöï ÏÍÏÌÁ, +êáé ç +.B makewhatis +áíáãíùñßæåé ôïõò éóïäýíáìïõò üñïõò óôá Ôóå÷éêÜ, ÉôáëéêÜ, ÖéíëáíäéêÜ, ÃáëëéêÜ, +ÃåñìáíéêÜ êáé ÉóðáíéêÜ. +.LP +Áí äåí äßíåôáé ôï üñéóìá +.I manpath +ôüôå õðïôßèåôáé üôé åßíáé +.I /usr/man +åê ðñïåðéëïãÞò. +.SH ÅÐÉËÏÃÅÓ +.TP +.B -u +ÅíçìÝñùóç ôçò âÜóåùò äåäïìÝíùí ìå íÝåò óåëßäåò. +.TP +.B -v +¸îïäïò ìå áíáëõôéêÝò ðëçñïöïñßåò. +.TP +.B -w +×ñÞóç ôçò manpath ðïõ ëáìâÜíåôáé áðü ôçí « man --path ». +.TP +.BI -s " åíüôçôåò " +ØÜ÷íåé óôéò +.I åíüôçôåò +ôçò +.IR manpath " Þ " +ôçò +.IR catpath " . " +Áí áðïõóéÜæåé ç åðéëïãÞ, +ç ôéìÞ ôçò èåùñåßôáé üôé åßíáé +.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\' +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +Óáñþíïíôáé ïé ðñïäéáìïñöùìÝíåò óåëßäåò ðïõ âñßóêïíôáé óôç +.IR catpath " . " +Áí áðïõóéÜæåé ôï üñéóìá, +ôüôå èåùñåßôáé üôé åßíáé +ï ðñþôïò áðü ôïõò õöéóôÜìåíïõò êáôáëüãïõò ìåôáîý ôùí +.IR /usr/man/preformat " êáé " /usr/man ". " +.SH ÐÁÑÁÄÅÉÃÌÁÔÁ +.PP +Ãéá íá äçìéïõñãçèïýí ìüíï ïé +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " êáé " /usr/local/man/whatis +äþóå ôçí åíôïëÞ +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Ãéá íá äçìéïõñãçèïýí üëåò ïé âÜóåéò äåäïìÝíùí, óõìðåñéëáìâáíïìÝíùí êáé ôùí +Öéíëáíäéêþí, Ãáëëéêþí êáé Éôáëéêþí ìåôáöñÜóåùí +äþóå ôçí åíôïëÞ, +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH ÓÖÁËÌÁÔÁ +Ç +.B makewhatis +ßóùò íá ìçí ôá êáôáöÝñíåé ôüóï êáëÜ, +ìå óåëßäåò ãñáììÝíåò ìå ìç ôõðïðïéçìÝíá troff macros, +üðùò ïé óåëßäåò Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +äåí äïõëåýåé ìå ðñïäéáìïñöùìÝíåò ìåôáöñÜóåéò. +.SH ÂËÅÐÅ ÅÐÉÓÇÓ +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/el/man.conf.man b/man/el/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2517db9 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" ÅëëçíéêÞ ìåôÜöñáóç Ë. ÄçìçôñïõëÜêçò edimitro@tee.gr Éïýëéïò 2003 +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Ìáñôßïõ 1994" "Åã÷åéñßäéï Ëßíïõî" "Äéáìüñöùóç áñ÷åßùí" +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +man.conf \- ðëçñïöïñßåò äéåõèÝôçóçò ãéá ôç man +.SH ÐÅÑÉÃÑÁÖÇ +.LP +Áõôü ôï áñ÷åßï äéáâÜæåôáé áðü ôç +.BR man (1) +êáé ðåñéÝ÷åé: (á) ðëçñïöïñßåò ãéá ôç äçìéïõñãßá ôçò äéáäñïìÞò áíáæÞôçóçò ôçò man, +(â) ôçí ðëÞñç äéáäñïìÞ ãéá äéÜöïñá ðñïãñÜììáôá üðùò nroff, eqn, tbl êëð. +ðïõ ÷ñçóéìïðïéïýíôáé áðü ôç man, +êáé (ã) ìéá ëßóôá ìå áðïóõìðéåóôÝò áñ÷åßùí ìå äåäïìÝíç åðÝêôáóç. +ÌéÜ åíáëëáêôéêÞ Ýêäïóç áõôïý ôïõ áñ÷åßïõ ìðïñåß íá ïñéóôåß ìå ôçí +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Ôá ïíüìáôá ôùí åíôïëþí ìðïñåß íá ðåñéëáìâÜíïõí åðéëïãÝò. +×ñÞóéìåò åðéëïãÝò ôïõ nroff ìðïñåß íá âñåèïýí óôç óåëßäá grotty(1). +Åðß ðáñáäåßãìáôé, +óôç èÝóç ôçò ðñïåðéëåãìÝíçò ãñáììÞò +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +êÜðïéïò ìðïñåß íá ãñÜøåé +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +þóôå íá áðåíåñãïðïéÞóåé õðïãñáììßóåéò êáé Ýíôïíïõò ÷áñáêôÞñåò. +.SH ÁÑ×ÅÉÁ +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH "ÂËÅÐÅ ÅÐÉÓÇÓ" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/el/man.man b/man/el/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cae41c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" ÅëëçíéêÞ ìåôÜöñáóç Ë. ÄçìçôñïõëÜêçò edimitro@tee.gr Éïýëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH man 1 "2 Óåðôåìâñßïõ 1995" "Åã÷åéñßäéï Ëßíïõî" "ÅíôïëÝò ×ñÞóôç" +.LO 1 +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +man \- ìïñöïðïéåß êé åìöáíßæåé ôéò çëåêôñïíéêÝò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ +.br +manpath \- ðñïóäéïñßæåé ôç äéáäñïìÞ áíáæÞôçóçò óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ áðü ôï ÷ñÞóôç. +.SH ÓÕÍÏØÇ +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --äéáäñïìÞ ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR óýóôçìá ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR óõìâïëïóåéñÜ ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR áñ÷åßï_äéåõèÝôçóçò ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR ëßóôá_äéáäñïìþí ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR óåëéäïðïéüò ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR ëßóôá_åíïôÞôùí ] +.RI [ åíüôçôá ] +.I "üíïìá ..." + +.SH ÐÅÑÉÃÑÁÖÇ +Ç +.B man +ìïñöïðïéåß êáé åìöáíßæåé ôéò çëåêôñïíéêÝò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ. Áí ïñßóåôå ôçí +.IR åíüôçôá +ç +.B man +øÜ÷íåé ìüíï ó' áõôÞ ôçí åíüôçôá ôïõ åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +Ôï +.I üíïìá +åßíáé êáíïíéêÜ ôï üíïìá ôçò óåëßäáò åã÷åéñéäßïõ, +ðïõ óõíÞèùò åßíáé ôï üíïìá ìéáò åíôïëÞò, óõíÜñôçóçò Þ áñ÷åßïõ. +Ðáñüëá áõôÜ, áí ôï +.I üíïìá +ðåñéÝ÷åé ìéÜ +.RB ( / ) +ôüôå ç +.B man +ôï èåùñåß ùò üíïìá áñ÷åßïõ, ïðüôå ìðïñåßò íá äþóåéò +.B "man ./foo.5" +Þ êáé áêüìç +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +ÂëÝðå ðáñáêÜôù ìéÜ ðåñéãñáöÞ ãéá ôï ðïý ç +.B man +øÜ÷íåé ãéá áñ÷åßá óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ. + +.SH ÅÐÉËÏÃÅÓ +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +Ðñïóäéïñßæåé ôï ðñïò ÷ñÞóç áñ÷åßï äéåõèÝôçóçò· +ç ðñïåðéëïãÞ åßíáé +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(ÂëÝðå +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " äéáäñïìÞ" +Ðñïóäéïñßæåé ôç ëßóôá ôùí êáôáëüãùí ðñïò áíáæÞôçóç óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +Äéá÷þñéóå ôïõò êáôáëüãïõò ìå Üíù êáé êÜôù ôåëåßåò. Ìéá êåíÞ ëßóôá åßíáé ôï ßäéï +ìå ôï íá ìç âÜëåéò +.B \-M +åíôåëþò. +ÂëÝðå +.BR "ÄÉÁÄÑÏÌÇ ÁÍÁÆÇÔÇÓÇÓ ÓÅËÉÄÙÍ ÅÃ×ÅÉÑÉÄÉÏÕ". +.TP +.B \-\^P " óåëéäïðïéüò" +Ðñïóäéïñßæåé ðïéüò óåëéäïðïéüò íá ÷ñçóéìïðïéçèåß. +ÁõôÞ ç åðéëïãÞ õðåñéó÷ýåé ôçò ìåôáâëçôÞò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò +.B MANPAGER +ðïõ ìå ôç óåéñÜ ôçò õðåñéó÷ýåé ôçò ìåôáâëçôÞò +.BR PAGER . +Åê ðñïåðéëïãÞò, +ç +.B man +÷ñçóéìïðïéåß ôç +.BR "@pager@" . +.TP +.B \-\^S " ëßóôá_åíïôÞôùí" +Åßíáé ìéÜ ëßóôá åíïôÞôùí ðñïò áíáæÞôçóç óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ· +ïé åíüôçôåò ÷ùñßæïíôáé áðü Üíù êáé êÜôù ôåëåßåò. +ÁõôÞ ç åðéëïãÞ õðåñéó÷ýåé ôçò ìåôáâëçôÞò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò +.BR MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +Åê ðñïåðéëïãÞò, ç +.B man +èá ôåñìáôéóôåß áöïý åìöáíßóåé ôç ðñþôç óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ +ðïõ èá âñåß. ×ñçóéìïðïéþíôáò áõôÞ ôçí åðéëïãÞ, ç +.B man +åîáíáãêÜæåôáé íá åìöáíßóåé üëåò ôéò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ ðïõ ôáéñéÜæïõí ìå ôï +.BR üíïìá , +êáé ü÷é ìüíï ôç ðñþôç óåëßäá. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Åðáíáìïñöïðïéåß ôç óåëßäá ðñïÝëåõóçò, +áêüìç êáé áí õößóôáôáé åíçìåñùìÝíç óåëßäá cat. +Áõôü ìðïñåß íá åßíáé óçìáíôéêü áí ç óåëßäá cat +åß÷å ìïñöïðïéçèåß ãéá ìéÜ ïèüíç ìå äéáöïñåôéêü áñéèìü óôçëþí, +Þ áí ç ðñïìïñöïðïéçìÝíç óåëßäá +åßíáé äéáâñùìÝíç. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Äåí åìöáíßæåé óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ, +áëëÜ åìöáíßæåé ðëçñïöïñßåò áðïóöáëìÜôùóçò. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Åìöáíßæåé +.I êáé +óåëßäåò +.I êáé +ðëçñïöïñßåò áðïóöáëìÜôùóçò. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Éóïäýíáìç ìå ôçí +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " Þ " \-\-preformat +Ìïñöïðïéåß ìüíï - äåí åìöáíßæåé. +.TP +.B \-\^h +ÅìöÜíéóç ìçíýìáôïò âïÞèåéáò óå ìéÜ ãñáììÞ êáé Ýîïäïò. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Éóïäýíáìç ìå ôçí +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +ÅñåõíÜ ãéá ôçí ïñéóìÝíç óõìâïëïóåéñÜ óå *üëåò* ôéò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +Ðñïåéäïðïßçóç: áõôü ðéèáíþò íá ôñáâÞîåé óå ìÜêñïò! +Áí ïñßóåéò åíüôçôá üìùò óßãïõñá èá âïçèÞóåé. +(Ãéá íá äþóù ìßáí éäÝá, óôï ìç÷ÜíçìÜ ìïõ áõôü ðáßñíåé Ýíá ëåðôü +áíÜ 500 óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " óýóôçìá" +Ïñßæåé ðñïò Ýñåõíá, Ýíá åíáëëáêôéêü óýíïëï óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ +ðïõ âñßóêïíôáé óôï óýóôçìá ìå ôï äåäïìÝíï üíïìá. +.TP +.B \-\^p " óõìâïëïóåéñÜ" +Ïñßæåé ôçí áêïëïõèßá ôùí ðñïåðåîåñãáóôþí ðïõ èá ôñÝîïõí ðñéí ôï +.B nroff +Þ +.BR troff . +¼ëåò ïé åãêáôáóôÜóåéò äåí äéáèÝôïõí Ýíá ðëÞñåò óýíïëï ðñïåðåîåñãáóôþí. +Ìåñéêïß ðñïåðåîåñãáóôÝò êáé ôá ãñÜììáôá ðïõ ôïõò ÷áñáêôçñßæïõí åßíáé: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +ÁõôÞ ç åðéëïãÞ õðåñéó÷ýåé ôçò ìåôáâëçôÞò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +×ñÞóç ôçò +.B @troff@ +ðñïò ìïñöïðïßçóç ôçò óåëßäáò åã÷åéñéäßïõ, +ïäçãþíôáò ôçí Ýîïäï óôçí +.BR "ôõðéêÞ Ýîïäï" . +Ç Ýîïäïò áðü ôç +.B @troff@ +ìðïñåß íá ðñÝðåé íá ðåñÜóåé äéá ìÝóïõ êÜðïéïõ ößëôñïõ ðñéí åìöáíéóôåß. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRÞ\fP \-\-äéáäñïìÞ +Äåí åìöáíßæåé ôéò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ, áëëÜ åìöáíßæåé ôç(ôéò) ôïðïèåóßá(åò) ôùí +áñ÷åßùí ðïõ èá ìïñöïðïéçèïýí Þ åìöáíéóôïýí. Áí äå äïèåß üñéóìá: +åìöáíßæåé (óôç ôõðéêÞ Ýîïäï) ôç ëßóôá ôùí êáôáëüãùí ðïõ åñåõíþíôáé áðü ôç +.B man +ãéá óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ. Áí ç +.B manpath +åßíáé äåóìüò ðñïò ôç man, +ôüôå «manpath» éóïäõíáìåß ìå «man --äéáäñïìÞ». +.TP +.B \-\^W +¼ðùò ç \-\^w, áëëÜ åìöÜíéóç ïíïìÜôùí áñ÷åßùí, Ýíá áíÜ ãñáììÞ, +÷ùñßò óõìðëçñùìáôéêÞ ðëçñïöüñçóç. +Áõôü åßíáé ÷ñÞóéìï óå åíôïëÝò êåëýöïõò üðùò ç +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "ÓÅËÉÄÅÓ CAT" +Ç man èá ðñïóðáèÞóåé íá äéáóþóåé ôéò ìïñöïðïéçìÝíåò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ, +ïýôùò þóôå íá åîïéêïíïìÞóåé ÷ñüíï ìïñöïðïßçóçò +ãéá ôçí åðüìåíç öïñÜ ðïõ èá ÷ñåéáóôïýí áõôÝò ïé óåëßäåò. +Ðáñáäïóéáêþò, ìïñöïðïéçìÝíåò åêäüóåéò óåëßäùí óôïí DIR/manX +äéáóþæïíôáé óôïí DIR/catX, åíþ Üëëåò áðåéêïíßóåéò áðü man dir óå cat dir +ìðïñïýí íá ðñïäéáãñáöïýí óôï áñ÷åßï +.BR @man_config_file@ . +¼ôáí ï áðáéôïýìåíïò êáôÜëïãïò cat äåí õößóôáôáé, +ôüôå äåí äéáóþæïíôáé ïé óåëßäåò cat. +¼ôáí ïé óåëßäåò cat åßíáé ìïñöïðïéçìÝíåò ãéá ìÞêïò ãñáììÞò +äéáöïñåôéêü áðü ôï 80, ôüôå åðßóçò äåí äéáóþæïíôáé. +Ïõäåìßá óåëßäá cat äéáóþæåôáé áí ôï áñ÷åßï man.conf +ðåñéÝ÷åé ôç ãñáììÞ NOCACHE. +.PP +Åßíáé äõíáôüí íá ãßíåé ç +.B man +suid óå Ýíá ÷ñÞóôç man. Ôüôå, áí Ýíáò êáôÜëïãïò cat +Ý÷åé éäéïêôÞôç ôïí man êáé Üäåéåò 0755 (åããñáöÝò ìüíï áðü ôïí man), +êáé ôá áñ÷åßá cat Ý÷ïõí éäéïêôÞôç ôïí man êáé Üäåéåò 0644 Þ 0444 +(åããñáöÝò ìüíï áðü ôïí man, +Þ ïõäåìßá äõíáôüôçôá åããñáöÞò), +ôüôå ïõäåßò êáíïíéêüò ÷ñÞóôçò ìðïñåß íá áëëÜîåé +ôéò óåëßäåò cat Þ íá ôïðïèåôÞóåé Üëëá áñ÷åßá óôïí êáôÜëïãï cat. Áí ç +.B man +äåí Ý÷åé ãßíåé suid, +ôüôå ðñÝðåé Ýíáò êáôÜëïãïò cat íá Ý÷åé Üäåéåò 0777, +ðñïêåéìÝíïõ üëïé ïé ÷ñÞóôåò íá Ý÷ïõí ôç äõíáôüôçôá +íá åíáðïèÝôïõí åêåß óåëßäåò cat. +.PP +Ç åðéëïãÞ +.B \-c +õðï÷ñåþíåé ôçí åðáíáìïñöïðïßçóç ìéÜò óåëßäáò, +áêüìç êáé áí õößóôáôáé ðñüóöáôç óåëßäá cat. + + +.SH "ÄÉÁÄÑÏÌÇ ÁÍÁÆÇÔÇÓÇÓ ÓÅËÉÄÙÍ ÅÃ×ÅÉÑÉÄÉÏÕ" +Ç +.B man +÷ñçóéìïðïéåß ìéÜ åîåëéãìÝíç ìÝèïäï åíôïðéóìïý áñ÷åßùí óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ, +âáóéóìÝíç óôéò åðéëïãÝò êëÞóçò êáé óôéò ìåôáâëçôÝò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò, +óôï áñ÷åßï äéåõèÝôçóçò +.B @man_config_file@ +êáé óå ïñéóìÝíåò åíóùìáôùìÝíåò óõìâÜóåéò êáé éäéïêáôáóêåõÝò. +.PP +Êáô' áñ÷Þí, üôáí ôï üñéóìá +.I üíïìá +óôç +.B man +ðåñéÝ÷åé ìßá +.RB ( / ), +ôüôå ç +.B man +õðïèÝôåé üôé åßíáé Ýíá üíïìá áñ÷åßïõ, +êáé ùò åê ôïýôïõ äåí õðÜñ÷åé ëüãïò áíáæÞôçóçò. +.PP +ÁëëÜ óôç êáíïíéêÞ ðåñßðôùóç üðïõ ôï +.I üíïìá +äåí ðåñéÝ÷åé ìßá +.RB ( / ), +ôüôå ç +.B man +áíáæçôåß óå ìéÜ ðïéêéëßá êáôáëüãùí, +Ýíá áñ÷åßï ðïõ èá ìðïñïýóå íá åßíáé +ìéÜ óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ ìå ôï óõãêåêñéìÝíï üíïìá. +.PP +Áí äþóåéò ôçí åðéëïãÞ +.BI "-M " ëßóôá_äéáäñïìþí +ôüôå +.I ëßóôá_äéáäñïìþí +åßíáé ìéá ëßóôá êáôáëüãùí +÷ùñéóìÝíùí áðü Üíù êáé êÜôù ôåëåßåò ðïõ åñåõíÜ ç +.BR man . +.PP +Áí äåí ÷ñçóéìïðïéÞóåéò ôçí åðéëïãÞ +.B -M +áëëÜ ïñßóåéò ôç ìåôáâëçôÞ ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò +.B MANPATH +ôüôå ç ôéìÞ áõôÞò ôçò ìåôáâëçôÞò åßíáé ç ëßóôá ôùí +êáôáëüãùí ðïõ ç +.B man +åñåõíÜ. +.PP +Áí äåí ðñïóäéïñßóåéò ìéÜ óõãêåêñéìÝíç ëßóôá äéáäñïìþí ìå ôçí åðéëïãÞ +.B -M +Þ +.BR MANPATH , +ôüôå ç +.B man +ðáñÜãåé ôéò äéêÝò ôçò ëßóôåò âáóéæüìåíç óôï ðåñéå÷üìåíï ôïõ áñ÷åßïõ +äéåõèÝôçóçò +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Ç äÞëùóç +.B MANPATH +óôï áñ÷åßï äéåõèÝôçóçò ðñïóäéïñßæåé óõãêåêñéìÝíïõò êáôáëüãïõò +ãéá íá óõìðåñéëçöèïýí óôç äéáäñïìÞ áíáæÞôçóçò. +.PP +ÅðéðëÝïí, ïé äçëþóåéò +.B MANPATH_MAP +ðñïóèÝôïõí óôç äéáäñïìÞ áíáæÞôçóçò áíÜëïãá ìå ôç äéáäñïìÞ óïõ áíáæÞôçóçò åíôïëþí +(äçë. ôç ìåôáâëçôÞ ðåñéâÜëëïíôüò óïõ) +.BR PATH . +Ãéá êÜèå êáôÜëïãï ðïõ ìðïñåß íá âñßóêåôáé óôç äéáäñïìÞ áíáæÞôçóçò +åíôïëþí, ìéÜ äÞëùóç +.B MANPATH_MAP +ðñïóäéïñßæåé Ýíá êáôÜëïãï ðïõ èá ðñÝðåé íá ðñïóôåèåß óôç äéáäñïìÞ +áíáæÞôçóçò ãéá áñ÷åßá óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +Ç +.B man +øÜ÷íåé óôç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B PATH +êáé ðñïóèÝôåé ôïõò áíôßóôïé÷ïõò êáôáëüãïõò óôç äéáäñïìÞ +áíáæÞôçóçò áñ÷åßùí óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ. ¸ôóé, ìå ôç óùóôÞ ÷ñÞóç ôçò +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +üôáí äßíåéò ôçí åíôïëÞ +.BR "man xyz", +ðáßñíåéò ìéÜ óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ ãéá ôï ðñüãñáììá ðïõ èá Ýôñå÷å +áí Ýäéíåò ôçí åíôïëÞ +.BR xyz . +.PP +ÅðéðëÝïí, ãéá êÜèå êáôÜëïãï óôç äéáäñïìÞ áíáæÞôçóçò åíôïëþí (ðïõ èá ôïí +ïíïìÜóïõìå «êáôÜëïãï åíôïëþí») ãéá ôïí ïðïßï +.I äåí +Ý÷åéò ìéÜ äÞëùóç +.B MANPATH_MAP +ç +.B man +áõôïìÜôùò øÜ÷íåé ãéá Ýíá êáôÜëïãï óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ «óôá ðÝñéî» +äçëáäÞ ó' Ýíá õðïêáôÜëïãï ôïõ ßäéïõ ôïõ êáôáëüãïõ åíôïëþí Þ +óôï ãïíéêü êáôÜëïãï ôïõ êáôáëüãïõ åíôïëþí. +.PP +Ìðïñåßò í' áðåíåñãïðïéÞóåéò ôéò áõôüìáôåò áíáæçôÞóåéò «óôá ðÝñéî» +óõìðåñéëáìâÜíïíôáò ôç äÞëùóç +.B NOAUTOPATH +óôï áñ÷åßï +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +Óå êÜèå êáôÜëïãï, +óôç äéáäñïìÞ áíáæÞôçóçò üðùò ðåñéãñÜöçêå ðáñáðÜíù, +ç +.B man +åñåõíÜ ãéá Ýíá áñ÷åßï ìå üíïìá +.IB èÝìá . åíüôçôá\fR, +ìå ìéÜ ðñïáéñåôéêÞ åðÝêôáóç óôïí áñéèìü åíüôçôáò +êáé ðéèáíþò ìå ìéÜ åðÝêôáóç óõìðßåóçò. +Áí äå âñåé ôÝôïéá áñ÷åßá, +ôüôå øÜ÷íåé óå êÜèå õðïêáôÜëïãï ìå üíïìá +.BI man N +Þ +.BI cat N +üðïõ +.I N +åßíáé ï áñéèìüò åíüôçôáò ôïõ åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +Áí ôï áñ÷åßï âñßóêåôáé ó' Ýíá õðïêáôÜëïãï +.BI cat N, +ôüôå ç +.B man +õðïèÝôåé üôé ðñüêåéôáé ãéá áñ÷åßï ìïñöïðïéçìÝíçò óåëßäáò åã÷åéñéäßïõ (óåëßäá cat). +ÅéäÜëëùò ç +.B man +õðïèÝôåé üôé åßíáé áìïñöïðïßçôï. Åí ðÜóåé ðåñéðôþóåé, áí ôï üíïìá ôïõ áñ÷åßïõ +ðåñéÝ÷åé ìéÜ ãíùóôÞ åðÝêôáóç óõìðßåóçò (üðùò ç +.BR .gz ), +ôüôå ç +.B man +õðïèÝôåé üôé åßíáé óõìðéåóìÝíï ìå ôï ðñüãñáììá gzip. +.PP +Áí èÝëåéò íá äåéò ôï ðïý (Þ áí) ç +.B man +èá èá âñåß ôç óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ ãéá Ýíá ïñéóìÝíï èÝìá, +ôüôå ÷ñçóéìïðïßçóå ôçí åðéëïãÞ +.BR "--äéáäñïìÞ " ( -w ). + +.SH ÐÅÑÉÂÁËËÏÍ +.TP +.B MANPATH +ÅÜí Ý÷åé ïñéóôåß ç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B MANPATH +ôüôå ç +.B man +ôç ÷ñçóéìïðïéåß ùò ôç äéáäñïìÞ ðñïò áíáæÞôçóç áñ÷åßùí óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +Ç ìåôáâëçôÞ áõôÞ õðåñéó÷ýåé ôïõ áñ÷åßïõ äéåõèÝôçóçò +êáé ôçò äéáäñïìÞò áõôüìáôçò áíáæÞôçóçò, +åíþ áãíïåßôáé áðü ôçí åðéëïãÞ +.B -M +ÂëÝðå +.BR "ÄÉÁÄÑÏÌÇ ÁÍÁÆÇÔÇÓÇÓ ÓÅËÉÄÙÍ ÅÃ×ÅÉÑÉÄÉÏÕ". +.TP +.B MANPL +ÅÜí Ý÷åé ïñéóôåß ç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B MANPL +ôüôå ÷ñçóéìïðïéåßôáé ç ôéìÞ ôçò ùò ìÞêïò ôçò åìöáíéæüìåíçò óåëßäáò. +ÅéäÜëëùò, ïëüêëçñç ç óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ èá êáôáëÜâåé ìéÜ (åðéìÞêç) óåëßäá. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +ÅÜí Ý÷åé ïñéóôåß ç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B MANROFFSEQ +ç ôéìÞ ôçò ÷ñçóéìïðïéåßôáé ãéá íá ïñßóåé ôï óýíïëï +ôùí ðñïåðåîåñãáóôþí ðïõ èá ôñÝîïõí ðñéí áðü ôï +.B nroff +Þ +.BR troff . +Åê ðñïåðéëïãÞò, ïé óåëßäåò ðåñíïýí äéá ìÝóïõ +ôïõ ðñïåðåîåñãáóôÞ tbl ðñéí áðü ôï +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +ÅÜí Ý÷åé ïñéóôåß ç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B MANSECT +ç ôéìÞ ôçò ÷ñçóéìïðïåßôáé ãéá íá ïñßóåé +ðïéÝò åíüôçôåò ôïõ åã÷åéñéäßïõ íá åñåõíçèïýí. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +ÅÜí Ý÷åé ïñéóôåß ç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B MANWIDTH +ç ôéìÞ ôçò ÷ñçóéìïðïéåßôáé ãéá íá ïñßóåé ôï ðëÜôïò åìöÜíéóçò ôùí óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +ÅéäÜëëùò ïé óåëßäåò ìðïñåß íá åìöáíéóôïýí ó' üëï ôï ðëÜôïò ôçò ïèüíçò óïõ. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +ÅÜí Ý÷åé ïñéóôåß ç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B MANPAGER +ç ôéìÞ ôçò ÷ñçóéìïðïéåßôáé ùò ôï üíïìá ôïõ ðñïãñÜììáôïò ðïõ èá ÷ñçóéìïðïéçèåß ãéá ôçí åìöÜíéóç +ôùí óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +ÅÜí äåí Ý÷åé ïñéóôåß, ôüôå ÷ñçóéìïðïéåßôáé ç +.BR PAGER . +ÅÜí êáé áõôÞ äåí Ý÷åé ôéìÞ ôüôå ÷ñçóéìïðïéåßôáé ç +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +ÅÜí Ý÷åé ïñéóôåß ç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B LANG +ç ôéìÞ ôçò ðñïóäéïñßæåé ôï üíïìá ôùí õðïêáôáëüãùí üðïõ ç man +øÜ÷íåé êáô' áñ÷Þí ãéá óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +¸ôóé, ç åíôïëÞ «LANG=dk man 1 foo» +èá õðï÷ñåþóåé ôç man íá øÜîåé ãéá ôç óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ +foo óôï .../dk/man1/foo.1, +êáé áí äåí ìðïñåß íá âñåé ôÝôïéï áñ÷åßï, +ôüôå óôï .../man1/foo.1, +üðïõ ... åßíáé Ýíáò êáôÜëïãïò óôç äéáäñïìÞ áíáæÞôçóçò. +.TP +.BR NLSPATH ", " LC_MESSAGES ", " LANG +Ïé ìåôáâëçôÝò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò +.B NLSPATH +êáé +.B LC_MESSAGES +(Þ +.B LANG +üôáí ç äåýôåñç äåí õößóôáôáé) +ðáßæïõí ñüëï óôïí åíôïðéóìü ôïõ êáôáëüãïõ ìçíõìÜôùí. +(ÁíôéèÝôùò ôá ìçíýìáôá óôçí áããëéêÞ åßíáé ðñïåãêáôåóôçìÝíá, êáé ãéá ôá áããëéêÜ +äåí áðáéôåßôáé êáôÜëïãïò.) +Óçìåßùóå üôé ðñïãñÜììáôá üðùò ôï +.BR col(1) +ðïõ êáëïýíôáé áðü ôç man êÜíïõí åðßóçò ÷ñÞóç ôïõ LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +Ç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B PATH +âïçèÜ óôïí ïñéóìü ôçò äéáäñïìÞò áíáæÞôçóçò ãéá áñ÷åßá óåëßäùí åã÷åéñéäßïõ. +ÂëÝðå +.BR "ÄÉÁÄÑÏÌÇ ÁÍÁÆÇÔÇÓÇÓ ÓÅËÉÄÙÍ ÅÃ×ÅÉÑÉÄÉÏÕ" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +Ç ìåôáâëçôÞ +.B SYSTEM +÷ñçóéìïðïéåßôáé ãéá íá ðÜñåéò ôï ðñïåðéëåãìÝíï åíáëëáêôéêü óýóôçìá (÷ñÞóç +ìå ôçí åðéëïãÞ +.B \-m +) . +.SH "ÂËÅÐÅ ÅÐÉÓÇÓ" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). +.SH ÓÖÁËÌÁÔÁ +Ç åðéëïãÞ +.B \-t +äïõëåýåé ìüíï áí Ý÷åé åãêáóôáèåß Ýíá ðñüãñáììá üðùò ôï troff. +.br +Áí âëÝðåéò öùôåéíÜ \e255 Þ <AD> áíôß ãéá åíùôéêÜ óçìåßá, +âÜëå «LESSCHARSET=latin1» óôï ðåñéâÜëëïí óïõ. +.SH ÊÏËÐÁ +Áí ðñïóèÝóåéò ôç ãñáììÞ + +(global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +óôï áñ÷åßï óïõ +.IR .emacs +ôüôå ðáôþíôáò F1 èá ðÜñåéò ôç óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ ãéá ôç êëÞóç âéâëéïèÞêçò +ðïõ õðÜñ÷åé óôç ôñÝ÷ïõóá èÝóç ôïõ äñïìÝá. +.LP +Ãéá íá ðÜñåéò Ýíá áðëü êåßìåíï ìéÜò óåëßäáò åã÷åéñéäßïõ, ÷ùñßò Ýíôïía ãñÜììáôá +Þ õðïãñáììßóåéò, äïêßìáóå ìå + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt + diff --git a/man/el/man2html.man b/man/el/man2html.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9aae819 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/man2html.man @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +'\" t +.\" Man page for man2html +.\" aeb, 980101 +.\" +.\" ÅëëçíéêÞ ìåôÜöñáóç áðü Ë. ÄçìçôñïõëÜêç edimitro@tee.gr, Éïýëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH man2html 1 "1 Éáíïõáñßïõ 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +man2html \- ìïñöïðïéåß ìéÜ óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ óå html +.SH ÓÕÍÏØÇ +man2html [åðéëïãÞ] [áñ÷åßï] +.SH ÐÅÑÉÃÑÁÖÇ +.B man2html +ìåôáôñÝðåé ìéÜ óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ üðùò âñÝèçêå óôï +.I áñ÷åßï +(Þ óôçí ôõðéêÞ åßóïäï, +áí äþèçêå ôï üñéóìá «-» Þ êáíÝíá üñéóìá) +áðü ôï óõíçèéóìÝíç ìïñöÞ nroff óå html, +êé åìöáíßæåé ôï áðïôÝëåóìá óôçí ôõðéêÞ Ýîïäï. +ÄéáèÝôåé õðïóôÞñéîç ôïõ ðñïåðåîåñãáóôÞ tbl áëëÜ ü÷é êáé ôïõ eqn. +Ç êáíïíéêÞ ôéìÞ åðéóôñïöÞò åîüäïõ åßíáé 0. Áí üìùò êÜôé ðÜåé óôñáâÜ, +åìöáíßæåôáé óôç ôõðéêÞ Ýîïäï ìéÜ óåëßäá óöÜëìáôïò. +Ìðïñåß íá ÷ñçóéìïðïéçèåß ùò áõôïôåëÞò õðçñåóßá, +áëëÜ ðñïïñßæåôáé êõñßùò ùò åðéâïçèçôéêÞ, +ðïõ åðéôñÝðåé óôïõò ÷ñÞóôåò ôçí ðëïÞãçóç óôéò óåëßäåò +åã÷åéñéäßïõ ìå Ýíá öõëëïìåôñçôÞ html üðùò ïé +.BR lynx (1), +.BR xmosaic (1) +Þ +.BR netscape (1). +./" (ÂëÝðå +./" .BR man (1) +./" ãéá ðëçñïöïñßåò ðëïÞãçóçò óôéò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ ìÝóù ôçò +./" .BR man2html . +./" ÓõíÞèùò áñêåß íá âÜëëåéò "MANHTMLPAGER=/usr/bin/lynx" +./" óôï ðåñéâÜëëïí óïõ.) + +Ôï âáóéêü êïììÜôé ôçò +.B man2html +åßíáé ç ìç÷áíÞ troff-to-html ôïõ Richard Verhoeven (rcb5@win.tue.nl) ðïõ +ðñïóèÝôåé õðåñóõíäÝóìïõò ãéá ôéò ðáñáêÜôù äïìÝò: +.LP +.TS +l l. +foo(3x) "http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+foo" +method://string "method://string" +www.host.name "http://www.host.name" +ftp.host.name "ftp://ftp.host.name" +name@host "mailto:name@host" +<string.h> "file:/usr/include/string.h" +.TE +.LP +(Ç ðñþôç ìðïñåß íá ñõèìéóôåß ëåðôïìåñþò ìå åðéëïãÝò - âëÝðå ðáñáêÜôù.) +Äå ãßíåôáé Ýëåã÷ïò - ïé äçìéïõñãïýìåíïé óýíäåóìïé äåí åßíáé êáô' áíÜãêç õðáñêôïß. +Åðßóçò äçìéïõñãåßôáé Ýíá åõñåôÞñéï ìå åóùôåñéêïýò õðåñóõíäÝóìïõò ðñïò ôéò äéÜöïñåò ðáñáãñÜöïõò, +þóôå íá åßíáé åõêïëüôåñï íá âñåé êáíåßò ôï äñüìï ôïõ +ìÝóá óå åêôåôáìÝíåò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ üðùò ç +.BR bash (1). + +.SH ÅÐÉËÏÃÅÓ +ÊáôÜ ôçí áíÜãíùóç áðü ôçí ôõðéêÞ åßóïäï, +äåí åßíáé ðÜíôïôå îåêÜèáñï ðþò íá ãßíåé ôï ôáßñéáóìá ïíüìáôïò áñ÷åßïõ. +Ç åðéëïãÞ \-D åðéôñÝðåé ó' Ýíá óåíÜñéï íá ïñßóåé ôïí ôñÝ÷ïíôá êáôÜëïãï. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^D üíïìá_äéáäñïìÞò +Áðáëåßöåé ôá äýï ôåëåõôáßá ôìÞìáôá áðü ôï üíïìá äéáäñïìÞò, êáé êÜíåé Ýíá +\fIchdir\fP(\fIdir\fP) ðñéí áñ÷ßóåé ôç ìåôáôñïðÞ. +.LP +Ç åðéëïãÞ \-E åðéôñÝðåé ôçí åýêïëç äçìéïõñãßá ìçíõìÜôùí ëÜèïõò +áðü Ýíá óåíÜñéï cgi. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^E óõìâïëïóåéñÜ +ÂãÜæåé ìéÜ óåëßäá óöÜëìáôïò ðïõ ðåñéÝ÷åé ôï äåäïìÝíï ìÞíõìá óöÜëìáôïò. +.LP +Ç ãåíéêÞ ìïñöÞ åíüò õðåñóõíäÝóìïõ äçìéïõñãçìÝíïõ ãéá ìéÜ óåëßäá åã÷åéñéäßïõ åßíáé +.LP +<ìÝèïäïò:äéáä/ìÞ_cgi><äéáä/ìÞ_man2html><äéá÷/óôÞò><óåëßäá_man> +.LP +ìå ðñïåðéëïãÞ ùò áíùôÝñù. Ôá ôìÞìáôá áõôïý ôïõ õðåñóõíäÝóìïõ +ñõèìßæïíôáé ìå ôéò äéÜöïñåò åðéëïãÝò. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Ïñßæåé ôç ìÝèïäï:äéáäñïìÞ_cgi óå http://localhost ðïõ åßíáé ç ðñïåðéëïãÞ. +.TP +.BI \-\^H " õðïëïãéóôÞò_õðçñåóßáò[.äéêôõáêüò_ôüðïò][:èýñá]" +Ïñßæåé ôç ìÝèïäï:äéáäñïìÞ_cgi óå +.RI http:// õðïëïãéóôÞò_õðçñåóßáò.äéêôõáêüò_ôüðïò:èýñá . +.TP +.B \-\^l +Ïñßæåé ôç ìÝèïäï:äéáäñïìÞ_cgi óå +.RI lynxcgi: /home/httpd . +.TP +.BI \-\^L " dir" +Ïñßæåé ôç ìÝèïäï:äéáäñïìÞ_cgi óå +.RI lynxcgi: dir . +.TP +.BI \-\^M " äéáäñïìÞ_man2html" +Ïñßæåé ðïéÜ äéáäñïìÞ_man2html èá ÷ñçóéìïðïéçèåß. Ç ðñïåðéëïãÞ åßíáé +.IR /cgi-bin/man/man2html . +.TP +.B \-\^p +Ïñéóìüò äéá÷ùñéóôÞ óå «/». +.TP +.B \-\^q +Ïñéóìüò äéá÷ùñéóôÞ óå «?». Áõôü åßíáé ç ðñïåðéëïãÞ. +.TP +.B \-\^r +×ñÞóç ó÷åôéêþí äéáäñïìþí html, +áíôß ôùí äéáäñïìþí cgi-bin. +.LP +Ó' Ýíá ìç÷Üíçìá ðïõ äåí ôñÝ÷åé Ýíáò +.BR httpd , +ìðïñåß íá ÷ñçóéìïðïéÞóåé êáíåßò ôï +.B lynx +ãéá ðëïÞãçóç óôéò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ, +÷ñçóéìïðïéþíôáò ôç ìÝèïäï lynxcgi. +Áí ôñÝ÷åé êÜðïéïò äáßìïíáò http, ôüôå ï lynx, +Þ üðïéïò Üëëïò öõëëïìåôñçôÞò, +ìðïñåß íá ÷ñçóéìïðïéçèåß ãéá ðëïÞãçóç óôéò óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ, +÷ñçóéìïðïéþíôáò ôç ìÝèïäï http. +Ç åðéëïãÞ \-l (áðü ôï « lynxcgi ») äéáëÝãåé ôïí ðñþôï ôñüðï. +Ìå áõôü ôïí ôñüðï, +ç ðñïåðéëåãìÝíç äéáäñïìÞ_cgip åßíáé \fI/home/httpd\fP. + +Ãåíéêþò, Ýíá óåíÜñéï cgi ìðïñåß íá êëçèåß áðü ôç +.LP +<äéáäñïìÞ_ðñïò_ôï_óåíÜñéï>/<åðß_ðëÝïí_äéáäñïìÞ>?<åñþôçóç> +.LP +êáé ïé ìåôáâëçôÝò ðåñéâÜëëïíôïò PATH_INFO êáé QUERY_STRING +èá ïñéóôïýí óå <åðß_ðëÝïí_äéáäñïìÞ> êáé <åñþôçóç>, áíôéóôïß÷ùò. +Áöïý ç lynxcgi äåí áíáêáôåýåôáé ìå ôï ôìÞìá PATH_INFO, +äçìéïõñãïýìå õðåñóõíäÝóìïõò ìå ôï «?» ùò ðñïåðéëåãìÝíï äéá÷ùñéóôÞ. +Ç åðéëïãÞ \-p (áðü ôï « path ») äéáëÝãåé ôç «/» ùò äéá÷ùñéóôÞ, +åíþ ç åðéëïãÞ \-q (áðü ôï « query ») äéáëÝãåé ôï «?». + +Ç åðéëïãÞ \-H \fIõðïëïãéóôÞò_õðçñåóßáò\fP, +èá ïñßóåé ôï ÷ñçóéìïðïéïýìåíï õðïëïãéóôÞ õðçñåóßáò +(áíôß ôïõ \fIlocalhost\fP). +¸íá óåíÜñéï cgi èá ìðïñïýóå íá ÷ñçóéìïðïéÞóåé ôç +.IP +man2html -H $SERVER_NAME +.LP +áí åß÷å ïñéóôåß ç ìåôáâëçôÞ SERVER_NAME. +Áõôü èá åðÝôñåðå óôï ìç÷ÜíçìÜ óïõ íá ëåéôïõñãåß ùò åîõðçñåôçôÞò, +êáé íá åîÜãåé óåëßäåò åã÷åéñéäßïõ. + +.SH ÓÖÁËÌÁÔÁ +ÕðÜñ÷ïõí ðïëëÝò éäéïêáôáóêåõÝò. Ç Ýîïäïò äåí èá åßíáé ðÜíôïôå ôÝëåéá. +Ç ìÝèïäïò lynxcgi äå èá äïõëÝøåé áí ôï lynx åß÷å ìåôáãëùôôéóôåß ÷ùñßò +õðïóôÞñéîç ãéáõôÞí. Ìðïñåß íá õðÜñîïõí ðñïâëÞìáôá áóöáëåßáò. + +.SH "ÂËÅÐÅ ÅÐÉÓÇÓ" +.BR lynx (1), +.BR man (1) diff --git a/man/el/whatis.man b/man/el/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6820f1c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" ÅëëçíéêÞ ìåôÜöñáóç Ë. ÄçìçôñïõëÜêçò edimitro@tee.gr Éïýëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" "Åã÷åéñßäéï Ëßíïõî" "ÅíôïëÝò ×ñÞóôç" +.LO 1 +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +whatis \- åñåõíÜ ôç âÜóç äåäïìÝíùí whatis ãéá ðëÞñåéò ëÝîåéò. +.SH ÓÕÍÏØÇ +.BI whatis +ëÝîç-êëåéäß ... +.SH ÐÅÑÉÃÑÁÖÇ +Ç åíôïëÞ whatis åñåõíÜ ãéá ëÝîåéò êëåéäéÜ, +Ýíá óýíïëï áñ÷åßùí âÜóåùí äåäïìÝíùí ðïõ ðåñéÝ÷ïõí óýíôïìåò ðåñéãñáöÝò åíôïëþí óõóôÞìáôïò, +êé åìöáíßæåé ôï áðïôÝëåóìá óôçí ôõðéêÞ Ýîïäï. +Åìöáíßæïíôáé ìüíï ðëÞñåéò ëÝîåéò ðïõ ôáéñéÜæïõí. + +Ç âÜóç äåäïìÝíùí whatis äçìéïõñãåßôáé êáé åíçìåñþíåôáé ìå ôçí åíôïëÞ @makewhatis@. +.SH "ÂËÅÐÅ ÅÐÉÓÇÓ" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/en.txt b/man/en.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97ab12f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +english diff --git a/man/en/apropos.1 b/man/en/apropos.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05baa49 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/apropos.1 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from apropos.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +apropos \- search the whatis database for strings +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI apropos +keyword ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +apropos searches a set of database files containing short descriptions +of system commands for keywords and displays the result on the +standard output. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/en/apropos.man b/man/en/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ad50ce --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +apropos \- search the whatis database for strings +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI apropos +keyword ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +apropos searches a set of database files containing short descriptions +of system commands for keywords and displays the result on the +standard output. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/en/makewhatis.8 b/man/en/makewhatis.8 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..227db4c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/makewhatis.8 @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from makewhatis.8.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "September 19, 2005" +.SH NAME +makewhatis \- Create the whatis database +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " sections " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B makewhatis +reads all the manual pages contained in the given +.IR sections " of " manpath +or the preformatted pages contained in the given +.IR sections " of " catpath . +For each page, it writes a line in the whatis database; each line +consists of the name of the page and a short description, separated +by a dash. The description is extracted using the content of the +NAME section of the manual page. +.LP +Since other languages use a different term for the NAME section, +.B makewhatis +recognizes the equivalent terms in Czech, Italian, Finnish, French, +German and Spanish. +.LP +If no +.I manpath +argument is given, +.I /usr/man +is assumed by default. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B -u +Update database with new pages. +.TP +.B -v +Verbose output +.TP +.B -w +Use manpath obtained from `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " sections" +Looks in the +.I sections +of +.IR manpath " or " catpath . +If the option is absent, the MANSECT env var will be used. If it too +is absent, the MANSECT setting in man.conf will be used. +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +The preformatted manual pages located in +.I catpath +are scanned. If the argument is not provided, it is assumed to be the +first existing directory between +.IR /usr/man/preformat " and " /usr/man . +.SH EXAMPLES +.PP +To rebuild only +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " and " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +To rebuild all the databases, including those of the Finnish, French +and Italian translations +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH BUGS +.B makewhatis +may not handle too well manual pages written with non-standard troff +macros, such as the Tcl/Tk pages. +.PP +.B makewhatis +does not work on preformatted translations. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/en/makewhatis.man b/man/en/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2108284 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "September 19, 2005" +.SH NAME +makewhatis \- Create the whatis database +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " sections " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B makewhatis +reads all the manual pages contained in the given +.IR sections " of " manpath +or the preformatted pages contained in the given +.IR sections " of " catpath . +For each page, it writes a line in the whatis database; each line +consists of the name of the page and a short description, separated +by a dash. The description is extracted using the content of the +NAME section of the manual page. +.LP +Since other languages use a different term for the NAME section, +.B makewhatis +recognizes the equivalent terms in Czech, Italian, Finnish, French, +German and Spanish. +.LP +If no +.I manpath +argument is given, +.I /usr/man +is assumed by default. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B -u +Update database with new pages. +.TP +.B -v +Verbose output +.TP +.B -w +Use manpath obtained from `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " sections" +Looks in the +.I sections +of +.IR manpath " or " catpath . +If the option is absent, the MANSECT env var will be used. If it too +is absent, the MANSECT setting in man.conf will be used. +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +The preformatted manual pages located in +.I catpath +are scanned. If the argument is not provided, it is assumed to be the +first existing directory between +.IR /usr/man/preformat " and " /usr/man . +.SH EXAMPLES +.PP +To rebuild only +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " and " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +To rebuild all the databases, including those of the Finnish, French +and Italian translations +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH BUGS +.B makewhatis +may not handle too well manual pages written with non-standard troff +macros, such as the Tcl/Tk pages. +.PP +.B makewhatis +does not work on preformatted translations. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/en/man.1 b/man/en/man.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1673352 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/man.1 @@ -0,0 +1,528 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from man.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" More changes - flc +.\" +.TH man 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +man \- format and display the on-line manual pages +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR system ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR string ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR config_file ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR pathlist ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR pager ] +.RB [ \-B +.IR browser ] +.RB [ \-H +.IR htmlpager ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR section_list ] +.RI [ section ] +.I "name ..." + +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B man +formats and displays the on-line manual pages. If you specify +.IR section , +.B man +only looks in that section of the manual. +.I name +is normally the name of the manual page, which is typically the name +of a command, function, or file. +However, if +.I name +contains a slash +.RB ( / ) +then +.B man +interprets it as a file specification, so that you can do +.B "man ./foo.5" +or even +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +See below for a description of where +.B man +looks for the manual page files. + +.SH MANUAL SECTIONS +The standard sections of the manual include: +.TP +.B 1 +User Commands +.TP +.B 2 +System Calls +.TP +.B 3 +C Library Functions +.TP +.B 4 +Devices and Special Files +.TP +.B 5 +File Formats and Conventions +.TP +.B 6 +Games et. Al. +.TP +.B 7 +Miscellanea +.TP +.B 8 +System Administration tools and Deamons +.TP +Distributions customize the manual section to their specifics, which often include additional sections. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +Specify the configuration file to use; the default is +.BR /usr/share/misc/man.conf . +(See +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +Specify the list of directories to search for man pages. +Separate the directories with colons. An empty list is the same as +not specifying +.B \-M +at all. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Specify which pager to use. +This option overrides the +.B MANPAGER +environment variable, which in turn overrides the +.B PAGER +variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR "/bin/less -is" . +.TP +.B \-\^B +Specify which browser to use on HTML files. +This option overrides the +.B BROWSER +environment variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR /bin/less -is , +.TP +.B \-\^H +Specify a command that renders HTML files as text. +This option overrides the +.B HTMLPAGER +environment variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR /bin/cat , +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +List is a colon separated list of manual sections to search. +This option overrides the +.B MANSECT +environment variable. +.TP +.B \-\^a +By default, +.B man +will exit after displaying the first manual page it +finds. Using this option forces +.B man +to display all the manual pages that match +.B name, +not just the first. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformat the source man page, even when an up-to-date cat page exists. +This can be meaningful if the cat page was formatted for a screen +with a different number of columns, or if the preformatted page +is corrupted. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Don't actually display the man pages, but do print gobs of debugging +information. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Both display and print debugging info. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Equivalent to +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " or " \-\-preformat +Format only - do not display. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Print a help message and exit. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Equivalent to +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Search for the specified string in *all* man pages. Warning: this is +probably very slow! It helps to specify a section. +(Just to give a rough idea, on my machine this takes about a minute +per 500 man pages.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +Specify an alternate set of man pages to search based on the system +name given. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +Specify the sequence of preprocessors to run before +.B nroff +or +.BR troff . +Not all installations will have a full set of preprocessors. +Some of the preprocessors and the letters used to designate them are: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +This option overrides the +.B MANROFFSEQ +environment variable. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Use +.B /usr/bin/groff -Tps -mandoc +to format the manual page, passing the output to +.B stdout. +The default output format of +.B /usr/bin/groff -Tps -mandoc +is Postscript, refer to the manual page of +.B /usr/bin/groff -Tps -mandoc +for ways to pick an alternate format. +.PP +Depending on the selected format and the availability of printing +devices, the output +may need to be passed through some filter or another before being +printed. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +Don't actually display the man pages, but do print the location(s) of +the files that would be formatted or displayed. If no argument is given: +display (on stdout) the list of directories that is searched by +.B man +for man pages. If +.B manpath +is a link to man, then "manpath" is equivalent to "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Like \-\^w, but print file names one per line, without additional information. +This is useful in shell commands like +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "CAT PAGES" +Man will try to save the formatted man pages, in order to save +formatting time the next time these pages are needed. +Traditionally, formatted versions of pages in DIR/manX are +saved in DIR/catX, but other mappings from man dir to cat dir +can be specified in +.BR /usr/share/misc/man.conf . +No cat pages are saved when the required cat directory does not exist. +No cat pages are saved when they are formatted for a line length +different from 80. +No cat pages are saved when man.conf contains the line NOCACHE. +.PP +It is possible to make +.B man +suid to a user man. Then, if a cat directory +has owner man and mode 0755 (only writable by man), and the cat files +have owner man and mode 0644 or 0444 (only writable by man, or not +writable at all), no ordinary user can change the cat pages or put +other files in the cat directory. If +.B man +is not made suid, then a cat directory should have mode 0777 +if all users should be able to leave cat pages there. +.PP +The option +.B \-c +forces reformatting a page, even if a recent cat page exists. + +.SH "HTML PAGES" +Man will find HTML pages if they live in directories named as +'html' followed by a section extension. The last file extension is +expected to be ".html", thus a valid name for an HTML version of the +.BR ls (1) +man page would be +.IR /usr/share/man/htmlman1/ls.1.html . + +.SH "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" +.B man +uses a sophisticated method of finding manual page files, based on the +invocation options and environment variables, the +.B /usr/share/misc/man.conf +configuration file, and some built in conventions and heuristics. +.PP +First of all, when the +.I name +argument to +.B man +contains a slash +.RB ( / ), +.B man +assumes it is a file specification itself, +and there is no searching involved. +.PP +But in the normal case where +.I name +doesn't contain a slash, +.B man +searches a variety of directories for a file that could be a manual page +for the topic named. +.PP +If you specify the +.BI "-M " pathlist +option, +.I pathlist +is a colon-separated list of the directories that +.B man +searches. +.PP +If you don't specify +.B -M +but set the +.B MANPATH +environment variable, the value of that variable is the list of the +directories that +.B man +searches. +.PP +If you don't specify an explicit path list with +.B -M +or +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +develops its own path list based on the contents of the configuration +file +.BR /usr/share/misc/man.conf . +The +.B MANPATH +statements in the configuration file identify particular directories to +include in the search path. +.PP +Furthermore, the +.B MANPATH_MAP +statements add to the search path depending on your command search path +(i.e. your +.B PATH +environment variable). For each directory that may be in the command +search path, a +.B MANPATH_MAP +statement specifies a directory that should be added to the search +path for manual page files. +.B man +looks at the +.B PATH +variable and adds the corresponding directories to the manual page +file search path. Thus, with the proper use of +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +when you issue the command +.BR "man xyz" , +you get a manual page for the program that would run if you issued the +command +.BR xyz . +.PP +In addition, for each directory in the command search path (we'll call +it a "command directory") for which you do +.I not +have a +.B MANPATH_MAP +statement, +.B man +automatically looks for a manual page directory "nearby" +namely as a subdirectory in the command directory itself or +in the parent directory of the command directory. +.PP +You can disable the automatic "nearby" searches by including a +.B NOAUTOPATH +statement in +.BR /usr/share/misc/man.conf . +.PP +In each directory in the search path as described above, +.B man +searches for a file named +.IB topic . section\fR, +with an optional suffix on the section number and +possibly a compression suffix. +If it doesn't find such a file, it then looks in any subdirectories +named +.BI man N +or +.BI cat N +where +.I N +is the manual section number. +If the file is in a +.BI cat N +subdirectory, +.B man +assumes it is a formatted manual page file (cat page). Otherwise, +.B man +assumes it is unformatted. In either case, if the filename has a +known compression suffix (like +.BR .gz ), +.B man +assumes it is gzipped. +.PP +If you want to see where (or if) +.B man +would find the manual page for a particular topic, use the +.BR "--path " ( -w ) +option. + +.SH ENVIRONMENT +.TP +.B MANPATH +If +.B MANPATH +is set, +.B man +uses it as the path to search for manual page files. It overrides the +configuration file and the automatic search path, but is overridden by +the +.B -M +invocation option. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B MANPL +If +.B MANPL +is set, its value is used as the display page length. +Otherwise, the entire man page will occupy one (long) page. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +If +.B MANROFFSEQ +is set, its value is used to determine the set of preprocessors run +before running +.B nroff +or +.BR troff . +By default, pages are passed through +the tbl preprocessor before +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +If +.B MANSECT +is set, its value is used to determine which manual sections to search. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +If +.B MANWIDTH +is set, its value is used as the width manpages should be displayed. +Otherwise the pages may be displayed over the whole width of your +screen. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +If +.B MANPAGER +is set, its value is used as the name of the program to use to display +the man page. If not, then +.B PAGER +is used. If that has no value either, +.B /bin/less -is +is used. +.TP +.B BROWSER +The name of a browser to use for displaying HTML manual pages. If +it is not set, /bin/less -is is used. +.TP +.B HTMLPAGER +The command to use for rendering HTML manual pages as text. If +it is not set, /bin/cat is used. +.TP +.B LANG +If +.B LANG +is set, its value defines the name of the subdirectory where man +first looks for man pages. Thus, the command `LANG=dk man 1 foo' +will cause man to look for the foo man page in .../dk/man1/foo.1, +and if it cannot find such a file, then in .../man1/foo.1, +where ... is a directory on the search path. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +The environment variables +.B NLSPATH +and +.B LC_MESSAGES +(or +.B LANG +when the latter does not exist) +play a role in locating the message catalog. +(But the English messages are compiled in, and for English no catalog +is required.) +Note that programs like +.BR col(1) +called by man also use e.g. LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +helps determine the search path for manual page files. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +is used to get the default alternate system name (for use +with the +.B \-m +option). +.SH BUGS +The +.B \-t +option only works if a troff-like program is installed. +.br +If you see blinking \e255 or <AD> instead of hyphens, +put `LESSCHARSET=latin1' in your environment. +.SH TIPS +If you add the line + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +to your +.IR .emacs +file, then hitting F1 will give you the man page for the library call +at the current cursor position. +.LP +To get a plain text version of a man page, without backspaces +and underscores, try + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with +versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). diff --git a/man/en/man.conf.5 b/man/en/man.conf.5 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45c33ca --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/man.conf.5 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from man.conf.5.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "September 19, 2005" +.SH NAME +man.conf \- configuration data for man +.SH DESCRIPTION +.LP +This file is read by +.BR man (1) +and contains (a) information on how to construct the search path for man, +(b) full path names for various programs like nroff, eqn, tbl etc. used by man, +and (c) a list with uncompressors for files with a given extension. +An alternative version of this file can be specified with +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +The command names may be provided with options. +Useful options to nroff can be found in grotty(1). +For example, instead of the default line +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +one may write +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +in order to suppress underlining and overstriking. +.SH FILES +.I "/usr/share/misc/man.conf" +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/en/man.conf.man b/man/en/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..811e6bd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "September 19, 2005" +.SH NAME +man.conf \- configuration data for man +.SH DESCRIPTION +.LP +This file is read by +.BR man (1) +and contains (a) information on how to construct the search path for man, +(b) full path names for various programs like nroff, eqn, tbl etc. used by man, +and (c) a list with uncompressors for files with a given extension. +An alternative version of this file can be specified with +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +The command names may be provided with options. +Useful options to nroff can be found in grotty(1). +For example, instead of the default line +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +one may write +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +in order to suppress underlining and overstriking. +.SH FILES +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/en/man.man b/man/en/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eff2548 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,524 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" More changes - flc +.\" +.TH man 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +man \- format and display the on-line manual pages +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR system ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR string ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR config_file ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR pathlist ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR pager ] +.RB [ \-B +.IR browser ] +.RB [ \-H +.IR htmlpager ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR section_list ] +.RI [ section ] +.I "name ..." + +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B man +formats and displays the on-line manual pages. If you specify +.IR section , +.B man +only looks in that section of the manual. +.I name +is normally the name of the manual page, which is typically the name +of a command, function, or file. +However, if +.I name +contains a slash +.RB ( / ) +then +.B man +interprets it as a file specification, so that you can do +.B "man ./foo.5" +or even +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +See below for a description of where +.B man +looks for the manual page files. + +.SH MANUAL SECTIONS +The standard sections of the manual include: +.TP +.B 1 +User Commands +.TP +.B 2 +System Calls +.TP +.B 3 +C Library Functions +.TP +.B 4 +Devices and Special Files +.TP +.B 5 +File Formats and Conventions +.TP +.B 6 +Games et. Al. +.TP +.B 7 +Miscellanea +.TP +.B 8 +System Administration tools and Deamons +.TP +Distributions customize the manual section to their specifics, which often include additional sections. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +Specify the configuration file to use; the default is +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(See +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +Specify the list of directories to search for man pages. +Separate the directories with colons. An empty list is the same as +not specifying +.B \-M +at all. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Specify which pager to use. +This option overrides the +.B MANPAGER +environment variable, which in turn overrides the +.B PAGER +variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR "@pager@" . +.TP +.B \-\^B +Specify which browser to use on HTML files. +This option overrides the +.B BROWSER +environment variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR @browser@ , +.TP +.B \-\^H +Specify a command that renders HTML files as text. +This option overrides the +.B HTMLPAGER +environment variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR @htmlpager@ , +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +List is a colon separated list of manual sections to search. +This option overrides the +.B MANSECT +environment variable. +.TP +.B \-\^a +By default, +.B man +will exit after displaying the first manual page it +finds. Using this option forces +.B man +to display all the manual pages that match +.B name, +not just the first. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformat the source man page, even when an up-to-date cat page exists. +This can be meaningful if the cat page was formatted for a screen +with a different number of columns, or if the preformatted page +is corrupted. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Don't actually display the man pages, but do print gobs of debugging +information. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Both display and print debugging info. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Equivalent to +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " or " \-\-preformat +Format only - do not display. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Print a help message and exit. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Equivalent to +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Search for the specified string in *all* man pages. Warning: this is +probably very slow! It helps to specify a section. +(Just to give a rough idea, on my machine this takes about a minute +per 500 man pages.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +Specify an alternate set of man pages to search based on the system +name given. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +Specify the sequence of preprocessors to run before +.B nroff +or +.BR troff . +Not all installations will have a full set of preprocessors. +Some of the preprocessors and the letters used to designate them are: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +This option overrides the +.B MANROFFSEQ +environment variable. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Use +.B @troff@ +to format the manual page, passing the output to +.B stdout. +The default output format of +.B @troff@ +is Postscript, refer to the manual page of +.B @troff@ +for ways to pick an alternate format. +.PP +Depending on the selected format and the availability of printing +devices, the output +may need to be passed through some filter or another before being +printed. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +Don't actually display the man pages, but do print the location(s) of +the files that would be formatted or displayed. If no argument is given: +display (on stdout) the list of directories that is searched by +.B man +for man pages. If +.B manpath +is a link to man, then "manpath" is equivalent to "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Like \-\^w, but print file names one per line, without additional information. +This is useful in shell commands like +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "CAT PAGES" +Man will try to save the formatted man pages, in order to save +formatting time the next time these pages are needed. +Traditionally, formatted versions of pages in DIR/manX are +saved in DIR/catX, but other mappings from man dir to cat dir +can be specified in +.BR @man_config_file@ . +No cat pages are saved when the required cat directory does not exist. +No cat pages are saved when they are formatted for a line length +different from 80. +No cat pages are saved when man.conf contains the line NOCACHE. +.PP +It is possible to make +.B man +suid to a user man. Then, if a cat directory +has owner man and mode 0755 (only writable by man), and the cat files +have owner man and mode 0644 or 0444 (only writable by man, or not +writable at all), no ordinary user can change the cat pages or put +other files in the cat directory. If +.B man +is not made suid, then a cat directory should have mode 0777 +if all users should be able to leave cat pages there. +.PP +The option +.B \-c +forces reformatting a page, even if a recent cat page exists. + +.SH "HTML PAGES" +Man will find HTML pages if they live in directories named as +'html' followed by a section extension. The last file extension is +expected to be ".html", thus a valid name for an HTML version of the +.BR ls (1) +man page would be +.IR /usr/share/man/htmlman1/ls.1.html . + +.SH "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" +.B man +uses a sophisticated method of finding manual page files, based on the +invocation options and environment variables, the +.B @man_config_file@ +configuration file, and some built in conventions and heuristics. +.PP +First of all, when the +.I name +argument to +.B man +contains a slash +.RB ( / ), +.B man +assumes it is a file specification itself, +and there is no searching involved. +.PP +But in the normal case where +.I name +doesn't contain a slash, +.B man +searches a variety of directories for a file that could be a manual page +for the topic named. +.PP +If you specify the +.BI "-M " pathlist +option, +.I pathlist +is a colon-separated list of the directories that +.B man +searches. +.PP +If you don't specify +.B -M +but set the +.B MANPATH +environment variable, the value of that variable is the list of the +directories that +.B man +searches. +.PP +If you don't specify an explicit path list with +.B -M +or +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +develops its own path list based on the contents of the configuration +file +.BR @man_config_file@ . +The +.B MANPATH +statements in the configuration file identify particular directories to +include in the search path. +.PP +Furthermore, the +.B MANPATH_MAP +statements add to the search path depending on your command search path +(i.e. your +.B PATH +environment variable). For each directory that may be in the command +search path, a +.B MANPATH_MAP +statement specifies a directory that should be added to the search +path for manual page files. +.B man +looks at the +.B PATH +variable and adds the corresponding directories to the manual page +file search path. Thus, with the proper use of +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +when you issue the command +.BR "man xyz" , +you get a manual page for the program that would run if you issued the +command +.BR xyz . +.PP +In addition, for each directory in the command search path (we'll call +it a "command directory") for which you do +.I not +have a +.B MANPATH_MAP +statement, +.B man +automatically looks for a manual page directory "nearby" +namely as a subdirectory in the command directory itself or +in the parent directory of the command directory. +.PP +You can disable the automatic "nearby" searches by including a +.B NOAUTOPATH +statement in +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +In each directory in the search path as described above, +.B man +searches for a file named +.IB topic . section\fR, +with an optional suffix on the section number and +possibly a compression suffix. +If it doesn't find such a file, it then looks in any subdirectories +named +.BI man N +or +.BI cat N +where +.I N +is the manual section number. +If the file is in a +.BI cat N +subdirectory, +.B man +assumes it is a formatted manual page file (cat page). Otherwise, +.B man +assumes it is unformatted. In either case, if the filename has a +known compression suffix (like +.BR .gz ), +.B man +assumes it is gzipped. +.PP +If you want to see where (or if) +.B man +would find the manual page for a particular topic, use the +.BR "--path " ( -w ) +option. + +.SH ENVIRONMENT +.TP +.B MANPATH +If +.B MANPATH +is set, +.B man +uses it as the path to search for manual page files. It overrides the +configuration file and the automatic search path, but is overridden by +the +.B -M +invocation option. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B MANPL +If +.B MANPL +is set, its value is used as the display page length. +Otherwise, the entire man page will occupy one (long) page. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +If +.B MANROFFSEQ +is set, its value is used to determine the set of preprocessors run +before running +.B nroff +or +.BR troff . +By default, pages are passed through +the tbl preprocessor before +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +If +.B MANSECT +is set, its value is used to determine which manual sections to search. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +If +.B MANWIDTH +is set, its value is used as the width manpages should be displayed. +Otherwise the pages may be displayed over the whole width of your +screen. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +If +.B MANPAGER +is set, its value is used as the name of the program to use to display +the man page. If not, then +.B PAGER +is used. If that has no value either, +.B @pager@ +is used. +.TP +.B BROWSER +The name of a browser to use for displaying HTML manual pages. If +it is not set, @browser@ is used. +.TP +.B HTMLPAGER +The command to use for rendering HTML manual pages as text. If +it is not set, @htmlpager@ is used. +.TP +.B LANG +If +.B LANG +is set, its value defines the name of the subdirectory where man +first looks for man pages. Thus, the command `LANG=dk man 1 foo' +will cause man to look for the foo man page in .../dk/man1/foo.1, +and if it cannot find such a file, then in .../man1/foo.1, +where ... is a directory on the search path. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +The environment variables +.B NLSPATH +and +.B LC_MESSAGES +(or +.B LANG +when the latter does not exist) +play a role in locating the message catalog. +(But the English messages are compiled in, and for English no catalog +is required.) +Note that programs like +.BR col(1) +called by man also use e.g. LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +helps determine the search path for manual page files. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +is used to get the default alternate system name (for use +with the +.B \-m +option). +.SH BUGS +The +.B \-t +option only works if a troff-like program is installed. +.br +If you see blinking \e255 or <AD> instead of hyphens, +put `LESSCHARSET=latin1' in your environment. +.SH TIPS +If you add the line + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +to your +.IR .emacs +file, then hitting F1 will give you the man page for the library call +at the current cursor position. +.LP +To get a plain text version of a man page, without backspaces +and underscores, try + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with +versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). diff --git a/man/en/whatis.1 b/man/en/whatis.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c331be --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/whatis.1 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from whatis.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +whatis \- search the whatis database for complete words. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI whatis +keyword ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +whatis searches a set of database files containing short descriptions +of system commands for keywords and displays the result on the +standard output. Only complete word matches are displayed. + +The whatis database is created using the command /usr/sbin/makewhatis. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/en/whatis.man b/man/en/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7793394 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +whatis \- search the whatis database for complete words. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI whatis +keyword ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +whatis searches a set of database files containing short descriptions +of system commands for keywords and displays the result on the +standard output. Only complete word matches are displayed. + +The whatis database is created using the command @makewhatis@. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/es.txt b/man/es.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..924ac1f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +spanish diff --git a/man/es/README b/man/es/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70b2ef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/README @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Man pages y msgs en castellano por Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@f2219.n293.z2.fidonet.org> +Inspiradas de las páginas portuguesas de Vitor Duarte <vad@fct.unl.pt> + +Fecha: Fri May 24 02:43:10 MET DST 1996 + +Actualización de Benjamín Albiñana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> + +Fecha: vie abr 14 13:21:11 CEST 2006 + diff --git a/man/es/apropos.man b/man/es/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16374a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from apropos.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traducido del portugués por Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@f2219.n293.z2.fidonet.org> +.\" +.\" Traducción actualizada por Benjamín Albiñana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Septiembre 19 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NOMBRE +apropos \- busca `cadenas' en la base de datos "whatis" +.SH SINOPSIS +.BI apropos +palabra_clave ... +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +apropos busca el contenido de +.B palabra_clave, +en una base de datos que contiene breves descripciones de los comandos, +mostrando todas las descripciones donde encontra una referencia a la clave. +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/es/makewhatis.man b/man/es/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7486660 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" Traducido por Benjamín Albiñana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "Septiembre 19 2005" +.SH NOMBRE +makewhatis \- Crea la base de datos de whatis +.SH SINOPSIS +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " secciones " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +.B makewhatis +lee todas las páginas del manual contenidas en las +.IR secciones " de " manpath +dadas o de las páginas preformateadas contenidas en las +.IR secciones " de " catpath +dadas. +Por cada página, escribe una línea en la base de datos de whatis; cada +línea contiene el nombre de la página y una breve descripción, +separadas por una guión. La descripción se obtiene del contenido de +la sección NOMBRE de la página del manual. +.LP +Ya que otros idiomas usan términos diferentes para la sección NOMBRE, +.B makewhatis +reconoce los términos equivalentes en checo, italiano, finlandés, francés, +alemán y español. +.LP +Si no se da el argumento +.I manpath +se asume por defecto +.I /usr/man +.SH OPCIONES +.TP +.B -u +Actualiza la base de datos con páginas nuevas. +.TP +.B -v +Salida prolija +.TP +.B -w +Usa la ruta de `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " secciones " +Mira en las +.I secciones +de +.IR manpath " o " catpaht. +Si no existe la opción, se asume el valor +.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\' +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +Se exploran la páginas del manual preformateadas en +.I catpath +Si no se da el argumento, se asume que será el primer directorio +existente entre +.IR /usr/man/preformat " y " /usr/man . +.SH EJEMPLOS +.PP +Para rehacer sólo +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " y " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Para reconstruir todas las bases de datos, incluyendo las traducciones +al finlandés, francés e italiano +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH FALLOS +.B makewhatis +puede que no maneje bien páginas del manual hechas con macros troff +no estándar, como las páginas de Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +no funciona con traducciones preformateadas +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH TRADUCCIÓN +Benjamín Albiñana, 2006 +.SH VÉASE TAMBIÉN +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) + + + diff --git a/man/es/man.conf.man b/man/es/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ed0772 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from man.conf.5.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Traducido del portugués por Pablo Saratxag <srtxg@f2219.n293.z2.fidonet.org> +.\" +.\" Traducción actualizada por Benjamín Albiñana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "Septiembre 19, 2005" +.SH NOMBRE +man.conf \- fichero de configuración para el comando man +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +.LP +Este fichero es leido por +.BR man (1) +y contiene: (a) información para obtener la ruta de búsqueda de las +páginas (manpath); (b) nombres completos +de varios programas como nroff, eqn, tbl, etc. usados por man; (c) una lista +de descompresores de ficheros con determinadas extensiones. Se puede indicar +un fichero alternativo con +.LP +.RS +man -C fich_config ... +.RE +.LP +Los nombres de comandos pueden ser indicados con opciones. +Las opciones útiles para nroff se pueden encontrar en grotty(1). +Por ejemplo, en vez de la línea +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +se puede usar +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +para suprimir subrayados y carácteres en negrita. +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH VÉASE TAMBIÉN +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) e compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/es/man.man b/man/es/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b16b55b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from man.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traducido del portugués por Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@f2219.n293.z2.fidonet.org> +.\" La sección "páginas formatadas" ha sido tomada de la version francesa de +.\" esta página de manual, traducida por René Cougnenc. +.\" +.\" Traducción actualizada por Benjamín Albiñana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "Septiembre 19 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NOMBRE +man \- da formato y muestra las páginas del manual en línea +.br +manpath \- determina la ruta de búsqueda inicial +.SH SINÓPSIS +man [\-acdfhktw] [\-m sistema] [\-p cadena] [\-C fich_config] [\-M ruta] +[\-P paginador] [\-S lista_sec] [sección] nombre ... +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +.B man +da formato y muestra las páginas del manual en línea. Esta versión reconoce +las variables de entorno (environment) +.B. MANPATH +y +.B (MAN)PAGER +(ver más adelante). +Si se indica la +.I sección +, +.B man +buscará únicamente en ella. +Es también posible indicar el orden de búsqueda en la secciones +y que preprocesamiento efectuar con los manuales, por medio de opciones en la +línea de comando o con variables de entorno. +Si el +.I nombre +contiene el carácter `/' tratará primero un fichero con ese nombre, permitiendo +hacer +.B "man ./foo.5" +o también +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +para dar formato y ver un fichero en particular. +.SH OPCIONES +.TP +.B \-\^C " fich_config" +Indica el fichero de configuración a usar; por defecto se usará +/etc/man.conf. (Ver man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " ruta" +Indica la lista de directorios donde buscar los manuales. +Sin esta opción se utilizará la variable +.B MANPATH. +Si esta variable tampoco estuviera definida, se obtendrá una lista +consultando /etc/man.conf. Un directorio vacío en MANPATH +representa la lista anterior. +.TP +.B \-\^P " paginador" +Indica que paginador/visualisador usar. Sin esta opción tratará +de consultar la variable +.B PAGER. +Normalmente, man usará +.B /usr/bin/less -is. +.TP +.B \-\^S " lista_sec" +Da la lista de secciones (separadas por `:') donde buscar y en que +orden. Esta opción tiene prioridad sobre la variable +.B MANSECT. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Normalmente man muestra el primer manual que encuentra. Esta opción +le permite mostrar todas las páginas de manual encontradas para la entrada +.B nombre. +.TP +.B \-\^d +No muestra el manual, sino información para la depuración de errores. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Equivalente a +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Muestra un breve mensaje de ayuda. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Equivalente a +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^m " sistema" +Indica un conjunto de manuales diferentes aplicables al sistema indicado. +.TP +.B \-\^p " cadena" +Especifica una secuencia de preprocesadores a usar antes de nroff o +troff (los formateadores). Algunas instalaciones de Linux pueden no tener todos los +preprocesadores. Algunos preprocesadores y las letras a usar para +indicarlos son: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Esta opción tiene proridad sobre la variable +.B MANROFFSEQ. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Usar +.B /usr/bin/groff -Tps -mandoc +para dar formato a las páginas de manual, efectuándose la salida por +.B stdout +Puede ser necesario procesar la salida de este comando con otros filtros +para poder visualizarla o imprimirla. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRo\fP \-\-path +No muestra las páginas de manual, sino la(s) localización(es) de los +ficheros que se hubieran formateado y mostrado, para la entrada de +.B nombre +indicado. Si no se da ninguna otra opción muestra la lista de +directorios que serían recorrido por .B man +durante la búsqueda. Si +.B manpath +es un enlace a man, entonces "manpath" equivale a "man --path". +.B \-\^W +Como \-\^w, pero muestra los nombres de ficheros, uno por linea, sin ninguna +otra información. Muy útil en comandos shell del estilo: +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft +.SH "PÁGINAS FORMATEADAS" +Con el fin de ganar tiempo, +.B man +trata de guardar la páginas formateadas +en vez de interpretarlas cada vez que se las pide. +Tradicionalmente, las versiones formateadas de las páginas de REP/manX son +guardadas en REP/catX, pero se pueden indicar otras correspondencias +entre los directorios man y cat en el fichero /etc/man.conf. Si el +directorio «\%cat\%» correspondiente no existe, no se guardarán las +páginas formateadas. +Es posible hacer a +.B man +suid para un usuario man. En este caso, si un directorio cat pertenece +a man, y tiene el modo 0755 (únicamente man tiene permisos de escritura), +y los ficheros cat pertenecen también a man y tiene el modo 0644 ó 0444 (sólo +mana tiene permisos de escritura, o nadie los tiene), ningún usuario normal +podrá cambiar las páginas formateadas o añadir ficheros al directorio +correspondiente. Si +.B man +no es suid, los directorios cat deberán tener el modo 0777 para que todo +usuario pueda dejar el resultado de los formateos efectuados durante las +consutlas del manual. +.LP +La opción -c fuerza el reformateo de una página, aunque ya exista un fichero +cat más reciente que el fichero fuente. + +.SH ENTORNO +.TP +.B MANPATH +Si se ha definido +.B MANPATH +se usará su valor como lista de directorios (manpath) donde pueden estar +las entradas del manual. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Si se ha definido +.B MANROFFSEQ +su valor determinará los preprocesadores a aplicar +antes de nroff o troff. Normalmente, las páginas de manual, son +preprocesadas por tbl antes de nroff. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Si se ha definido +.B MANSECT +su valor indicará las secciones a recorrer. +.TP +.B PAGER +Si se ha definido +.B PAGER +su valor indicará el programa a usar para mostrar el manual. +Normalmente usará +.B /usr/bin/less -is. +.TP +.B LANG +Si se ha definido +.B LANG +su valor indicará el nombre del subdirectorio donde +.B man +comenzará la búsqueda de las páginas de manual. Por ejemplo, el comando +«\%LANG=es man 1 pepe\%» tendrá como efecto de hacer una búsqueda de la página +pepe en .../es/man1/pepe.1, y si ese fichero no existe, +en .../man1/pepe.1, ( ... indica un directorio en la ruta de búsqueda). +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Las variables de entorno +.B NLSPATH +y +.B LC_MESSAGES +(o +.B LANG +cuando LC_MESSAGES no existe) +juegan un papel en la localización del catálogo de mensajes. +Nótese que los programas como col(1) que son llamados por +.B man, +también utilizan LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +se utiliza para la construcción de la ruta de búsqueda por omisión. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +se emplea para obtener los sistemas alternativos por omisión (en vista del +uso de la opción +.B \-m +). +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH BUGS +.B \-t +solo funciona si existe un programa troff o equivalente. +.SH TRADUCCIÓN +Pablo Saratxaga, 1996. A partir de la página en portugués de +Vitor Duarte y la página en francés de René Cougnenc. + +Actualización de Benjamín Albiñana, 2006. diff --git a/man/es/whatis.man b/man/es/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aadf696 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from whatis.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Septiembre 19 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NOMBRE +whatis \- busca palabras en una base de datos propia +.SH SINOPSIS +.BI whatis +palabra_clave ... +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +whatis busca el contenido de +.B palabra_clave, +en una base de datos que contiene breves descripciones de los comandos, +mostrando todas las descripciones que contienen una palabra idéntica ( +una palabra completa). + +La base de datos de "whatis" se crea con el comando /usr/sbin/makewhatis +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH VÉASE TAMBIÉN +apropos(1), man(1). + + diff --git a/man/fi.txt b/man/fi.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b864848 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +finnish diff --git a/man/fi/apropos.man b/man/fi/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcca5be --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Translated into Finnish by Raimo Koski <rkoski@pp.weppi.fi> +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Tammi 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NIMI +apropos \- etsi whatis-tietokannasta merkkijonoja +.SH YLEISKATSAUS +.BI apropos +avainsana ... +.SH KUVAUS +apropos etsii avainsanoja tietokannoista, joissa on lyhyet kuvaukset järjestelmän komennoista ja näyttää tulokset vakiotulosteessa. +.SH "KATSO MYÖS" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/fi/man.conf.man b/man/fi/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b00e824 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Translated into Finnish by Raimo Koski <rkoski@pp.weppi.fi> +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Maaliskuu 1994" +.SH NIMI +man.conf \- man-ohjelman konfigurointitiedot +.SH KUVAUS +.LP +Tämän tiedoston lukee +.BR man (1) +ja siinä on (a) tiedot, miten man:n hakupolku muodostetaan, +(b) täydet nimet polkuineen ohjelmielle, kuten nroff, eqn, tbl jne. joita man käyttää +ja (c) lista purkuohjelmista, joilla annetun tiedostopäätteen tiedostot voidaan purkaa. +Vaihtoehtoinen versio tästä tiedostosta voidaan ottaa käyttöön komennolla +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Komentojen nimille voidaan antaa optioita. Käyttökelpoiset optiot nroff-ohjelmalle löytyvät sivulta grotty(1). +Esimerkiksi oletusrivin +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +sijasta voidaan määritellä +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +jotta alle- ja yliviivaus estetään. +.SH "KATSO MYÖS" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/fi/man.man b/man/fi/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8417e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ +.\" From rkoski@pp.weppi.fi Sun Jun 28 12:50:44 1998 +.\" +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" Translated into Finnish by Teppo Kankaanpää (photon@clinet.fi) +.\" Proofread by Raimo Koski (rkoski@pp.weppi.fi) +.\" Reconstructed man.man from man.1 - aeb +.\" +.\" TERM man_page man-sivu Näin se oli sotin sivuillakin.. +.\" TERM manual_page ohjesivu +.\" TERM section osasto Osasto kuvaa melko hyvin manin luonnetta +.\" TERM pager näytinohjelma Tulee ihan IBM ja sen näyttimet mieleen... +.\" TERM debugging_info,debugging_information debuggaustiedot +.\" TERM preprocessor esikäsittelyohjelma,esikäsittelijä Mikä olisi parempi? +.\" TERM message_catalog viestikirjasto +.\" TERM search_path hakupolku +.\" TERM owner_mode käyttöoikeudet +.\" TERM suid suid +.\" TERM arguments parametrit +.\" +.TH MAN 1 "4. Kesäkuuta 1998" "Linux" "Käyttäjän sovellusohjelmat" +.LO 1 +.SH NIMI +man \- muotoile ja näytä on-line -ohjesivuja +.br +manpath \- määritä käyttäjän hakupolku man-sivuihin +.SH "YLEISKATSAUS" +man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m järjestelmä] [\-p merkkijono] [\-C konfiguraatiotiedosto] [\-M polku] +[\-P selausohjelma] [\-S sektiolista] [sektio] nimi ... +.SH KUVAUS +.B man +muotoilee ja näyttää on-line -ohjesivuja. Tämä versio tuntee +ympäristömuuttujat +.B MANPATH +ja +.BR "(MAN)PAGER" , +joten sinulla voi olla oma(t) kokoelmasi man-sivuja ja voit valita minkä tahansa +ohjelman näyttämään muotoillut sivut. Jos +.I sektio +on annettu, +.B man +etsii sivuja vain siitä sektiosta. +Voit myös määritellä, missä järjestyksessä sektiot läpikäydään +sivuja haettaessa ja minkä esikäsittelyohjelmien läpi lähdetiedostot +ajetaan, joko komentorivioptioiden tai ympäristömuuttujien avulla. +Jos +.I nimi +sisältää / -merkin, yritetään se ensin käsitellä tiedostonimenä, +joten voit kirjoittaa +.B "man ./foo.5" +tai vaikkapa +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.SH OPTIOT +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +Määrittele käytettävä man.conf -tiedosto. Oletus on +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Katso +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " polku" +Määrittele hakemistolista, joista man-sivuja etsitään. +Jos optiota ei käytetä, katsotaan lista ympäristömuuttujasta +.BR MANPATH . +Jos tällaista ympäristömuuttujaa ei löydy, oletuslista haetaan +tiedostosta +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Jos +.B MANPATH +sisältää tyhjän merkkijonon, käytetään myös tällöin oletuslistaa. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Määrittele, millä ohjelmalla sivuja katsotaan. +Tämä optio kumoaa +.BR MANPAGER "-ympäristömuuttujan" +vaikutuksen, joka taas löytyessään kumoaa +.BR PAGER "-ympäristömuuttujan" +vaikutuksen. Oletuksena +.B man +käyttää komentoa +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " sektiolista" +Sektiolista on kaksoispisteillä eroteltu lista sektioista, jotka +käydään läpi sivua haettaessa. Tämä optio kumoaa +.BR MANSECT "-ympäristömuuttujan" +vaikutuksen. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Oletuksena +.B man +lopettaa toimintansa näytettyään ensimmäisen löytämänsä +man-sivun. Tätä optiota käyttämällä +.B man +pakotetaan näyttämään +.I kaikki +täsmäävät man-sivut. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Uudelleenmuotoile lähteenä oleva man-sivu, vaikka päivitetty cat-sivu +löytyisi. Tämä voi olla käytännöllistä, jos cat-sivu muotoiltiin +näytölle, jolle mahtuu eri määrä kirjaimia. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Älä näytä itse man-sivua, vaan vain debuggaustiedot. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Näytä sekä sivu että debuggaustiedot. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Vastaa komentoa +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +Näytä vain pieni ohje ohjelman käytöstä. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Vastaa komentoa +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Etsi määriteltyä merkkijonoa *kaikista* man-sivuista. Varoitus: +tämä on todennäköisesti hyvin hidasta! Sektion määrittely auttaa. +(Omalla koneellani etsintä kestää minuutin 500 man-sivua kohden) +.TP +.B \-\^m " järjestelmä" +Määrittele etsittäväksi vaihtoehtoinen kokoelma man-sivuja, +pohjautuen annettuun järjestelmänimeen. +.TP +.B \-\^p " merkkijono" +Määrittele esikäsittelijöiden lista, jotka ajetaan ennen +.BR nroff ":ia" +tai +.BR troff ":ia." +Kaikkiin järjestelmiin ei ole asennettu kaikkia esikäsittelyohjelmia. +Jotkin näistä ja niitä vastaavista kirjaimista ovat +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v) ja refer (r). +Tämä optio kumoaa +.BR MANROFFSEQ "-ympäristömuuttujan" +vaikutuksen. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Käytä komentoa +.B @troff@ +man-sivun muotoiluun ja ohjaa tuloste +.BR vakiotulosteeseen . +Tämä tuloste saatetaan joutua ohjaamaan jonkin filtterin läpi ennen +tulostamista. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRtai\fP \-\-path +Älä näytä man-sivuja, mutta näytä sijainnit sivuille, jotka +muotoiltaisiin tai näytettäisiin. Jos mitään parametria ei anneta, +tulostetaan (vakiotulosteeseen) lista hakemistoista, joista +.B man +etsisi sivuja. Jos +.B manpath +on linkitetty man-ohjelmaan, vastaa "manpath" samaa, kuin "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Kuten \-\^w, mutta tulosta jokainen tiedostonimi omalle rivilleen ilman +mitään lisätietoja. Tämä on hyödyllinen komennoissa, kuten +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH CAT-SIVUT +Man yrittää tallentaa muotoillut man-sivut säästääkseen +muotoiluun kuluneen ajan seuraavalla kerralla, kun näitä +sivuja tarvitaan. Perinteisesti muotoillut sivut .../manX:stä +on tallennettu .../catX:ään (... on hakupolku), mutta +.BR @man_config_file@ ":issa" +voidaan säätää jokin muu hakemistosijoittelu. +Jos tarvittavaa cat-hakemistoa ei löydy, ei cat-sivuja tallenneta. +.PP +On mahdollista asettaa +.BR man "in" +suid:ksi käyttäjä man. Jos man omistaa cat-hakemiston, jonka +käyttöoikeudet ovat 0755 (vain man-käyttäjän +kirjoitettavissa) ja cat-tiedostojen käyttöoikeudet ovat 0644 tai 0444 +(vain man-käyttäjän +tai ei kenenkään kirjoitettavissa), ei tavallinen käyttäjä voi +muuttaa cat-sivuja tai laittaa muita tiedostoja cat-hakemistoon. +Jos +.BR man "ille" +ei ole määritelty suidia, silloin cat-hakemiston +käyttöoikeuksien pitäisi olla 0777, +jolloin jokainen käyttäjä voisi jättää cat-sivuja sinne. +.PP +Optio +.B \-c +pakottaa muotoilemaan sivun uudelleen, vaikka uusi cat-sivu löytyisikin. +.SH YMPÄRISTÖMUUTTUJAT +.TP +.B MANPATH +Jos +.B MANPATH +on asetettu, sen arvoa käytetään polkuna man-sivuja etsittäessä. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Jos +.B MANROFFSEQ +on asetettu, sen arvoa käytetään määrittelemään esikäsittelijät, +jotka ajetaan ennen +.BR nroff "ia" +tai +.BR troff "ia." +Oletuksena sivut ajetaan +tbl(1)-esikäsittelijän läpi ennen +.BR nroff "ia." +.TP +.B MANSECT +Jos +.B MANSECT +on asetettu, sen arvoa käytetään määrittelemään, mistä sektioista +sivuja etsitään. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Jos +.B MANWIDTH +on asetettu, sen arvo kertoo leveyden, jolla sivut näytetään ruudulla. +Muuten sivut näytetään koko ruudun levyisinä. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Jos +.B MANPAGER +on asetettu, sen arvo kertoo ohjelman nimen, jota käytetään man-sivujen +esittämiseen. Muuten käytetään ympäristömuuttujaa +.BR PAGER . +Jos sitäkään ei ole asetettu, käytetään komentoa +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Jos +.B LANG +on asetettu, sen arvo määrittelee alihakemiston nimen, mistä +man etsii ensin sivuja. Niinpä komento 'LANG=fi man 1 foo' +saa manin etsimään ensin sivua .../fi/man1/foo.1. +Jos tätä ei löydy, etsii man sivua .../man1/foo.1. +Merkit ... tarkoittavat hakupolkua. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Ympäristömuuttujat +.B NLSPATH +ja +.B LC_MESSAGES +(tai +.BR LANG , +jos jälkimmäistä ei ole asetettu) kertovat käytettävän viestikirjaston. +(Englanninkieliset viestit on käännetty ohjelman sisään, +joten ne eivät tarvitse erillistä viestikirjastoa.) +Huomaa, että man saattaa käyttää ohjelmia, kuten col(1), jotka +käyttävät myös esimerkiksi muuttujaa LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.BR PATH ":ia" +käytetään muodostamaan oletushakupolkua man-sivuille. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM "-ympäristömuuttujaa" +käytetään vaihtoehtoisen järjestelmän oletusnimeksi (optiota +.B \-m +käytettäessä). +.SH BUGIT +Optio +.B \-t +toimii vain, jos troffin kaltainen ohjelma on asennettu. +.br +Jos näet tavuviivojen tilalla vilkkuvan \e255:n tai <AD>:n, +aseta ympäristömuuttuja 'LESSCHARSET=latin1'. +.SH "KATSO MYÖS" +apropos(1) whatis(1) less(1) groff(1). + + diff --git a/man/fi/whatis.man b/man/fi/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..449c845 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Translated into Finnish by Raimo Koski <rkoski@pp.weppi.fi> +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Tammikuun 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NIMI +whatis \- etsii whatis-tietokannasta kokonaisia sanoja. +.SH YLEISKATSAUS +.BI whatis +avainsana ... +.SH KUVAUS +whatis etsii avainsanoja tietokannoista, joissa on lyhyet kuvaukset järjestelmän komennoista ja näyttää tulokset vakiotulosteessa. Vain löytyneet kokonaiset sanat näytetään. + +Whatis-tietokanta luodaan komennolla @makewhatis@. +.SH "KATSO MYÖS" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/fr.txt b/man/fr.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4836cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +french diff --git a/man/fr/apropos.man b/man/fr/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..383de43 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traduction française René Cougnenc - Mai 1995. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH APROPOS 1 "19 septembre 2005" "Manuel Linux" "Commandes utilisateur" +.LO 1 +.SH NOM +apropos \- recherche de chaînes de caractères dans la base de données whatis +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI apropos +mot-clé ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +apropos effectue une recherche de chaînes de caractères dans un +ensemble de fichiers de données contenant de brèves descriptions des +commandes système, et affiche le résultat sur la sortie standard. + +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. + +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR whatis (1), +.BR man (1). + +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par René Cougnenc en mai 1995 et mise +à jour par Alain Portal <aportal AT univ-montp2 DOT fr> le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 1\ apropos\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. + diff --git a/man/fr/makewhatis.man b/man/fr/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..abd5981 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" Traduction : Alain Portal <aportal AT univ-montp2 DOT fr> le 1/6/2005 +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "19 septembre 2005" +.SH NOM +makewhatis \- Crée la base de données whatis +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " sections " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B makewhatis +lit toutes les pages de manuels contenues dans les sections +.I sections +du répertoire +. I manpath +ou les pages préformatées contenues dans les sections +.I sections +du répertoire +.IR catpath . +Pour chacune des pages, +.B makewhatis +écrit une ligne dans la base de données whatis\ ; chaque ligne est constituée +du nom de la page de manuel et d'une courte description de celle-ci, séparés +par un trait. La description est extraite du contenu de la section NAME de la +page de manuel. +.LP +Du fait que d'autres langues utilisent un terme différent pour la section NAME, +.B makewhatis +reconnaît les termes équivalents en allemand, espagnol, finnois, français, +italien et tchèque. +.LP +Si aucun argument +.I manpath +n'est fourni, la valeur par défaut est +.IR /usr/man . +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B -u +Mettre à jour la base de données avec de nouvelles pages. +.TP +.B -v +Sortie bavarde. +.TP +.B -w +Utiliser le chemin de recherche +.I manpath +obtenu par la commande «\ man --path\ ». +.TP +.BI -s " sections" +Chercher dans les sections +.I sections +de +.IR manpath " ou " catpath . +Si cette option est absente, sa valeur est +.IR " " \' "1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l"\' +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +Les pages préformatées de manuel situées dans +.I catpath +sont scrutées. Si l'argument n'est pas fourni, il est supposé être le premier +des deux répertoires existant entre +.IR /usr/man/preformat " et " /usr/man . +.SH EXEMPLES +.PP +Pour reconstruire seulement les bases de données +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " et " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Pour reconstruire toutes les bases de données en incluant les traductions +finnoise, française et italienne +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH BOGUES +.B makewhatis +peut ne pas très bien gérer les pages de manuels qui ont été écrites avec +des macros troff non standard, comme les pages Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +ne fonctionne pas avec les traductions préformatées. + +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. + +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) + +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par Alain Portal +<aportal AT univ-montp2 DOT fr> le 1er juin 2005 et mise à jour +le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 8\ makewhatis\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. + diff --git a/man/fr/man.conf.man b/man/fr/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49d9bbd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Traduction française René Cougnenc - Mai 1995 +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "19 septembre 2005" "Manuel Linux" "Commandes utilisateur" +.SH NOM +man.conf \- fichier de configuration de la commande man +.SH DESCRIPTION +.LP +Ce fichier est lu par +.BR man (1) +et contient\ : (a) des informations sur la manière de construire le +chemin de recherche des pages de manuel, (b) les chemins d'accès +complets de divers programmes de formatage tels nroff, eqn, tbl, etc. +utilisés par man, et (c) une liste des décompacteurs à employer pour +traiter les pages préformatées selon l'extension de leur nom de +fichier. Il est possible de spécifier un autre fichier que celui-ci en +précisant\ : +.LP +.RS +man -C man.conf_personnel ... +.RE +.LP +Les noms de commandes peuvent comporter des options. +Les options utiles pour nroff se trouvent dans grotty(1). +Par exemple, au lieu de la ligne par défaut\ : +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +vous pouvez mettre\ : +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +afin de supprimer le soulignement et les caractères gras. + +Notez que l'option -Tlatin1 passée à la commande groff est importante +pour nous autres, francophones\ ; associée à un visualiseur et un +terminal supportant ce jeu de caractères (comme less et xterm), elle +permet de conserver nos précieux accents dans les pages de manuel. +.SH FICHIERS +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR col (1), +.BR (g)eqn (1), +.BR (g)pic (1), +.BR groff (1), +.BR grotty (1), +.BR (g)refer (1), +.BR (g)tbl (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR man (1) +et +.BR compress (1), +.BR gzip (1). + +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par René Cougnenc en mai 1995 et mise +à jour par Alain Portal <aportal AT univ-montp2 DOT fr> le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 5\ man.conf\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. + diff --git a/man/fr/man.man b/man/fr/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad09529 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,496 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traduction française René Cougnenc - Mai 1995 +.\" Mise à jour importante Alain Portal le 2 juin 2005 +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" More changes - flc +.\" +.TH MAN 1 "19 septembre 2005" "Manuel Linux" "Commandes utilisateur" +.LO 1 +.SH NOM +man \- formate et affiche les pages du manuel en ligne +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR système ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR chaîne ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR fichier_config ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR chemin ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR visualiseur ] +.RB [ \-B +.IR navigateur ] +.RB [ \-H +.IR visualiseur_html ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR liste_sections ] +.RI [ section ] +.I "nom ..." + +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B man +formate et affiche les pages du manuel en ligne. Si +.I section +est spécifiée, +.B man +ne recherchera que dans cette section du manuel. +.I nom +est le nom de la page qui est généralement le nom d'une commande, +d'une fonction ou d'un fichier. Toutefois, si +.I nom +contient une barre oblique +.RB " «\ "/ \ », +il sera d'abord considéré en tant que nom de fichier, vous pouvez donc faire\ : +.B "man ./toto.5" +ou même +.B "man /truc/machin/bidule.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +Voir plus loin pour une description sur la façon dont +.B man +cherche les fichiers pages de manuel. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-\^C " fichier_config" +Spécifie le fichier de configuration à utiliser\ ; par défaut il s'agit de +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Voir +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " chemin" +Indique la liste des répertoires dans lesquels la recherche des pages +sera effectuée. Veuillez séparer les répertoires par le symbole deux points +.RB " «\ ": \ ». +Une liste vide est équivalent à ne pas spécifier l'option +.BR \-M . +Voir +.BR "CHEMIN DE RECHERCHE POUR LES PAGES DE MANUEL" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " visualiseur" +Indique le programme de visualisation des pages à employer. +Cette option a priorité sur la variable d'environnement +.BR MANPAGER , +qui, à son tour, a priorité sur la variable d'environnement +.BR PAGER . +Par défaut, +.B man +utilisera +.B @pager@. +.TP +.B \-\^B +Spécifie quel navigateur utiliser pour les fichiers HTML. +Cette option supplante la variable d'environnement +.B BROWSER +Par défaut, +.B man +utilise +.BR @browser@ . +.TP +.B \-\^H +Spécifie une commande qui produit un fichier texte à partir du fichier HTML. +Cette option supplante la variable d'environnement +.B HTMLPAGER +Par défaut, +.B man +utilise +.BR @htmlpager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " liste_sections" +Il s'agit d'une liste de sections, séparées par le symbole deux points +.RB " «\ ": \ », +dans lesquelles les pages seront recherchées. Elle a priorité sur +la variable d'environnement +.B MANSECT. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Par défaut, +.B man +s'arrête après avoir affiché la première page de +manuel trouvée. Cette option permet de l'obliger à afficher toutes +les pages correspondant à la requête +.RB " «\ "nom \ » +de l'utilisateur, s'il y en a plusieurs, et pas seulement la première trouvée. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformater la page de manuel, même si une version préformatée à jour +existe. Cela peut être utile si cette dernière a été prévue pour un +écran de taille différente ou bien si elle est abîmée. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Ne pas afficher les pages de manuel, mais fournir une grande quantité +d'informations de débogage. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Afficher à la fois les pages de manuel et les informations de débogage. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Équivalent à +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +Afficher un court message d'aide et quitter. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Équivalent à +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Chercher la chaîne spécifiée dans *toutes* les pages de manuel. Attention\ : +cela peut être très long\ ! Et il peut être utile de spécifier une section. +(Pour donner une vague idée, sur ma machine, il faut environ une minute +pour 500 pages de manuel.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " système" +Demander l'utilisation d'un autre jeu de pages de manuel, en fonction +du nom de système indiqué. +.TP +.B \-\^p " chaîne" +Spécifie la séquence de préprocesseurs à exécuter avant +.B nroff +ou +.BR troff . +Selon votre installation de Linux, vous ne disposerez pas forcément +de tous les programmes possibles. Voici les plus courants et les lettres +qui les désignent\ : +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Cette option a priorité sur la variable d'environnement +.B MANROFFSEQ. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Utiliser +.B @troff@ +pour formater la page de manuel, la sortie se faisant sur +.B stdout. +La sortie de +.B @troff@ +peut nécessiter un passage par certains filtres avant de pouvoir +être affichée ou imprimée. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRou\fP \-\-path +Ne pas afficher les pages de manuel, mais les emplacements des fichiers +qui auraient été formatés ou affichés. Si aucun argument n'est précisé, +indique sur la sortie standard la liste des répertoires dans lesquels +.B man +recherche les pages. Si +.B manpath +est un lien sur le programme man, alors «\ manpath\ » est équivalent +à la commande «\ man --path\ ». +.TP +.B \-\^W +Comme \-\^w, mais affiche les noms de fichiers, un par ligne, sans aucune +autre information. Très utile dans des commandes shell du genre\ : +.ft CW +.B man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "PAGES FORMATÉES" +Afin de gagner du temps, +.B man +tente de sauvegarder les pages formatées +au lieu de les interpréter chaque fois qu'elles sont demandées. +Traditionnellement, les versions formatées des pages de REP/manX sont +enregistrées dans REP/catX, mais d'autres correspondances entre les +répertoires man et les répertoires cat peuvent être indiquées dans +le fichier +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Aucune page formatée n'est enregistrée si le répertoire «\ cat\ » correspondant +n'existe pas. +Aucune page formatée n'est enregistrée si elle est formatée avec une longueur +de ligne différente de 80. +Aucune page formatée n'est enregistrée si le fichier +.B @man_config_file@ +contient la ligne NOCACHE. +.PP +Il est possible de rendre +.B man +suid utilisateur man. Dans ce cas, si un répertoire «\ cat\ » appartient +à man et a le mode 0755 (seul man peut l'écrire), et que les fichiers +formatés appartiennent eux aussi à man et ont le mode 0644 ou 0444 (seul +man peut les écrire, voire personne), aucun utilisateur normal ne pourra +modifier les pages formatées ou mettre d'autre fichiers dans le répertoire +correspondant. Si +.B man +n'est pas suid, les répertoires « cat » devront avoir le mode 0777 afin +que tout utilisateur puisse y laisser le résultat des formatages lors +des consultations du manuel. +.PP +L'option +.B \-c +force le reformatage d'une page, même si un fichier cat +plus récent que le fichier source existe. + +.SH "CHEMIN DE RECHERCHE POUR LES PAGES DE MANUEL" +.B man +utilise une méthode sophistiquée pour chercher les pages de manuels, +basée sur l'invocation d'options et de variables d'environnement, +le fichier de configuration +.BR @man_config_file@ , +des heuristiques et conventions prédéfinies. +.PP +En premier lieu, lorsque l'argument +.I nom +de +.B man +contient une barre oblique +.RB " «\ "/ \ », +.B man +suppose qu'il s'agit d'un fichier et aucune recherche complexe n'est lancée. +.PP +Mais dans la plupart des cas où +.I nom +ne contient pas de barre oblique, +.B man +recherche dans plusieurs répertoires un fichier qui pourrait être une page +de manuel pour le sujet nommé. +.PP +Si vous spécifiez l'option +.B \-M +.IR liste_chemins , +.I liste_chemins +est une liste de répertoires, séparés par le symbole deux points +.RB " «\ ": \ », +dans lesquels +.B man +effectuera sa recherche. +.PP +Si vous ne spécifiez pas +.B -M +mais que vous positionniez la variable d'environnement +.BR MANPATH , +la valeur de cette variable est la liste des répertoires dans lesquels +.B man +effectuera sa recherche. +.PP +Si vous ne spécifiez pas une liste de chemins explicite avec +.B -M +ou +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +développe sa propre liste de chemins basée sur le contenu du fichier de +configuration +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Les déclarations +.B MANPATH +dans le fichier de configuration identifient des répertoires particuliers +à inclure dans le chemin de recherche. +.PP +Qui plus est, les déclarations +.B MANPATH_MAP +complètent le chemin de recherche en fonction du chemin de recherche de vos +commandes (autrement dit, de votre variable d'environnement +.BR PATH ). +La déclaration +.B MANPATH_MAP +indique, pour chacun des répertoires pouvant se trouver dans le chemin de +recherche des commandes, un répertoire qui devrait être ajouté au chemin de +recherche des pages de manuel. +.B man +scrute la variable +.B PATH +et ajoute au chemin de recherche des pages de manuel les répertoires +correspondants. Ainsi, avec une utilisation correcte de +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +lorsque vous tapez la commande +.BR "man xyz" , +vous obtenez la page de manuel du programme que vous lanceriez si vous +tapiez la commande +.BR xyz . +.PP +De plus, pour chacun des répertoires situés dans le chemin de recherche des +commandes (nous l'appellerons «\ répertoire commandes\ ») pour lequel vous +.IR n "'avez " pas +d'instruction +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +.B man +cherchera automatiquement un répertoire de pages de manuel à proximité, +à savoir un sous-répertoire du «\ répertoire commandes\ » lui-même ou dans +le répertoire parent du «\ répertoire commandes\ ». +.PP +Vous pouvez désactiver la recherche automatique de proximité en incluant +l'instruction +.B NOAUTOPATH +dans le fichier de configuration +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +Dans chaque répertoire du chemin de recherche décrit plus haut, +.B man +cherche un fichier nommé +.IB sujet . section\fR, +avec un suffixe optionnel sur le numéro de section et un possible suffixe +de compression. S'il ne peut trouver un tel fichier, il regarde alors dans +tous les sous-répertoires nommés +.BI man N +ou +.BI cat N +où +.I N +est le numéro de la section du manuel. Si le fichier se trouve dans +le sous-répertoire +.B cat +.IR N , +.B man +suppose qu'il s'agit d'une page de manuel formatée (page cat). Autrement, +.B man +suppose qu'elle n'est pas formatée. Dans tous les cas, si le nom de +fichier comporte une extension indiquant une compression connue (comme +.BR .gz ), +.B man +suppose que le fichier est gzippé. +.PP +Si vous vouloir savoir où (ou si) +.B man +peut trouver une page de manuel sur un sujet particulier, utilisez l'option +.BR "--path " ( -w ). + +.SH ENVIRONNEMENT +.TP +.B MANPATH +Si la variable +.B MANPATH +est positionnée, +.B man +utilisera sa valeur comme chemin de recherche des pages de manuel. +Cette variable est prioritaire sur le fichier de configuration et le chemin +de recherche automatique, mais cède cette priorité si l'option +.B -M +est utilisée. Voir +.BR "CHEMIN DE RECHERCHE POUR LES PAGES DE MANUEL" . +.TP +.B MANPL +Si la variable +.B MANPL +est positionnée, sa valeur servira à définir la longueur de l'affichage de la +page. Autrement, la page entière est affichée sur une seule et longue page. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Si +.B MANROFFSEQ +est positionnée, sa valeur servira à déterminer le jeu de préprocesseurs +à exécuter avant de lancer +.B nroff +ou +.BR troff . +Par défaut, les pages sont passées dans le processeur de tableaux avant +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +Si +.B MANSECT +est positionnée, sa valeur déterminera les sections du manuel dans +lesquelles les pages seront recherchées. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Si +.B MANWIDTH +est positionnée, sa valeur servira à définir la largeur de l'affichage de la +page. Autrement, la page sera affichée sur toute la largeur de l'écran. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Si +.B MANPAGER +est positionnée, sa valeur sera considérée comme le nom du programme +à utiliser pour visualiser la page de manuel. Dans le cas contraire, +.B PAGER +sera utilisée. Si aucune des deux variables n'est positionnée, +.B @pager@ +sera utilisé. +.TP +.B LANG +Si +.B LANG +est positionnée, sa valeur définira le nom du sous-répertoire où +.B man +commencera la recherche des pages de manuel. Ainsi, la commande +«\ LANG=fr man 1 toto\ » aura pour effet de faire rechercher la page +toto dans .../fr/man1/toto.1, et si ce fichier n'existe pas, +dans .../man1/toto.1, où ... est un répertoire du chemin de recherche. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Les variables d'environnement +.B NLSPATH +et +.B LC_MESSAGES +(ou +.B LANG +lorsque la dernière n'existe pas) +jouent un rôle dans la localisation du catalogue de messages. +(Mais les messages anglais sont inclus dans le programme à la compilation, +aucun catalogue n'est donc nécessaire pour un affichage dans la langue de +Shakespeare.) +Notez que les programmes comme +.BR col (1) +qui sont appelés par +.BR man , +utilisent également LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +est utilisée pour la construction du chemin de recherche par défaut. Voir +.BR "CHEMIN DE RECHERCHE POUR LES PAGES DE MANUEL" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +est employée pour obtenir le nom du système alternatif par défaut (en vue de +l'utilisation de l'option +.B \-m +). +.SH BOGUES +L'option +.B \-t +ne fonctionne que si un programme «\ troff-like\ » est installé. +.br +Si vous voyez clignoter \e255 ou <AD> au lieu de traits d'union, +mettez «\ LESSCHARSET=latin1\ » dans votre environnement. +.SH ASTUCES +Si vous ajoutez la ligne + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +à votre fichier +.IR .emacs , +vous obtiendrez la page de manuel de l'appel de la bibliothèque situé à la +position courante du curseur lorsque vous presserez la touche F1. +.LP +Pour obtenir une version texte seul d'une page de manuel, sans retour arrière +ni caractère de soulignement, essayez + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt + +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR whatis (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR groff (1), +.BR man.conf (5). +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par René Cougnenc en mai 1995 et mise +à jour par Alain Portal <aportal@univ-montp2.fr> le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 1\ man\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. + diff --git a/man/fr/whatis.man b/man/fr/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed6d897 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traduction française René Cougnenc - Mai 1995. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH WHATIS 1 "19 septembre 2005" "Manuel Linux" "Commandes utilisateur" +.LO 1 +.SH NOM +whatis \- recherche de noms complets dans la base de données whatis. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI whatis +mot-clé ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +whatis effectue une recherche de mots-clés dans un ensemble de +fichiers de données contenant de brèves descriptions des commandes +système, et affiche le résultat sur la sortie standard. Seules les +entrées contenant le mot-clé complet sont affichées. +.LP +La base de données whatis est réalisée et mise à jour par la commande +@makewhatis@. + +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1). + +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par René Cougnenc en mai 1995 et mise +à jour par Alain Portal <aportal@univ-montp2.fr> le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 1\ whatis\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. diff --git a/man/hr.txt b/man/hr.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6db2627 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +croatian diff --git a/man/hr/apropos.man b/man/hr/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1ca427 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +.\" Man stranica za apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" Mo¾ete distribuirati pod uvjetima GNU Opæe javne licence kako je +.\" odreðeno u datoteci README koja dolazi s distribucijom mana 1.0. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" 9. studenog 1998. preveo Matej Vela <mvela@public.srce.hr>, META. +.TH apropos 1 "15. sijeènja 1991." +.SH IME +apropos \- tra¾i niz u whatis bazi podataka +.SH SA®ETAK +.BI apropos kljuèna_rijeè +... +.SH OPIS +.B apropos +tra¾i kljuène rijeèi u skupu baza podataka koje sadr¾e kratke +opise naredbi sustava i prikazuje rezultate na standardnom izlazu. +.SH "TAKOÐER POGLEDAJTE" +.BR whatis (1), +.BR man (1). diff --git a/man/hr/man.conf.man b/man/hr/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c450f58 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" +.\" 9. studenog 1998. preveo Matej Vela <mvela@public.srce.hr>, META. +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30. o¾ujka 1994." +.SH IME +man.conf \- konfiguracijski podaci za man +.SH OPIS +Ovu datoteku èita +.BR man (1), +a sadr¾i +(a) informacije o izgradnji staze pretra¾ivanja za man, +(b) pune staze i imena raznih programa kao ¹to je +.BR nroff ", " eqn ", " tbl +itd. koje man koristi, te +(c) popis programa za dekomprimiranje datoteka s navedenim nastavcima. +Neka druga verzija ove datoteke mo¾e se odrediti pomoæu +.LP +.RS +man -C osobni_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Imenima naredbi mogu se dodati opcije. +Opcije korisne za +.B nroff +mogu se naæi u +.BR grotty (1). +Na primjer, umjesto predodreðenog reda +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +mo¾ete napisati +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +kako biste iskljuèili potcrtavanje i precrtavanje. +.SH "TAKOÐER POGLEDAJTE" +.BR col (1), +.BR (g)eqn (1), +.BR (g)pic (1), +.BR groff (1), +.BR grotty (1), +.BR (g)refer (1), +.BR (g)tbl (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR man (1), +te +.BR compress (1), +.BR gzip (1). diff --git a/man/hr/man.man b/man/hr/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be92d5c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +.\" Man stranica za man (i biv¹i manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" Mo¾ete distribuirati pod uvjetima GNU Opæe javne licence kako je +.\" odreðeno u datoteci README koja dolazi s distribucijom mana 1.0. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Mnoge promjene -- aeb +.\" +.\" 9. studenog 1998. preveo Matej Vela <mvela@public.srce.hr>, META. +.TH man 1 "2. rujna 1998." +.SH IME +man \- formatira i prikazuje raèunalne man stranice +.br +manpath \- saznaje korisnikovu stazu pretra¾ivanja za man stranice +.SH SA®ETAK +man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m sustav] [\-p niz] [\-C konfiguracijska_datoteka] +[\-M staza] [\-P preglednik] [\-S popis_dijelova] [dio] ime ... +.SH OPIS +.B man +formatira i prikazuje raèunalne man stranice. Ova verzija poznaje varijable +okru¾ja +.B MANPATH +i +.BR (MAN)PAGER , +pa mo¾ete imati svoje vlastite skupove osobnih man stranica i odabrati +¾eljeni program za prikaz formatiranih stranica. Ako je naveden +.IR dio , +.B man +pretra¾uje samo taj dio man stranica. +Takoðer mo¾ete preko opcija na naredbenom redu ili varijabli okru¾ja +odrediti red po kojem se pretra¾uju dijelovi te preprocesore kojima se +obraðuju izvorne datoteke. +Ako +.I ime +sadr¾i /, prvo ga se isku¹ava kao ime datoteke, pa tako mo¾ete pokrenuti +``man ./foo.5'' ili èak ``man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz''. +.SH OPCIJE +.TP +.B \-\^C " konfiguracijska_datoteka" +Koristi drugi +.IR man.conf ; +predodreðeni je +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Pogledajte +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " staza" +.I staza +je popis direktorija u kojima se tra¾e man stranice. +Ako takva opcija nije dana, koristi varijablu okru¾ja +.BR MANPATH . +Ako takve varijable okru¾ja nema, predodreðeni popis se nalazi u +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Neispunjen dio u +.B MANPATH +odgovara predodreðenom popisu. +.TP +.B \-\^P " preglednik" +Odreðuje kori¹teni preglednik. +Ova opcija ima prednost nad varijablom okru¾ja +.BR MANPAGER , +koja pak ima prednost nad varijablom +.BR PAGER . +.B man +predodreðeno koristi +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " popis_dijelova" +.I popis_dijelova +je popis dvotoèkama razdvojenih dijelova man stranica koje se pretra¾uje. +Ova opcija ima prednost nad varijablom okru¾ja +.BR MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +.B man +predodreðeno izlazi nakon prikazivanja prve naðene man stranice. Ova opcija +prisiljava +.B man +na prikaz svih man stranica èije je ime +.IR ime , +a ne samo prve. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Ponovno formatira izvornu man stranicu, èak i kada postoji svje¾a cat +stranica. Ovo ima smisla ako je cat stranica formatirana za drukèiju ¹irinu +zaslona ili ako je preformatirana stranica pokvarena. +.TP +.B \-\^d +U stvari ne prikazuje man stranice, ali zato ispisuje gomilu informacija za +otklanjanje gre¹aka. +.TP +.B \-\^D +I prikazuje i ispisuje informacije za otklanjanje gre¹aka. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Isto ¹to i +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +Ispisuje poruku o kori¹tenju od jednog reda i zavr¹ava. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Isto ¹to i +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Navedeni niz tra¾i u +.I svim +man stranicama. Upozorenje: ovo je vjerojatno vrlo sporo! Navoðenje dijela +ubrzava stvari. +(Samo okvirno, na mom stroju ovo traje oko minutu na 500 man stranica.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " sustav" +Pretra¾uje se drugi skup man stranica na osnovu danog imena sustava. +.TP +.B \-\^p " niz" +.I niz +odreðuje niz preprocesora koje treba pokrenuti prije pokretanja +.B nroff +odnosno +.BR troff . +Sve instalacije nemaju potpun skup preprocesora. Neki od preprocesora i +slova koja ih oznaèuju su: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Ova opcija ima prednost nad varijablom okru¾ja +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +Za formatiranje man stranica koristi +.BR @troff@ , +¹aljuæi izlaz na standardni izlaz. Izlaz iz +.B @troff@ +mo¾e prije samog tiskanja zahtijevati prolazak kroz neki filter. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRili\fP \-\-path +U stvari ne prikazuje man stranice, ali zato ispisuje lokacije datoteka koje +bi se formatirale ili prikazale. Ako nije dan nijedan argument, prikazuje +(na standardnom izlazu) popis direktorija u kojima +.B man +tra¾i man stranice. Ako je +.B manpath +veza na +.BR man , +onda ``manpath'' ima isti uèinak kao ``man --path''. +.TP +.B \-\^W +Kao \-\^w, ali svako ime datoteke ispisuje u zasebnom redu, bez dodatnih +informacija. Ovo je korisno u naredbama ljuske kao ¹to je +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft +.SH "CAT STRANICE" +.B man +æe poku¹ati snimiti formatirane man stranice kako bi u¹tedio vrijeme +formatiranja slijedeæi put kada te man stranice budu potrebne. +Tradicionalno se formatirane verzije stranica iz +.I DIREKTORIJ/manX +snimaju u +.IR DIREKTORIJ/catX , +no druga mapiranja man direktorija u cat direktorije se mogu odrediti u +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Kada potrebni cat direktorij ne postoji, cat stranice se ne snimaju. +.PP +.B man +se mo¾e suid-ati na korisnika man. Potom æe, ako je vlasnik cat direktorija +man, uz dozvole 0755 (pisati mo¾e samo man), a vlasnik cat datoteka man uz +dozvole 0644 ili 0444 (pisati mo¾e samo man, odnosno nitko ne mo¾e pisati), +nijedan obièni korisnik ne mo¾e mijenjati cat stranice ili stavljati druge +datoteke u cat direktorij. Ako +.B man +nije suid-an, cat direktorij bi trebao imati dozvole 0777 +ako bi svi korisnici trebali moæi tamo ostavljati cat stranice. +.PP +Opcija +.B \-c +prisiljava na ponovno formatiranje stranice, èak i ako postoji svje¾a cat +stranica. +.SH OKRU®JE +.TP +.B MANPATH +Ako je +.B MANPATH +postavljenja, njena se vrijednost koristi kao staza za tra¾enje man +stranica. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Ako je +.B MANROFFSEQ +postavljena, njena vrijednost odreðuje skup preprocesora +koje treba pokrenuti prije pokretanja +.B nroff +odnosno +.BR troff . +Stranice predodreðeno prolaze kroz preprocesor tablica prije nego proðu +kroz +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +Ako je +.B MANSECT +postavljena, njena vrijednost odreðuje dijelove man stranica +koje treba pretra¾iti. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Ako je +.B MANWIDTH +postavljena, njena se vrijednost koristi kao ¹irina u kojoj bi se man +stranice trebale prikazivati. Inaèe se stranice mogu prikazati preko cijele +¹irine va¹eg zaslona. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Ako je +.B MANPAGER +postavljena, njena se vrijednost koristi kao ime programa za prikaz man +stranice. Ako nije, koristi se +.BR PAGER . +Ako ni to nema vrijednosti, koristi se +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Ako je +.B LANG +postavljena, njena vrijednost odreðuje ime poddirektorija u kojem +.B man +najprije tra¾i man stranice. Dakle, naredba `LANG=hr man 1 foo' +.B man +tjera na tra¾enje man stranice foo u .../hr/man1/foo.1, a ako takvu datoteku +ne mo¾e naæi, u .../man1/foo.1, gdje ... oznaèava direktorij u stazi +pretrage. +.TP +.B NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG +Varijable okru¾ja +.B NLSPATH +i +.B LC_MESSAGES +(odnosno +.B LANG +kada ova druga ne postoji) igraju ulogu u nala¾enju kataloga poruka. +(No engleske su poruke ugraðene i engleski katalog nije potreban.) +Primjetite da programi koje +.B man +pokreæe, kao ¹to je +.BR col (1), +takoðer mogu koristiti npr. +.BR LC_CTYPE . +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +se koristi u graðenju predodreðene staze tra¾enja man stranica. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +se koristi za odreðivanje predodreðenog imena drugog sustava (za kori¹tenje +uz opciju +.BR \-m ). +.SH "TAKOÐER POGLEDAJTE" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR whatis (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR groff (1). +.SH GRE©KE +Opcija +.B \-t +radi samo ako je instaliran +.BR troff-olik +program. +.PP +Ako umjesto crtica vidite trepæuæi \e255 ili <AD>, u okru¾je dodajte +`LESSCHARSET=latin1'. diff --git a/man/hr/whatis.man b/man/hr/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a19ea76 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +.\" Man stranica za whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" Mo¾ete distribuirati pod uvjetima GNU Opæe javne licence kako je +.\" odreðeno u datoteci README koja dolazi s distribucijom mana 1.0. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" 9. studenog 1998. preveo Matej Vela <mvela@public.srce.hr>, META. +.TH whatis 1 "5. sijeènja 1991." +.SH IME +whatis \- tra¾i potpune rijeèi u whatis bazi podataka +.SH SA®ETAK +.BI whatis kljuèna_rijeè +... +.SH OPIS +.B whatis +tra¾i kljuène rijeèi u skupu baza podataka koje sadr¾e kratke opise naredbi +sustava i prikazuje rezultate na standardnom izlazu. +Prikazuju se samo rijeèi koje potpuno odgovaraju zadanima. +.PP +.B whatis +baza podataka se stvara naredbom @makewhatis@. +.SH "TAKOÐER POGLEDAJTE" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1). diff --git a/man/it.txt b/man/it.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a809ed0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +italian diff --git a/man/it/apropos.man b/man/it/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f52a72 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton.
+.\" Traduzione italiana by Michele Dalla Silvestra - dalla@maya.dei.unipd.it
+.\" Luglio 1996
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public
+.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0
+.\" distribution.
+.\"
+.\" John W. Eaton
+.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu
+.\" Department of Chemical Engineering
+.\" The University of Texas at Austin
+.\" Austin, Texas 78712
+.\"
+.TH apropos 1 "19 settembre 2005"
+.LO 1
+.SH NOME
+apropos \- ricerca stringhe nel database di whatis
+.SH SINTASSI
+.BI apropos
+parola ...
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+apropos ricerca una parola chiave in database contenenti brevi
+descrizioni dei comandi di sistema e mostra i risultati sullo
+standard output.
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH "VEDERE ANCHE"
+whatis(1), man(1).
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/man/it/makewhatis.man b/man/it/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84d9450 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +.\" $Id: makewhatis.8,v 1.2 1999/05/24 14:40:26 otto Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it>
+.\" Traduzione italiana del medesimo
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
+.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+.\"
+.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
+.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
+.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including
+.\" intermediate and printed output.
+.\"
+.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+.\" GNU General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free
+.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
+.\" USA.
+.\"
+.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "19 settembre 2005"
+.SH NOME
+makewhatis \- Crea il database di whatis
+.SH SINTASSI
+.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " sezioni " ] [-c [" percorso_cat "]] [" percorso_man "]"
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+.B makewhatis
+legge tutte le pagine di manuale contenute nelle date
+.IR sezioni " in " percorso_man
+o nelle corrispondenti
+.IR sezioni " in " percorso_cat .
+Scrive, per ogni pagina, una riga nel database di whatis: ognuna
+consiste nel nome della pagina e in una breve descrizione separata da
+un trattino. La descrizione viene estratta basandosi sul contenuto
+della sezione NOME della pagina di manuale.
+.LP
+Poiché lingue diverse usano nomi diversi per indicare la sezione NOME,
+.B makewhatis
+riconosce il termine equivalente in ceco, finlandese, francese,
+inglese, italiano, spagnolo e tedesco.
+.LP
+Se non viene passato nessun argomento
+.I percorso_man ,
+viene usato
+.I /usr/man .
+.SH OPZIONI
+.TP
+.B -u
+Aggiorna il database con le nuove pagine.
+.TP
+.B -v
+Output più dettagliato.
+.TP
+.B -w
+Ottiene il percorso da `man --path`
+.TP
+.BI -s " sezioni"
+Guarda nelle
+.I sezioni
+di
+.IR percorso_man " or " percorso_cat .
+Se l'opzione manca, il suo valore viene posto a
+.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\'
+.TP
+.BI -c " percorso_cat"
+Vengono considerate le pagine preformattate che si trovano in
+.I catpath .
+Se l'argomento è assente, viene usata la prima directory esistente fra
+.I /usr/man/preformat " e " /usr/man .
+.SH ESEMPI
+.PP
+Per ricostruire solo
+.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " e " /usr/local/man/whatis :
+.IP
+makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man
+.PP
+Per ricostruire tutti i database, inclusi quelli con le traduzioni
+finlandesi, francesi e italiane:
+.IP
+LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w
+.SH BACHI
+.B makewhatis
+potrebbe non aprezzare molto le pagine scritte con macro Troff non
+standard, come quelle di Tcl/Tk.
+.PP
+.B makewhatis
+non funziona con le traduzioni preformattate.
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH VEDERE ANCHE
+.BR apropos (1),
+.BR man (1),
+.BR whatis (1)
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/man/it/man.conf.man b/man/it/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8b7d71 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf
+.\" Traduzione italiana by Michele Dalla Silvestra - dalla@maya.dei.unipd.it
+.\" Luglio 1996
+.\" Correzioni stilistiche di Daniele Giacomini <daniele@evo.it>
+.\" Gennaio 1999
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.TH MAN.CONF 5 "19 settembre 2005"
+.SH NOME
+man.conf \- configurazione di man
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+.LP
+Questo file è letto da
+.BR man (1)
+e contiene (a) informazioni su come costruire il percorso di ricerca per
+man, (b) percorso completo per vari programmi tipo nroff, eqn, tbl ecc.
+usati da man, e (c) una lista con programmi di dearchiviazione per file con una
+data estensione. Una versione alternativa di questo file può essere
+specificata con:
+.LP
+.RS
+man -C private_man.conf ...
+.RE
+.LP
+I nomi dei comandi possono essere forniti con opzioni.
+Opzioni utili a nroff possono essere trovate in grotty(1).
+Per esempio, invece della riga predefinita:
+.LP
+.RS
+.nf
+NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1
+.fi
+.RE
+.LP
+si potrebbe scrivere:
+.LP
+.RS
+.nf
+NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b
+.fi
+.RE
+.LP
+per eliminare la sottolineatura e la sovrascrittura.
+.SH FILE
+.I "@man_config_file@"
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH "VEDERE ANCHE"
+col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1),
+less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1).
diff --git a/man/it/man.man b/man/it/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a1ab57 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath)
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton.
+.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public
+.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0
+.\" distribution.
+.\"
+.\" John W. Eaton
+.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu
+.\" Department of Chemical Engineering
+.\" The University of Texas at Austin
+.\" Austin, Texas 78712
+.\"
+.\" Many changes - aeb
+.\" More changes - flc
+.\"
+.\" Traduzione italiana by Michele Dalla Silvestra - dalla@maya.dei.unipd.it
+.\" Luglio 1996
+.\" Correzioni stilistiche di Daniele Giacomini <daniele@evo.it>
+.\" Gennaio 1999
+.\" Aggiornamento a 1.5g di Ottavio Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it>
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.TH man 1 "19 settembre 2005"
+.LO 1
+.SH NOME
+man \- formatta e mostra le pagine di manuale
+.SH SINTASSI
+.B man
+.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ]
+.RB [ --path ]
+.RB [ \-m
+.IR sistema ]
+.RB [ \-p
+.IR stringa ]
+.RB [ \-C
+.IR config_file ]
+.RB [ \-M
+.IR lista_percorsi ]
+.RB [ \-P
+.IR impaginatore ]
+.RB [ \-B
+.IR browser ]
+.RB [ \-H
+.IR impaginatorehtml ]
+.RB [ \-S
+.IR lista_sezione ]
+.RI [ sezione ]
+.I "nome ..."
+
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+.B man
+formatta e mostra le pagine di manuale. Se si specifica
+.IR sezione
+.B man
+cerca solo in quella sezione del manuale.
+.I nome
+normalmente è il nome della pagina di manuale, che è tipicamente il nome
+di un comando, funzione, o file.
+Tuttavia, se
+.I name
+contiene uno slash
+.RB ( / )
+allora
+.B man
+lo interpreta come la specificazione di un file, quindi si può fare
+.B "man ./foo.5"
+o anche
+.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP"
+.PP
+Vedere più avanti per una descrizione di dove
+.B man
+cerca i file delle pagine di manuale.
+
+.SH OPZIONI
+.TP
+.B \-\^C " file_configurazione"
+Specifica il file di configurazione da usare; il valore predefinito è
+.BR @man_config_file@
+(vedere
+.BR man.conf (5)).
+.TP
+.B \-\^M " percorso"
+Specifica la lista di directory in cui cercare le pagine di manuale.
+Separare le directory con caratteri ":". Una lista vuota è come non
+specificare
+.B \-M
+vedere
+.BR "PERCORSO DI RICERCA DELLE PAGINE DI MANUALE" .
+.TP
+.B \-\^P " impaginatore"
+Specifica il programma di impaginazione da usare.
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.BR MANPAGER ,
+che sovrascrive a sua volta la variabile
+.BR PAGER
+Per default,
+.B man
+usa
+.BR "@pager@" .
+.TP
+.B \-\^B
+Specifica quale browser usare con i file HTML.
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B BROWSER
+Per default
+.B man
+usa
+.BR @browser@ ,
+.TP
+.B \-\^H
+Specifica un comando che riproduce i file HTML come testo.
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B HTMLPAGER
+Per default,
+.B man
+usa
+.BR @htmlpager@ ,
+.TP
+.B \-\^S " lista_sezione"
+Lista è una lista di sezioni di manuale in cui cercare, separate da ":".
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B MANSECT .
+.TP
+.B \-\^a
+Per default,
+.B man
+terminerà dopo aver visualizzato la prima pagina di manuale che trova.
+L'uso di questa opzione forza
+.B man
+a visualizzare tutte le pagine di manuale che corrispondono a
+.B nome,
+non solo la prima.
+.TP
+.B \-\^c
+Riformatta la pagina di manuale sorgente, anche se esiste una pagina cat
+aggiornata. Questo può essere importante se la pagina cat è stata
+formattata per uno schermo con un numero di colonne diverso, o se la
+pagina preformattata è danneggiata.
+.TP
+.B \-\^d
+Non visualizza le pagine di manuale, ma stampa informazioni di debug.
+.TP
+.B \-\^D
+Visualizza e stampa informazioni di debug.
+.TP
+.B \-\^f
+Equivalente di
+.BR whatis .
+.TP
+.BR \-\^F " or " \-\-preformat
+Formatta solo - non visualizza.
+.TP
+.B \-\^h
+stampa un messaggio di aiuto ed esce.
+.TP
+.B \-\^k
+Equivalente di
+.BR apropos .
+.TP
+.B \-\^K
+Cerca la stringa specificata in *tutte* le pagine di manuale. Attenzione:
+questo probabilmente è molto lento! Può essere di aiuto specificare una
+sezione.
+(Solo per dare un'idea di massima, sulla mia macchina impiega circa un
+minuto per 500 pagine di manuale).
+.TP
+.B \-\^m " sistema"
+Specifica un insieme alternativo di pagine di manuale in cui cercare
+basato sul nome di sistema dato.
+.TP
+.B \-\^p " stringa"
+specifica la sequenza dei preprocessori da eseguire prima di
+.B nroff
+o
+.BR troff .
+Non tutte le installazioni avranno un insieme completo di preprocessori.
+Alcuni dei preprocessori, e le lettere usate per designarli, sono:
+eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r).
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B MANROFFSEQ .
+.TP
+.B \-\^t
+Usa
+.B @troff@
+per formattare la pagina di manuale, passando l'output a
+.B stdout.
+Il formato di output predefinito di
+.B @troff@
+è Postscript, fare riferimento alla pagina di manuale di
+.B @troff@
+per vedere i modi per scegliere un formato alternativo.
+.PP
+Secondo il formato selezionato e la disponibilità di dispositivi di stampa
+l'output deve passare attraverso alcuni filtri prima di essere stampato.
+.TP
+.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path
+Non visualizza le pagine di manuale, ma stampa la locazione(i) dei file
+che verrebbero formattati o visualizzati. Se non viene dato alcun
+argomento visualizza (sullo standard output) l'elenco delle directory in
+cui
+.B man
+cerca le pagine di manuale. Se
+.B manpath
+è un collegamento a man, allora "manpath" è equivalente a "man --path".
+.TP
+.B \-\^W
+Come \-\^w, ma stampa i nomi di file uno per linea, senza informazioni
+aggiuntive. Questo è utile in comandi shell come
+.ft CW
+.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l"
+.ft
+
+.SH "PAGINE CAT"
+Man cercherà di salvare le pagine formattate, allo scopo di risparmiare
+tempo di formattazione la prossima volta che queste pagine saranno
+necessarie. Tradizionalmente le versioni formattate delle pagine in
+DIR/manX sono salvate in DIR/catX, ma possono essere specificati
+altri percorsi da man dir a cat dir in
+.BR @man_config_file@ .
+Non viene salvata alcuna pagina cat quando la directory cat richiesta non
+esiste.
+Le pagine cat non vengono salvate quando sono formattate per una lunghezza
+della linea diversa da 80.
+Le pagine cat non vengono salvate quando man.conf contiene la linea NOCACHE.
+.PP
+E' possibile fare un suid di
+.B man
+a un utente man. In questo caso se una directory di cat ha come proprietario
+man e permessi 0755 (scrivibile solo da man), e i file cat hanno
+proprietario man e permessi 0644 o 0444 (scrivibili solo da man, o non
+scrivibili del tutto), nessun utente ordinario può cambiare le pagine cat
+o mettere altri file nella directory di cat. Se su
+.B man
+non viene fatto un suid, allora una directory cat deve avere permessi 0777
+se tutti gli utenti devono poter lasciare lì le pagine cat.
+.PP
+L'opzione
+.B \-c
+forza la riformattazione di una pagina, anche se esiste una pagina cat
+recente.
+
+.SH "PAGINE HTML"
+Man troverà le pagine HTML se esse vivono in directory con nome
+'html' seguita da una sezione. L'ultima estensione del
+file deve essere ".html", quindi un nome valido per una versione HTML
+della pagina di manuale di
+.BR ls (1)
+sarebbe
+.IR /usr/share/man/htmlman1/ls.1.html .
+
+.SH "PERCORSO DI RICERCA DELLE PAGINE DI MANUALE"
+.B man
+usa un metodo sofisticato per trovare i file delle pagine di manuale,
+basato su opzioni di invocazione e variabili d'ambiente, il file di
+configurazione
+.B @man_config_file@
+e alcune convenzioni e metodi euristici inclusi.
+.PP
+Prima di tutto, quando l'argomento
+.I nome
+di
+.B man
+contiene uno slash
+.RB ( / ),
+.B man
+assume che si tratti di una specificazione di file,
+e non viene fatta alcuna ricerca.
+.PP
+Ma nel caso normale in cui
+.I nome
+non contenga uno slash,
+.B man
+cerca in una varietà di directory un file che possa essere una pagina di
+manuale per il nome dato.
+.PP
+Se si specifica l'opzione
+.BI "-M " lista_percorsi
+.I lista_percorsi
+è un elenco di directory, separate da ":", nelle quali
+.B man
+cerca.
+.PP
+Se non si specifica
+.B -M
+ma si imposta la variabile d'ambiente
+.B MANPATH
+il valore di tale variabile è la lista di directory nelle quali
+.B man
+cerca.
+.PP
+Se non si specifica una lista percorsi esplicita con
+.B -M
+o
+.BR MANPATH ,
+.B man
+sviluppa la propria lista percorsi basata sul contenuto del file di
+configurazione
+.BR @man_config_file@ .
+La dichiarazione
+.B MANPATH
+nel file di configurazione identifica particolari direcotry da includere
+nel percorso di ricerca.
+.PP
+Inoltre le dichiarazioni
+.B MANPATH_MAP
+fanno aggiunte al percorso di ricerca in funzione del proprio percorso di
+ricerca dei comandi
+(es. la propria variabile d'ambiente
+.B PATH
+). Per ciascuna directory che potrebbe essere nel percorso di ricerca del
+comando, una dichiarazione
+.B MANPATH_MAP
+specifica una directory che deve essere aggiunta al percorso di ricerca
+dei file delle pagine di manuale.
+.B man
+guarda nella variabile
+.B PATH
+e aggiunge le directory corrispondenti al percorso di ricerca del file
+della pagina di manuale.
+Quindi, con l'uso appropriato di
+.BR MANPATH_MAP ,
+quando si dà il comando
+.BR "man xyz" ,
+si ottiene una pagina di manuale per il programma che verrebbe eseguito se
+si desse il comando
+.BR xyz .
+.PP
+In aggiunta, per ciascuna directory nel percorso di ricerca del comando
+(lo chiameremo una "directory del comando") per il quale
+.I non
+si ha una dichiarazione
+.B MANPATH_MAP ,
+.B man
+automaticamente cerca una directory di pagina di manuale "vicina", come
+una sottodirectory nella stessa directory del comando o nella directory di
+livello superiore della directory del comando.
+.PP
+Si possono disabilitare le ricerche automatiche "vicine" includendo una
+direttiva
+.B NOAUTOPATH
+in
+.BR @man_config_file@ .
+.PP
+In ciascuna directory nel percorso di ricerca come descritto in precedenza,
+.B man
+cerca un file chiamato
+.IB argomento . sezione\fR,
+con un suffisso opzionale sul numero di sezione e
+magari un suffisso di compressione.
+Se non trova un tale file, esso allora cerca in tutte le sottodirectory
+che si chiamano
+.BI man N
+o
+.BI cat N
+dove
+.I N
+è il numero di sezione del manuale.
+Se il file è in una sottodirectory
+.BI cat N
+.B man
+suppone che sia un file di una pagina di manuale formattata (pagina cat).
+Altrimenti
+.B man
+suppone che non sia formattato. In ogni caso se il nome del file ha un
+suffisso di compressione noto (come
+.BR .gz ),
+.B man
+suppone che sia compresso con gzip.
+.PP
+Se si vuole vedere dove (o se)
+.B man
+troverebbe la pagina di manuale per un particolare soggetto usare l'opzione
+.BR "--path " ( -w ) .
+
+.SH AMBIENTE
+.TP
+.B MANPATH
+Se
+.B MANPATH
+è impostata,
+.B man
+la usa come percorso di ricerca dei file delle pagine di manuale. Esso
+sovrascrive il file di configurazione e il percorso di ricerca automatico,
+ma è sovrascritta a sua volta dall'opzione di invocazione
+.B -M
+Vedere
+.BR "PERCORSO DI RICERCA DELLE PAGINE DI MANUALE" .
+.TP
+.B MANPL
+Se
+.B MANPL
+è impostata il suo valore è usato come lunghezza della pagina da
+visualizzare. Altrimenti l'intera pagina di manuale occuperà una (lunga)
+pagina.
+.TP
+.B MANROFFSEQ
+Se
+.B MANROFFSEQ
+è impostata il suo valore è usato per determinare l'insieme di
+preprocessori da eseguire prima di eseguire
+.B nroff
+o
+.BR troff .
+Per default le pagine vengono passate attraverso il preprocessore
+tbl prima di
+.BR nroff .
+.TP
+.B MANSECT
+Se
+.B MANSECT
+è impostata il suo valore è usato per determinare in quali sezioni del
+manuale cercare.
+.TP
+.B MANWIDTH
+Se
+.B MANWIDTH
+è impostata il suo valore è usato come ampiezza a cui le pagine di manuale
+devono essere visualizzate. Altrimenti le pagine possono essere
+visualizzate sull'intera larghezza del proprio schermo.
+.TP
+.B MANPAGER
+Se
+.B MANPAGER
+è impostata il suo valore è usato come nome del programma da usare per
+visualizzare la pagina di manuale. Se non lo è allora viene usata
+.B PAGER .
+Se nemmeno questa è impostata, viene usato
+.B @pager@ .
+.TP
+.B BROWSER
+Il nome di un browser da usare per visualizzare le pagine di manuale HTML.
+Se non è impostata viene usato @browser@ .
+.TP
+.B HTMLPAGER
+Il comando da usare per riprodurre le pagine di manuale HTML come testo.
+Se non è impostata viene usato @htmlpager@ .
+.TP
+.B LANG
+Se
+.B LANG
+è impostata il suo valore definisce il nome della sottodirectory ove man
+fa la prima ricerca delle pagine di manuale. Perciò il comando `LANG=dk man 1 foo'
+farà sì che man cerchi la pagina di manuale foo in .../dk/man1/foo.1,
+e, se non può trovare tale file, allora in .../man1/foo.1,
+dove ... è una directory nel percorso di ricerca.
+.TP
+.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG"
+Le variabili d'ambiente
+.B NLSPATH
+e
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+(o
+.B LANG
+quando l'ultima non esiste)
+giocano un ruolo nel localizzare il catalogo messaggi.
+(Ma i messaggi in inglese sono compilati nel programma, e per l'inglese
+non è necessario alcun catalogo).
+Notare che anche programmi come
+.BR col(1)
+chiamati da man usano ad es. LC_CTYPE.
+.TP
+.B PATH
+.B PATH
+aiuta a determinare il percorso di ricerca dei file delle pagine di
+manuale. Vedere
+.BR "PERCORSO DI RICERCA DELLE PAGINE DI MANUALE" .
+.TP
+.B SYSTEM
+.B SYSTEM
+è usata per ottenere il nome di sistema alternativo (da usare con l'
+opzione
+.B \-m
+).
+.SH BACHI
+L'opzione
+.B \-t
+funziona solo se è installato un programma tipo troff.
+.br
+Se si vedono lampeggiare \e255 o <AD> invece dei trattini,
+mettere `LESSCHARSET=latin1' nel proprio ambiente.
+.SH SUGGERIMENTI
+Se si aggiunge la linea
+
+ (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word))))
+
+al proprio file
+.IR .emacs ,
+allora la pressione di F1 darà la pagina di manuale della chiamata di
+libreria alla posizione corrente del cursore.
+.LP
+Per ottenere una versione testuale di una pagina di manuale, senza
+backspace e sottolineature, provare
+
+ # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH VEDERE ANCHE
+apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5).
diff --git a/man/it/whatis.man b/man/it/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c2380d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton.
+.\" Traduzione italiana by Michele Dalla Silvestra - dalla@maya.dei.unipd.it
+.\" Luglio 1996
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public
+.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0
+.\" distribution.
+.\"
+.\" John W. Eaton
+.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu
+.\" Department of Chemical Engineering
+.\" The University of Texas at Austin
+.\" Austin, Texas 78712
+.\"
+.TH whatis 1 "19 settembre 2005"
+.LO 1
+.SH NOME
+whatis \- ricerca parole complete nel database di whatis.
+.SH SINTASSI
+.BI whatis
+parola chiave ...
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+whatis ricerca una parola chiave in database contenenti brevi
+descrizioni dei comandi di sistema e mostra i risultati sullo standard
+output. Solo le corrispondenze con parole intere sono mostrate.
+
+Il database whatis è creato usando il comando @makewhatis@.
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH "VEDERE ANCHE"
+apropos(1), man(1).
diff --git a/man/ja.txt b/man/ja.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01d5538 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +japanese diff --git a/man/ja/apropos.man b/man/ja/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..881c9ed --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Japanese Version Copyright (c) 1996 Tanoshima Hidetohsi +.\" all rights reserved. +.\" Dec 31, 1996 Tanoshima Hidetoshi <tano@sainet.or.jp> +.\" +.\" Modified Thu Jan 29 01:53:11 JST 1998 +.\" by HANATAKA Shinya <hanataka@abyss.rim.or.jp> +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Jan 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH ̾Á° +apropos \- whatis ¥Ç¡¼¥¿¥Ù¡¼¥¹¤è¤êʸ»úÎó¤ò¸¡º÷¤¹¤ë¡£ +.SH ½ñ¼° +.BI apropos +keyword ... +.SH ÀâÌÀ +apropos ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤Ï¡¢¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à¡¦¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤Î´Êñ¤Ê²òÀ⤬¤¢¤ë +¥Ç¡¼¥¿¥Ù¡¼¥¹¡¦¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤«¤é¥¡¼¥ï¡¼¥É¤ò¸¡º÷¤·¡¢ +¤½¤Î·ë²Ì¤òɸ½à½ÐÎϤËɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£ +.SH "´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ja/man.conf.man b/man/ja/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1221fe5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" +.\" Japanese Version Copyright (c) 1997 HANATAKA Shinya +.\" all rights reserved. +.\" Translated Thu Jan 29 01:49:33 JST 1998 +.\" by HANATAKA Shinya <hanataka@abyss.rim.or.jp> +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH ̾Á° +man.conf \- man ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤Î¤¿¤á¤ÎÀßÄê¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë +.SH ÀâÌÀ +.LP +¤³¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ï +.BR man (1) +¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤ËÆɤ߹þ¤Þ¤ì¡¢(a) man ¤Î¤¿¤á¸¡º÷¥Ñ¥¹¤ò¤É¤Î¤ä¤Ã¤Æ¹½ÃÛ¤¹¤ë¤«¤Î¾ðÊó¡¢ +(b) nroff, eqn, tbl ¤Ê¤É¤Î¤è¤¦¤Ê man ¤Ë¤è¤Ã¤Æ»ÈÍѤµ¤ì¤ë¤¤¤¯¤Ä¤«¤Î +¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤Î´°Á´¤Ê¥Ñ¥¹Ì¾¡¢(c) ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î³ÈÄ¥»Ò¤´¤È¤ÎŸ³«ÊýË¡¡¢¤Ê¤É¤Î +¾ðÊó¤ò´Þ¤ó¤Ç¤¤¤ë¡£¤³¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ÎÊ̤ΥС¼¥¸¥ç¥ó¤ò°Ê²¼¤Î¤è¤¦¤Ë +»ØÄꤹ¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£ +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É̾¤Ë¤Ï¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤òÉÕ¤±¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£ +nroff ¤Ë´Ø¤·¤Æ¤ÎÊØÍø¤Ê¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò grotty(1) ¤Ë¸«¤Ä¤±¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£ +Î㤨¤Ð¡¢¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Î +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +¤Î¤«¤ï¤ê¤Ë +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +¤È½ñ¤¹þ¤à¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¡¢²¼Àþ¤ä½Å¤ÍÂǤÁ¤òÍÞÀ©¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£ +.SH ´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1), compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/ja/man.man b/man/ja/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..725981c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" Japanese Version Copyright (c) 1996 Tanoshima Hidetohsi +.\" all rights reserved. +.\" Dec 31, 1996 Tanoshima Hidetoshi <tano@sainet.or.jp> +.\" +.\" Modified Thu Jan 29 01:52:36 JST 1998 +.\" by HANATAKA Shinya <hanataka@abyss.rim.or.jp> +.\" +.TH man 1 "September 12, 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH ̾Á° +man \- ¥ª¥ó¥é¥¤¥ó¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òÀ°·Á¤·É½¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£ +.br +manpath \- ¥æ¡¼¥¶¡¼¸Ä¡¹¤Î¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Î¸¡º÷¥Ñ¥¹¤ò·è¤á¤ë¡£ +.SH ½ñ¼° +man [\-adfhktwW] [\-m system] [\-p string] [\-C config_file] [\-M path] +[\-P pager] [\-S section_list] [section] name ... +.SH ÀâÌÀ +.B man +¤Ï¥ª¥ó¥é¥¤¥ó¡¦¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òÀ°·Á¤·É½¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£¤³¤Î¥Ð¡¼¥¸¥ç¥ó +¤Î man ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤Ç¤Ï´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô MANPATH ¤È (MAN)PAGER ¤òÀßÄê¤Ç¤¤ë¡£ +¤³¤ì¤Ë¤è¤ê¡¢¸Ä¿ÍŪ¤Ê¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òÀßÄꤷ¤¿¤ê¡¢À°·Á¤·¤¿¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ò +ɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤ò¹¥¤¤ËÁª¤Ù¤ë¡£ +.I section +¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë¤È¡¢ +.B man +¤Ï¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¤Î¤½¤Î¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤Î¤ßõ¤¹¡£¤Þ¤¿¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¥é¥¤¥ó¡¦¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ä +´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô¤Ç¡¢¤½¤ì¤¾¤ì¤Î¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò¸¡º÷¤¹¤ë½ç½ø¤ä¡¢¥½¡¼¥¹¡¦¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Ë +ÂФ·¤Æ¤É¤ó¤Ê¥×¥ê¥×¥í¥»¥Ã¥µ¤òÍѤ¤¤ë¤«¤ò»ØÄꤷ¤¿¤ê¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£ +.I name +¤Ë / ¤¬´Þ¤Þ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¤È¤ man ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤Ï¤Þ¤º¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾¤È¤·¤Æ°·¤¦¡£ +¤·¤¿¤¬¤Ã¤Æ +.B "man ./foo.5" +¤Þ¤¿¤Ï +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR\fP" +¤È¤µ¤¨¤Ç¤¤ë¡£ +.SH ¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë man.conf ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ï +.BR @man_config_file@ +(»²¾È¡§ man.conf(5)) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òõ¤¹¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£ +¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò»ØÄꤷ¤Ê¤¤¾ì¹ç¡¢´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô +.B MANPATH +¤ò»È¤¦¡£¤³¤Î´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô¤â»ØÄꤷ¤Ê¤¤¤È¡¢ +.BR @man_config_file@ +¤Ë»ØÄꤵ¤ì¤¿¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤ò»È¤¦¡£ +MANPATH Ãæ¤Î¶õ¤Îʸ»úÎó¤Ï¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤ò°ÕÌ£¤¹¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¥ã¡¼¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ç¤Ï man ¤Ï +.BR @pager@ +¤ò»È¤¦¡£¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô +.B MANPAGER +¤è¤êÍ¥À褹¤ë¡£¤³¤Î´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô¤Ï +.B PAGER +¤è¤ê¤âÍ¥À褹¤ë¡£¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ç¤Ï +.B man +¤Ï +.BR @pager@ +¤ò»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +¥³¥í¥ó¤Çʬ¤±¤é¤ì¤¿¥ê¥¹¥È¤Ç¡¢¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¤òõ¤¹¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò +»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô +.B MANSECT +¤è¤êÍ¥À褵¤ì¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^a +¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ç¤Ï¡¢man ¤Ï¸«¤Ä¤«¤Ã¤¿ºÇ½é¤Î¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òɽ¼¨ +¤·¤¿¤¢¤È½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò»È¤¦¤È¡¢man ¤ÏºÇ½é¤Ë¤ß¤Ä¤«¤Ã¤¿ +¤â¤Î¤À¤±¤Ç¤Ê¤¯ +.B name +¤Ë¥Þ¥Ã¥Á¤·¤¿¤¹¤Ù¤Æ¤Î¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^c +ºÇ¿·¤Î cat ·Á¼°¤Î¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤¬¤¢¤Ã¤Æ¤â¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Î¥½¡¼¥¹¤ò +À°·Á¤·¤Ê¤ª¤¹¡£¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï cat ¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤¬Ã¼Ëö¤È°ã¤Ã¤¿Éý¤Ç +À°·Á¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¤È¤¤ä²õ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ê¤É¤ËÍÍѤǤ¢¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^d +¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òɽ¼¨¤»¤º¡¢ÂçÎ̤ΥǥХå°¾ðÊó¤ò½ÐÎϤ¹¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^D +¥Ç¥Ð¥Ã¥°¾ðÊó¤È¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ÎξÊý¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^f +.B whatis +¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤ÈƱ¤¸¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^h +1¹Ô¥Ø¥ë¥×¡¦¥á¥Ã¥»¡¼¥¸¤òɽ¼¨¤·¤Æ½ªÎ»¤¹¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^k +.B apropos +¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤ÈƱ¤¸¡£ +.B \-\^K +¡ÖÁ´¤Æ¤Î¡×¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤è¤ê»ØÄꤷ¤¿Ê¸»úÎó¤òõ¤¹¡£·Ù¹ð: ¤³¤ì¤Ï +Èó¾ï¤ËÃÙ¤¤¤Î¤Ç ¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤ò»ØÄꤷ¤¿Êý¤¬Îɤ¤¡£(»ä¤Î¥Þ¥·¥ó¤Ç¤Ï¡¢ +¤À¤¤¤¿¤¤¤ÎÌܰ¤Ȥ·¤Æ¡¢500 ¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ò¸¡º÷¤¹¤ë¤Î¤Ë 1ʬ´Ö¤«¤«¤ë¡£) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +Ê̤Υ·¥¹¥Æ¥à¤Î¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ò¸¡º÷¤¹¤ë¤è¤¦¤Ë»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +.B nroff +¤ä +.B troff +¤Î¤Þ¤¨¤Ë¼Â¹Ô¤¹¤ë¥×¥ê¥×¥í¥»¥Ã¥µ¤Î½çÈÖ¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£ +¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤Î¾õÂ֤ˤè¤Ã¤Æ¤Ï¥Õ¥ë¥»¥Ã¥È¤Î +¥×¥ê¥×¥í¥»¥Ã¥µ¤¬ÍÑ°Õ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤Ê¤¤¤«¤â¤·¤Ê¤¤¡£¤¤¤¯¤Ä +¤«¤Î¥×¥ê¥×¥í¥»¥Ã¥µ¤È¤½¤ì¤ò»Ø¤·¼¨¤¹Ê¸»ú¤Ï¼¡¤Î¤È¤ª¤ê¡§ +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r)¡£ +¤³¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô +.B MANROFFSEQ +¤è¤êÍ¥À褵¤ì¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^t +¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ÎÀ°·Á¤Ë +.B @troff@ +¤ò»È¤¤¡¢ +.B stdout +¤Ë½ÐÎϤ¹¤ë¡£ +.B @troff@ +¤«¤é¤Î½ÐÎϤϰõºþ¤¹¤ë¤Þ¤¨¤Ë¤Ê¤ó¤é¤«¤Î¥Õ¥£¥ë¥¿¡¼¤Ê¤É¤òÄ̤¹É¬Í× +¤¬¤¢¤ë¤«¤â¤·¤ì¤Ê¤¤¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¡¦¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òɽ¼¨¤»¤º¡¢¤¹¤Ç¤Ë¥Õ¥©¡¼¥Þ¥Ã¥È¤Þ¤¿¤Ïɽ¼¨¤Ë»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë +¥½¡¼¥¹¡¦¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î°ÌÃÖ¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£°ú¿ô¤òÍ¿¤¨¤Ê¤¤¤È +.B man +¤¬¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¡¦¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ò¸¡º÷¤¹¤ë¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Î¥ê¥¹¥È¤ò(ɸ½à½ÐÎϤË)ɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£ +.B manpath +¤¬ man ¤Ë¥ê¥ó¥¯¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¤È¤¤Ï "manpath" ¤Ï "man --path" ¤È +Ʊ¤¸¤Ë¤Ê¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B \-\^W +\-\^w ¤Ë»÷¤Æ¤¤¤ë¤¬¡¢¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë̾¤òÄɲþðÊó¤Ê¤·¤Ë£±¹Ô£±¤Ä¤º¤Äɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£ +¤³¤ì¤Ï¥·¥§¥ë¾å¤Ç +.ft CW +,B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft +¤Ê¤É¤È»È¤¦¤Î¤ËÊØÍø¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£ + +.SH "CAT ¥Ú¡¼¥¸" +man ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤Ï¤¹¤Ç¤ËÀ°·Á¤µ¤ì¤¿¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ò¡¢¼¡¤Ë¤½¤Î +¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤¬É¬Íפˤʤ俤Ȥ¤ÎÀ°·Á»þ´Ö¤ÎÀáÌó¤Î¤¿¤á¤Ë¡¢Êݸ¤·¤è¤¦ +¤È¤¹¤ë¡£ÅÁÅýŪ¤Ë¡¢DIR/manX ¤ÎÀ°·ÁºÑ¤ß¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¤Ï DIR/catX ¤Ë +¥»¡¼¥Ö¤µ¤ì¤ë¤¬¡¢man ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤«¤é cat ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Ø¤Î +¾¤Î¥Þ¥Ã¥Ô¥ó¥°ÊýË¡¤ò +.BR @man_config_file@ +¤Ë»ØÄê¤Ç¤¤ë¡£ +cat ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤¬ÍÑ°Õ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤Ê¤«¤Ã¤¿¾ì¹ç¡¢cat ¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Ï¥»¡¼¥Ö¤µ¤ì¤Ê¤¤¡£ +.PP +man ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤ò¥æ¡¼¥¶¡¼ man ¤Ë suid ¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤ë¡£¤½¤Î¤¹¤ë¤È + cat ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Î¥ª¡¼¥Ê¡¼¤¬ man ¤«¤Ä¥â¡¼¥É¤¬ 0755 (¥æ¡¼¥¶¡¼ man ¤À¤±¤¬ +½ñ¤¹þ¤ß²Ä)¤Ç¡¢cat ¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤Î¥ª¡¼¥Ê¡¼¤¬ man ¤«¤Ä¥â¡¼¥É¤¬ 0644 ¤Þ¤¿¤Ï +0444 (¥æ¡¼¥¶¡¼ man ¤À¤±¤¬½ñ¤¹þ¤ß²Ä¡¢¤Þ¤¿¤Ï¥æ¡¼¥¶¡¼¤¹¤Ù¤Æ¤¬½ñ¤¹þ¤ßÉÔ²Ä) +¤Î¤È¤¡¢ÉáÄ̤Υ桼¥¶¡¼¤Ï cat ¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òÊѹ¹¤·¤¿¤ê¾¤Î¥Õ¥¡¥¤¥ë¤ò cat ¥Ç¥£¥ì +¥¯¥È¥êÃÖ¤¤¤¿¤ê¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¤¬¤Ç¤¤Ê¤¯¤Ê¤ë¡£ man ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤¬ suid ¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð¡¢ +¤¹¤Ù¤Æ¤Î¥æ¡¼¥¶¡¼¤¬ cat ¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ò cat ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤ËÃÖ¤±¤ë¤è¤¦¤Ë¡¢ +cat ¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Î¥â¡¼¥É¤ò 0777 ¤Ë¤¹¤ëɬÍפ¬¤¢¤ë¡£ +.PP +cat ¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤¬¤¢¤Ã¤¿¤È¤·¤Æ¤â¡¢¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó +.B \-c +¤ò¤Ä¤±¤ë¤È¶¯À©Åª¤Ë¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òºÆÀ°·Á¤¹¤ë¡£ + +.SH ´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô +.TP +.B MANPATH +.B MANPATH +¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤È¡¢¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òõ¤¹¤È¤¤½¤Î¥Ñ¥¹¤ò»È¤¦¡£ +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +.B MANROFFSEQ +¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤È¡¢nroff ¤ä troff ¤ÎÁ°¤Ë¼Â¹Ô¤¹¤ë¥×¥ê¥×¥í¥»¥Ã¥µ +¤ò·èÄꤹ¤ë¤Î¤Ë¤½¤ÎÃͤò»È¤¦¡£¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Ç¤Ï¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Ï +.B nroff +¤Î¤Þ¤¨¤Ë¥Æ¡¼¥Ö¥ëÍѤΥץê¥×¥í¥»¥Ã¥µ¤ËÄ̤µ¤ì¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B MANSECT +.B MANSECT +¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤È¡¢¤½¤ÎÃͤò¸µ¤Ë¤É¤Î¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥»¥¯¥·¥ç¥ó¤òõ¤¹¤«¤ò·è¤á¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +.B MANWIDTH +¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤È¡¢¤½¤ÎÃͤòɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤ÎÉý¤È¤·¤Æ»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¡£ +»ØÄꤷ¤Ê¤«¤Ã¤¿¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Ï²èÌ̤ÎÉý°ìÇդޤǻÈÍѤ¹¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B MANPAGER +.B MANPAGER +¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤È¡¢¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤òɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤È¤·¤Æ»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¡£ +»ØÄꤷ¤Ê¤«¤Ã¤¿¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Ï¡¢ +.B PAGER +¤¬»ÈÍѤµ¤ì¤ë¡£¤É¤Á¤é¤âÀßÄꤵ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤Ê¤¤¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Ï +.B @pager@ +¤¬»È¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B LANG +.B LANG +¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤È¡¢man ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤½¤Î̾Á°¤Î¥µ¥Ö¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤«¤éºÇ½é¤Ë +¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¤Ú¡¼¥¸¤òõ¤¹¡£¤½¤ì¤æ¤¨¡¢'LANG=dk man 1 foo' +¤È¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¥é¥¤¥ó¤«¤éÂǤĤȡ¢man ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤Ï¤Þ¤º .../dk/man1/foo.1 ¤òõ¤·¡¢ +¸«¤Ä¤«¤é¤Ê¤±¤ì¤Ð .../man1/foo.1 ¤òõ¤¹¡£¤³¤Î ... ¤Ï¥µ¡¼¥Á¥Ñ¥¹ +¤Î¥Ç¥£¥ì¥¯¥È¥ê¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô +.B NLSPATH +¤È +.B LC_MESSAGES +(¤Þ¤¿¸å¼Ô¤¬¤Ê¤¤¤È¤¤Ï +.B LANG +)¤Ï¥á¥Ã¥»¡¼¥¸¡¦¥«¥¿¥í¥°¤Î°ÌÃÖ¤ò»ØÄꤹ¤ë¡£ +(±Ñ¸ì¤Î¥á¥Ã¥»¡¼¥¸¤Ï¥³¥ó¥Ñ¥¤¥ë»þ¤ËÁȤ߹þ¤Þ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë¤Î¤Ç¡¢±Ñ¸ì¤Î¾ì¹ç¤Ï + ¥«¥¿¥í¥°¤ÏɬÍפʤ¤) +man ¤Ë¸Æ¤Ó½Ð¤µ¤ì¤ë col(1) ¤Î¤è¤¦¤Ê +mo¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤Ï ¡¢¤¿¤È¤¨¤Ð LC_CTYPE +»È¤¦¤³¤È¤ËÃí°Õ¤¹¤ë¤³¤È¡£ +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +¤Ï¥Þ¥Ë¥å¥¢¥ë¡¦¥Ú¡¼¥¸¤Î¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Î¸¡º÷¥Ñ¥¹¤Î¹½Ãۤ˻Ȥï¤ì¤ë¡£ +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +¤Ï¥Ç¥Õ¥©¥ë¥È¤Î¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à̾¤òÆÀ¤ë¤Î¤Ë»È¤ï¤ì¤ë¡£ +( +.B \-m +¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤È¤È¤â¤Ë»È¤¦) +.SH ´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH ¥Ð¥° +.B \-t +¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ï troff ¥é¥¤¥¯¤Ê¥×¥í¥°¥é¥à¤¬¥¤¥ó¥¹¥È¡¼¥ë¤µ¤ì¤Æ¤¤¤ë +¾ì¹ç¤Î¤ß͸ú¤Ç¤¢¤ë¡£ +.br +¤â¤·¥Ï¥¤¥Õ¥ó¤Î¤«¤ï¤ê¤Ë¡¢ÅÀÌǤ¹¤ë \e255 ¤ä <AD> ¤¬É½¼¨¤µ¤ì¤¿¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Ï +´Ä¶ÊÑ¿ô¤Ë 'LESSCHARSET=latin1' ¤òÀßÄꤹ¤ë¤ÈÎɤ¤¡£ + +(ÌõÃí: ÆüËܸì¤ò»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¾ì¹ç¤Ë¤Ï +'JLESSCHARSET=ja_JP.ujis' ¤Þ¤¿¤Ï 'LESSCHARSET=ja_JP.ujis' +¤ò»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¤¿¤á¤Ë¡¢¤³¤ÎÊýË¡¤Ç¤ÏÂбþ¤Ç¤¤Ê¤¤¡£groff ¤Î¥ª¥×¥·¥ç¥ó¤Ç +\-Tnippon ¤Þ¤¿ \-Tascii ¤ò»ÈÍѤ¹¤ë¤³¤È¡£) diff --git a/man/ja/whatis.man b/man/ja/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2b27e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Japanese Version Copyright (c) 1997 HANATAKA Shinya +.\" all rights reserved. +.\" Translated Thu Jan 29 01:52:06 JST 1998 +.\" by HANATAKA Shinya <hanataka@abyss.rim.or.jp> +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH ̾Á° +whatis \- whatis ¥Ç¡¼¥¿¥Ù¡¼¥¹¤«¤é´°Á´¤Êñ¸ì¤ò¸¡º÷¤¹¤ë +.SH ½ñ¼° +.BI whatis +keyword ... +.SH ÀâÌÀ +whatis ¤Ï¥·¥¹¥Æ¥à¤Î¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤Ë´Ø¤¹¤ëÀâÌÀ¤È¥¡¼¥ï¡¼¥É¤ò´Þ¤ó¤À¥Ç¡¼¥¿ +¥Ù¡¼¥¹¤Î½¸¹ç¤ò¸¡º÷¤·¡¢·ë²Ì¤òɸ½à½ÐÎϤËɽ¼¨¤¹¤ë¡£´°Á´¤Ë¥Þ¥Ã¥Á¤·¤¿Ã±¸ì +¤Î¤ß¤¬É½¼¨¤µ¤ì¤ë¡£ + +whatis ¥Ç¡¼¥¿¥Ù¡¼¥¹¤Ï /usr/sbin/makewhatis ¥³¥Þ¥ó¥É¤ò»ÈÍѤ·¤ÆºîÀ®¤¹¤ë¡£ +.SH ´ØÏ¢¹àÌÜ +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ko.txt b/man/ko.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69c04c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +korean diff --git a/man/ko/apropos.man b/man/ko/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d34a72e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Jan 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +apropos \- whatis µ¥ÀÌŸº£À̽ºÀÇ ¹®ÀÚ¿À» °Ë»öÇÑ´Ù +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI apropos +Å°¿öµå ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +apropos´Â ½Ã½ºÅÛ ¸í·ÉÀ» Å°¿öµå·Î ÇÏ´Â ¿©·¯ ¼ÂÀ¸·Î ÀÌ·ç¾îÁø µ¥ÀÌŸº£À̽º¸¦ °Ë»öÇÏ¿© ±× °á°ú¸¦ Ç¥ÁØÃâ·ÂÀ¸·Î º¸¿©ÁØ´Ù. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ko/man.conf.man b/man/ko/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2f6a8b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH À̸§ +man.conf \- manÀ» À§ÇÑ ±¸¼º ÀÚ·á +.SH ¼³¸í +.LP +ÀÌ ÆÄÀÏÀº +.BR man (1) +¿¡ ÀÇÇØ ÀоîÁö°í, (a) manÀ» À§ÇÑ °Ë»ö °æ·Î Á¶°Ç ¹æ¹ý¿¡ °üÇÑ Á¤º¸, +(b) nroff, eqn, tbl µî°ú °°Àº man¿¡ ÀÇÇØ »ç¿ëµÇ´Â ¿©·¯°¡Áö ÇÁ·Î±×·¥À» À§ÇÑ +Àý´ë °æ·Î¸í, (c) ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ÁÖ¾îÁø È®ÀåÀÚ¸¦ À§ÇÑ ¾ÐÃàÇ®±âÀÇ ¸®½ºÆ® ¸¦ Æ÷ÇÔÇÏ°í +ÀÖ´Ù. ÀÌ ÆÄÀÏÀ» ´ë½ÅÇÏ´Â ¹öÁ¯Àº ´ÙÀ½ ó·³ ÁöÁ¤ÇÒ ¼ö ÀÖ´Ù. +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.config ... +.RE +.LP +¸í·É À̸§Àº ¿É¼Çµé°ú °°ÀÌ Á¦°ø ÇÒ ¼ö ÀÖ´Ù. +nroff¸¦ À§ÇÑ À¯¿ëÇÑ ¿É¼ÇÀº grotty(1)¿¡¼ ãÀ» ¼ö ÀÖ´Ù. +¿¹¸¦ µé¾î, ±âº» ¼³Á¤ +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +´ë½Å +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +¸¦ ¹ØÁÙ°ú ±½Àº ±Û¾¾(º¼µåü)¸¦ Á¦°ÅÇϱâ À§ÇØ ¾µÁöµµ ¸ð¸¥´Ù. +.SH °ü·Ã Ç׸ñ +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) ¿Í compress(1), gzip(1). +.SH ¿ªÀÚ +¹è¼ºÈÆ <plodder@kldp.org>, 2000³â 5¿ù 5ÀÏ + diff --git a/man/ko/man.man b/man/ko/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..109781f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "September 2, 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH À̸§ +man \- ¿Â¶óÀÎ ¸Å´º¾ó ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ Çü½ÄÈÇÏ°í Ç¥½Ã +.br +manpath \- ¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ À§ÇØ »ç¿ëÀÚÀÇ °Ë»ö °æ·Î¸¦ °áÁ¤ +.SH »ç¿ë¹ý +man [\-acdfFhkKtwW] [\-m system] [\-p string] [\-C config_file] [\-M path] +[\-P pager] [\-S section_list] [section] name ... +.SH ¼³¸í +.B man +Àº ¿Â¶óÀÎ ¸Å´º¾ó ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ Çü½ÄÈÇÏ°í Ç¥½ÃÇÑ´Ù. +ÀÌ ¹öÀüÀº +.B MANPATH +¿Í +.B (MAN)PAGER +ȯ°æ º¯¼ö¸¦ ÀνÄÇÑ´Ù. ±×·¯¹Ç·Î ÀÚ½ÅÀÇ °³ÀÎÀûÀÎ ¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö ÁýÇÕÀ» °¡Áú ¼ö ÀÖ°í +Çü½ÄÈµÈ ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ Ç¥½ÃÇϱâ À§ÇØ ÁÁ¾ÆÇÏ´Â ÇÁ·Î±×·¥À» ¼±ÅÃÇÒ ¼ö ÀÖ´Ù. ¸¸¾à +.I section +ÀÌ ÁöÁ¤µÇ¸é, +.B man +Àº ´ÜÁö ±× ¼½¼Ç¿¡¼¸¸ ¸Å´º¾óÀ» ã¾Æ º¸¿©ÁØ´Ù. ¸í·ÉÇà ¿É¼ÇÀ̳ª ȯ°æ º¯¼ö¸¦ ÅëÇؼ¼½¼Ç °Ë»ö ¼ø¼¿Í ¼Ò½º ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ´ëÇØ ¾î´À Àü󸮱⸦ »ç¿ëÇÒ °ÍÀÎÁö ÁöÁ¤ÇÒ ¼ö ÀÖ´Ù. +¸¸¾à +.I name +ÀÌ / À» Æ÷ÇÔÇϸé, ÀÌ°ÍÀº ÆÄÀϸíÀ¸·Î ¸ÕÀú 󸮵ȴÙ. ±×·¡¼ +.B "man ./foo.5" +ȤÀº +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +ó·³ ÁöÁ¤ ÇÒ ¼ö ÀÖ´Ù. +.SH ¿É¼Ç +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +»ç¿ë ÇÒ man.conf ÆÄÀÏÀ» ÁöÁ¤; ±âº» °ªÀº +.B @man_config_file@ +ÀÌ´Ù. +( +.BR man.conf (5) º¸¶ó.) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö °Ë»öÀ» À§ÇÑ µð·ºÅ丮 ¸®½ºÆ®¸¦ ÁöÁ¤ÇÑ´Ù. +ÀÌ ¿É¼ÇÀÌ ÁÖ¾îÁöÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é, ȯ°æ º¯¼ö +.B MANPATH +¸¦ »ç¿ëÇÑ´Ù. ¸¸¾à ȯ°æ º¯¼ö¸¦ ¹ß°ßÇÏÁö ¸øÇϸé +.B @man_config_file@ +¿¡ ÀÇÇÑ ±âº» ¸®½ºÆ®¸¦ »ç¿ëÇÑ´Ù. +.B MANPATH +°¡ ºñ¿© ÀÖÀ¸¸é ±âº» ¸®½ºÆ®ÀÌ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +»ç¿ëÇÒ ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ ÁöÁ¤ÇÑ´Ù. +ÀÌ ¿É¼ÇÀº +.B MANPAGER +ȯ°æ º¯¼öº¸´Ù ¿ì¼±ÇÑ´Ù. +environment variable, +.B PAGER +º¯¼ö º¸´Ùµµ ¿ì¼±ÇÑ´Ù. ±âº» ¼³Á¤À¸·Î +.B man +Àº +.BR @pager@ ¸¦ ÀÌ¿ëÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +°Ë»öÀ» À§ÇÑ ¸Å´º¾ó ¼½¼ÇÀÇ ¸®½ºÆ®¸¦ ÄÝ·ÐÀ¸·Î ±¸ºÐÇÑ ¸®½ºÆ®. +ÀÌ ¿É¼ÇÀº +.B MANSECT +ȯ°æ º¯¼ö º¸´Ù ¿ì¼±ÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^a +±âº» ¼³Á¤À¸·Î, +.B man +Àº ù¹ø° ¹ß°ßµÈ ¸Å´º¾ó ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ Ç¥½ÃÇÑ µÚ Á¾·áÇÑ´Ù. +ÀÌ ¿É¼ÇÀ» »ç¿ëÇϸé, +.B man +Àº ù¹ø° »Ó¸¸ ¾Æ´Ï¶ó +.B name +¿¡ ¸Â´Â ¸ðµç ¸Å´º¾ó ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ Ç¥½ÃÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^c +ÃÖ½ÅÀÇ cat ÆäÀÌÁö°¡ Á¸ÀçÇÏ¿©µµ ¼Ò½º ¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ Àç Çü½ÄÈÇÑ´Ù. +¸¸ÀÏ cat ÆäÀÌÁö°¡ ´Ù¸¥ ¼öÀÇ Ä®·³À» °¡Áø ½ºÅ©¸°¿¡ ¸Â°Ô Çü½ÄȵǾú°Å³ª, +ȤÀº, ¸¸ÀÏ ÀÌÀü¿¡ Çü½ÄÈµÈ ÆäÀÌÁö°¡ ¼Õ»óµÇ¸é ÀÌ°ÍÀº Àǹ̰¡ ÀÖÀ» ¼ö ÀÖ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^d +½ÇÁ¦·Î ¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ Ç¥½ÃÇÏÁö ¾Ê°í, µð¹ö±ë Á¤º¸ÀÇ µ¢¾î¸®¸¦ ÇÁ¸°Æ®ÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Ç¥½Ã¿Í µð¹ö±ë Á¤º¸ µÑ´Ù Ãâ·ÂÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^f +.BR whatis +¿Í °°´Ù. +.TP +.BR \-\^F " or " \-\-preformat +Çü½Äȸ¸ ÇÏ°í Ç¥½ÃÇÏÁö ¾Ê´Â´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^h +°£´ÜÇÑ µµ¿ò¸» ¸Þ½ÃÁö¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^k +.BR apropos +¿Í °°´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^K +*¸ðµç* ¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö¿¡¼ ÁöÁ¤ÇÑ ¹®ÀÚ¿À» ã´Â´Ù. °æ°í: ÀÌ °ÍÀº ¸Å¿ì ´À¸®´Ù! +¼½¼ÇÀ» ÁöÁ¤ÇÏ´Â °ÍÀÌ ÁÁ´Ù.(´ëü·Î, ³ªÀÇ ±â°è¿¡¼ 500 ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ °Ë»öÇϴµ¥ +1ºÐ °É¸°´Ù.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +ÁÖ¾îÁø ½Ã½ºÅÛ À̸§¿¡ ÀÇÇؼ °Ë»öÇϱâ À§ÇØ ´ëü ¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö ÁýÇÕÀ» ÁöÁ¤ÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +.B nroff +or +.BR troff +ÀÇ ¾Õ¿¡ ½ÇÇàÇÏ´Â Àü󸮱âÀÇ Â÷·Ê¸¦ ÁöÁ¤ÇÑ´Ù. +¸ðµç ¼³Ä¡´Â Àü󸮱âÀÇ ¿ÏÀüÇÑ ÁýÇÕÀ» °¡ÁöÁö ¾ÊÀ» °ÍÀÌ´Ù +±×µéÀ» ÁöÀûÇϱâ À§ÇØ »ç¿ëµÇ´Â ¸î°³ÀÇ ÃµÃ³¸®±â¿Í ¹®ÀÚ : +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +ÀÌ ¿É¼ÇÀº +.B MANROFFSEQ +ȯ°æ º¯¼öº¸´Ù ¿ì¼±ÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^t +¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁöÀÇ Çü½Äȸ¦ À§ÇØ +.B @troff@ +¸¦ »ç¿ëÇÏ°í, +.B stdout +¿¡ Ãâ·ÂÇÑ´Ù. +.B @troff@ +¿¡¼ÀÇ Ãâ·ÂÀº ÀμâÇϱâ Àü¿¡ ÇÊÅ͸¦ Åë°ú½Ãų ÇÊ¿ä°¡ ÀÖÀ»Áöµµ ¸ð¸¥´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +½ÇÁ¦·Î ¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ Ç¥½ÃÇÏÁö ¾Ê°í, Çü½ÄÈ È¤Àº Ç¥½ÃµÈ ÆÄÀÏÀÇ À§Ä¡¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÑ´Ù. +¸¸¾à ÀÎÀÚ°¡ ¾øÀ¸¸é: +.B man +Àº ¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ °Ë»öÇÏ´Â µð·ºÅ丮ÀÇ ¸®½ºÆ®¸¦ Ç¥½Ã(Ç¥ÁØ Ãâ·Â¿¡)ÇÑ´Ù. +¸¸¾à +.B manpath +°¡ man¿¡ ¿¬°áµÇ¾î ÀÖÀ¸¸é, "manpath"´Â "man --path"¿Í °°´Ù. +.TP +.B \-\^W +\-\^w¿Í ºñ½ÁÇÏÁö¸¸, Ãß°¡ Á¤º¸¾øÀÌ ÇÑ Çà¿¡ ÇÑ °³¾¿ Ç¥½ÃÇÑ´Ù. +ÀÌ°ÍÀº ´ÙÀ½°ú °°ÀÌ ½© ¸í·É¿¡¼ »ç¿ëÇϸé Æí¸®ÇÏ´Ù. +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "CAT ÆäÀÌÁö" +ManÀº Çü½ÄÈµÈ ¸Ç ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ ´ÙÀ½¿¡ ±× ÆäÀÌÁö°¡ ÇÊ¿äÇÏ°Ô µÇ¾úÀ» ¶§ Çü½ÄÈ +½Ã°£À» ÁÙÀ̱â À§ÇØ ÀúÀåÇÑ´Ù. ÀüÅëÀûÀ¸·Î, DIR/manXÀÇ Çü½ÄÈµÈ ÆäÀÌÁö ¹öÀüÀº +DIR/catX¿¡ ÀúÀåµÈ´Ù. ÇÏÁö¸¸ man dirÀ» ´Ù¸¥ cat dir¿¡ ¸ÅÇÎÇÏ´Â ¹æ¹ýÀ¸·Î +.BR @man_config_file@ +¿¡ ´Ù¸¥ °ªÀ» ÁöÁ¤ÇÒ ¼ö ÀÖ´Ù. +cat µð·ºÅ丮°¡ Á¸ÀçÇÏÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é cat ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ ÀúÀåÇÏÁö ¾Ê´Â´Ù. +.PP +.B man +¸¦ »ç¿ëÀÚ man¿¡ suid ÇÒ ¼ö ÀÖ´Ù. ±×·¯¸é, cat µð·ºÅ丮ÀÇ ¼ÒÀ¯ÀÚ°¡ man°ú +¸ðµå 0755(´ÜÁö man¿¡ ÀÇÇØ ¾²±â°¡´É), cat ÆÄÀÏ ¼ÒÀ¯ÀÚ°¡ man°ú ¸ðµå 0644 ȤÀº +0444(´ÜÁö man¿¡ ÀÇÇØ ¾²±â°¡´É, ȤÀº ¸ðµÎ ¾²±âºÒ°¡)¸é, º¸Åë À¯Àú´Â cat ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ +º¯°æÇϰųª, ´Ù¸¥ ÆÄÀÏÀ» cat µð·ºÅ丮¿¡ µÎ°Å³ª ÇÏ´Â °ÍÀ» ÇÒ ¼ö ¾ø´Ù. ¸¸¾à +.B man +ÀÌ suid °¡ ¾Æ´Ï¸é, ¸ðµç À¯Àú°¡ cat ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ cat µð·ºÅ丮¿¡ µÑ ¼ö ÀÖ´Â °Íó·³ +cat µð·ºÅ丮ÀÇ ¸ðµå¸¦ 0777·Î ÇØ¾ß ÇÑ´Ù. +.PP +ºñ·Ï ÃÖ±ÙÀÇ cat ÆäÀÌÁö°¡ Á¸ÀçÇÏ´õ¶óµµ +.B \-c +À» »ç¿ëÇϸé ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ Àç Çü½ÄÈÇÑ´Ù. + +.SH ȯ°æ +.TP +.B MANPATH +.B MANPATH +°¡ ¼³Á¤µÇ¸é, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» ¸Å´º¾ó ÆäÀÌÁö °Ë»öÀ» À§ÇÑ °æ·Î·Î »ç¿ëÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +.B MANROFFSEQ +°¡ ¼³Á¤µÇ¸é, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» +.B nroff +¿Í +.BR troff +ÀÇ ¾Õ¿¡ ½ÇÇàÇÏ´Â Àü󸮱âÀÇ ÁýÇÕÀ¸·Î °áÁ¤ÇÏ¿© »ç¿ëÇÑ´Ù. +±âº» ¼³Á¤Àº, +.BR nroff +¾Õ¿¡ µ¥À̺í Àü󸮱⸦ Åë°ú½ÃŲ´Ù. +.TP +.B MANSECT +.B MANSECT +°¡ ¼³Á¤µÇ¸é, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» °Ë»öÀ» À§ÇÑ ¸Å´º¾ó ¼½¼ÇÀ¸·Î °áÁ¤ÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +.B MANWIDTH +°¡ ¼³Á¤µÇ¸é, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» Ç¥½ÃÇÏ´Â ¸ÇÆäÀÌÁöÀÇ ÆøÀ¸·Î »ç¿ëÇÑ´Ù. +±×·¸Áö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é, ȸéÀÇ Àüü Æø ÀÌ»óÀ¸·Î Ç¥½ÃµÉ ¼öµµ ÀÖ´Ù. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +.B MANPAGER +°¡ ¼³Á¤µÇ¸é, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» ¸ÇÆäÀÌÁö Ç¥½Ã±â·Î »ç¿ëÇÑ´Ù. ¸¸¾à ¾ø´Ù¸é, +.B PAGER +°¡ »ç¿ëµÈ´Ù. ¸¸¾à µÑ´Ù °ªÀ» °¡Áö°í ÀÖÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é +.B @pager@ +¸¦ »ç¿ëÇÑ´Ù. +.TP +.B LANG +.B LANG +°¡ ¼³Á¤µÇ¸é, ÀÌ°ªÀ» manÀº ¸ÇÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ ù¹ø°·Î º¸¿©ÁÖ±â À§ÇÑ ÇÏÀ§ +µð·ºÅ丮ÀÇ À̸§À¸·Î ÁöÁ¤ÇÑ´Ù. µû¶ó¼, `LANG=dk man 1 foo' ¸í·ÉÀº +.../dk/man1/foo.1¿¡¼ for ¸ÇÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ º¸¿© ÁÙ·Á°í ÇÒ °ÍÀÌ°í, +¸¸¾à fileÀÌ ¹ß°ßµÇÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é, .../man1/for.1À» ã´Â´Ù. ...Àº °Ë»ö +°æ·ÎÀÇ µð·ºÅ丮ÀÌ´Ù. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +ȯ°æ º¯¼ö +.B NLSPATH +¿Í +.B LC_MESSAGES +(¶Ç´Â ÈÄÀÚ°¡ ÁöÁ¤µÇ¾î ÀÖÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é +.B LANG +)´Â ¸Þ½ÃÁö Ä«Å»·Î±×ÀÇ À§Ä¡¸¦ ÁöÁ¤ÇÑ´Ù. (ÇÏÁö¸¸ ¿µ¾î ¸Þ½ÃÁö´Â ÄÄÆÄÀϵɶ§ +ÁöÁ¤µÇ°í, ¿µ¾î¸¦ À§ÇÑ Ä«Å»·Î±×´Â ÇÊ¿äÇÏÁö ¾Ê´Ù.) +man¿¡ ÀÇÇØ È£ÃâµÇ´Â col(1)°ú °°Àº ÇÁ·Î±×·¥Àº LC_CTYPE¸¦ »ç¿ëÇÏ´Â Á¡¿¡ ÁÖÀÇÇضó. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +´Â ¸ÇÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ À§ÇÑ ±âº» °Ë»ö °æ·ÎÀÇ ±¸¼º¿¡ »ç¿ëµÈ´Ù. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +Àº ±âº» ¼³Á¤À» °¡Á®¿À´Â ´ë½Å¿¡ ½Ã½ºÅÛ À̸§À» »ç¿ëÇÑ´Ù. +( +.B \-m +¿É¼Ç°ú ÇÔ²² »ç¿ë) +.SH °ü·Ã Ç׸ñ +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH ¹ö±× +.B \-t +¿É¼ÇÀº troff¿Í °°Àº ÇÁ·Î±×·¥ÀÌ ¼³Ä¡µÇ¾î ÀÖ´Â °æ¿ì¿¡¸¸ ¼öÇàÇÑ´Ù. +.br +¸¸¾à ÇÏÀÌÇ ´ë½Å¿¡ \e255 ȤÀº <AD>ÀÇ ±ô¹ÚÀÓÀ» º¸¸é, +`LESSCHARSET=latin1'À» ȯ°æ¿¡ ³Ö¾î¶ó. +.SH ÆÁ + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +¸¦ +.IR .emacs +ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ Ãß°¡Çϸé, F1¸¦ ´©¸¦ ¶§ ÇöÀçÀÇ Ä¿¼ À§Ä¡¿¡¼ ¶óÀ̺귯¸® È£ÃâÀ» À§ÇÑ ¸Ç +ÆäÀÌÁö¸¦ º¸¿© ÁÙ °ÍÀÌ´Ù. +.SH ¿ªÀÚ +¹è¼ºÈÆ <plodder@kldp.org>, 2000³â 5¿ù 5ÀÏ + diff --git a/man/ko/whatis.man b/man/ko/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b80c85 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +whatis \- ´Ü¾î¸¦ ¿Ï¼º½ÃÅ°±â À§ÇØ whatis µ¥ÀÌŸº£À̽º¸¦ ã´Â´Ù. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI whatis +Å°¿öµå ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +whatis´Â ½Ã½ºÅÛ ¸í·ÉÀÇ °£´ÜÇÑ ¼³¸íÀ» Å°¿öµå·Î ÇÏ´Â ¿©·¯ ¼ÂÀ¸·Î ±¸¼ºµÈ µ¥ÀÌŸº£À̽º ÆÄÀÏÀ» °Ë»öÇÏ¿© ±× °á°ú¸¦ Ç¥ÁØ Ãâ·ÂÀ» º¸¿©ÁØ´Ù. ¿ÏÀüÈ÷ ´Ü¾î°¡ ÀÏÄ¡ÇÒ °æ¿ì¸¸ º¸¿©ÁØ´Ù. + +whatis µ¥ÀÌŸº£À̽º´Â @makewhatis@¸¦ ÀÌ¿ëÇÏ¿© ¸¸µç´Ù +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), man(1). + diff --git a/man/nl.txt b/man/nl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..909c946 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +dutch diff --git a/man/nl/apropos.man b/man/nl/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c225b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Jan 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAAM +apropos \- zoek een gegeven string in de whatis database +.SH SYNTAX +.BI apropos +string ... +.SH BESCHRIJVING +.B apropos +zoekt naar de opgegeven strings in een aantal database bestanden +die korte beschrijvingen van systeem\%commando's bevatten +en stuurt het resultaat naar standaard uitvoer. +.SH "ZIE OOK" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/nl/man.conf.man b/man/nl/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fccc18 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH NAAM +man.conf \- configuratie bestand voor man +.SH BESCHRIJVING +.LP +Dit bestand wordt door +.BR man (1) +gelezen, en bevat (a) informatie over hoe het zoekpad voor man +gemaakt moet worden, (b) volledige padnamen voor de benodigde +programma's, zoals nroff, eqn, tbl enz., en (c) een lijst +van decomprimeerprogramma's voor bestanden met een gegeven extensie. +Een prive versie van dit bestand kan gebruikt worden door +man de -C optie mee te geven: +.LP +.RS +man -C prive_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Aan de programmanamen kunnen opties worden meegegeven. +Nuttige opties om bij nroff te gebruiken kunnen in grotty(1) +gevonden worden. Bijvoorbeeld, in plaats van het gebruikelijke +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +kan men +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +schrijven, teneinde onderstrepingen en overprintingen weg te halen. +.SH "ZIE OOK" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) en compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/nl/man.man b/man/nl/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4dfafdb --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "2 September 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH NAAM +man \- formatteer en vertoon documentatie bladzijden +.br +manpath \- geef het zoekpad voor documentatie bladzijden van de gebruiker weer +.SH SYNTAX +man [\-acdfhktwW] [\-m systeem] [\-p preprocessoren] [\-C configuratiebestand] [\-M pad] +[\-P pagineerprogramma] [\-S lijst_van_hoofdstukken] [hoofdstuk] naam ... +.SH BESCHRIJVING +.B man +formatteert en vertoont bladzijden van de programma documentatie. +Deze versie kent de +.B MANPATH +en +.B (MAN)PAGER +omgevings\%variabelen, zodat +je je eigen collectie documentatiebladzijden en je eigen +pagineerprogramma kunt gebruiken. +Als het +.I hoofdstuk +is opgegeven, dan kijkt +.B man +alleen in dat hoofdstuk. +Je kunt ook met omgevings\%variabelen of met programmaopties +opgeven in welke volgorde de hoofdstukken moeten worden +afgezocht, en welke preprocessoren de tekst moeten voorbewerken. +Als +.I naam +een / bevat, dan wordt hij eerst geprobeerd als bestandsnaam, +zodat opdrachten als +.B "man ./foo.5" +of +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +mogelijk zijn. +.SH OPTIES +.TP +.B \-\^C " configuratiebestand" +Geef aan welk configuratiebestand gebruikt moet worden. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt +@man_config_file@ gebruikt. (Voor een beschrijving van dit +bestand, zie man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " pad" +Geef de lijst van directories waarin gezocht moet worden. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt de omgevings\%variabele +.B MANPATH +gebruikt. En als er niet zo'n omgevings\%variabele is, dan wordt de +standaardlijst gevonden door @man_config_file@ te raadplegen. +Een lege deelstring in MANPATH wordt vervangen door de standaardlijst. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pagineerprogramma" +Geef aan welk pagineerprogramma gebruikt moet worden. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt het programma vermeld in +de omgevings\%variabele +.B MANPAGER +of, als deze niet bestaat, +.B PAGER +gebruikt. Is er ook niet zo'n omgevings\%variabele, dan wordt +.B @pager@ +gebruikt. +.TP +.B \-\^S " lijst_van_hoofdstukken" +Deze lijst is een lijst van hoofdstukken, door dubbele punten van elkaar +gescheiden, waarin gezocht wordt. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt de omgevings\%variabele +.B MANSECT +gebruikt. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Normaal zal +.B man +termineren na het vertonen van de eerste documentatie bladzijde +die hij vindt. Deze optie zegt dat alle bladzijden over +.B naam +vertoond moeten worden. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Formatteer de bron bladzijde, zelfs als er een recente voorgeformatteerde +bladzijde bestaat. Dit kan nuttig zijn als die bladzijde +geformatteerd was voor een scherm met een andere breedte, +of als de voorgeformatteerde bladzijde niet deugt. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Vertoon de bladzijden niet echt, maar vertel gedetailleerd wat +gedaan wordt - deze optie is alleen nuttig om fouten op te sporen. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Als by -d, maar vertoon de bladzijden ook. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Voer het programma +.B whatis +uit. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Druk een hulptekst af. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Voer het programma +.B apropos +uit. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Zoek de opgegeven tekst in *alle* handboekbladzijden. Pas op: dit +kan lang duren! (Op mijn machine kost dit bijvoorbeeld een minuut +voor elke 500 pagina's.) Het helpt om een sectie op te geven. +.TP +.B \-\^m " systeem" +Gebruik een andere collectie documentatie\%bladzijden, afhankelijk +van de opgegeven systeem\%naam. +.TP +.B \-\^p " preprocessoren" +Geef aan welke preprocessoren de tekst moeten voorbewerken voordat +deze aan nroff of troff gevoerd wordt. Enige preprocessoren, en de +letters waarmee ze aangeduid worden, zijn: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Niet elke installatie zal al deze programma's hebben. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt de omgevings\%variabele +.B MANROFFSEQ +gebruikt. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Gebruik +.B @troff@ +om de bladzijde te formatteren, en stuur het resultaat naar +.B stdout. +De uitvoer van +.B @troff@ +moet mogelijk nog door een of ander filter gestuurd worden +voordat hij afgedrukt kan worden. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +Vertoon geen documentatie, maar druk de padnamen af van de bestanden +waarin documentatie gevonden werd. Als geen +.I naam +opgegeven is, dan: druk het zoekpad af. Als +.B manpath +een link is naar man, dan is "manpath" equivalent met "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Als \-\^w, maar druk alleen de padnamen af, zonder additionele informatie. +Dit komt van pas in opdrachten zoals +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "VOORGEFORMATTEERDE BLADZIJDEN" +Man probeert om geformatteerde bladzijden te bewaren, om de volgende +keer dat ze nodig zijn tijd te sparen. Gewoonlijk worden de geformatteerde +versies van de bladzijden uit DIR/manX bewaard in DIR/catX, maar andere +afbeeldingen van man directories naar cat directories kunnen in +@man_config_file@ worden aangegeven. Geformatteerde bladzijden worden +niet bewaard als het bijbehorende cat directory niet bestaat. +.LP +Het is mogelijk om man suid te maken, met eigenaar man. Als dan een +cat directory eigenaar man heeft, en mode 0755 (alleen door man beschrijfbaar), +en de geformatteerde bladzijden hebben eigenaar man en mode 0644 of 0444 +(alleen beschrijfbaar door man, of helemaal niet beschrijfbaar), +dan kan geen gewone gebruiker de geformatteerde bladzijden wijzigen +of andere bestanden opslaan in dat directory. Als man niet suid is, +dan moet een cat directory waar voor alle gebruikers geformatteerde +bladzijden geschreven moeten kunnen worden mode 0777 hebben. +.LP +De optie -c laat man een pagina opnieuw formatteren, zelfs als een +recente geformatteerde pagina bestaat. + +.SH OMGEVINGSVARIABELEN +.TP +.B MANPATH +Als +.B MANPATH +een waarde heeft, dan wordt deze waarde als zoekpad gebruikt. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Als +.B MANROFFSEQ +een waarde heeft, dan wordt deze waarde gebruikt om te bepalen door +welke preprocessoren de tekst bewerkt moet worden. Standaard wordt +tbl gebruikt. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Als +.B MANSECT +een waarde heeft, dan wordt deze waarde gebruikt om te bepalen in welke +hoofdstukken gezocht wordt. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Als +.B MANWIDTH +een waarde heeft, dan geeft deze waarde aan hoeveel kolommen de uitvoer +breed moet zijn. Vooral bij heel brede schermen geven veel mensen er de +voorkeur aan het aantal kolommen tot 80 of 100 te beperken. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Als +.B MANPAGER +een waarde heeft, dan wordt deze waarde gebruikt als naam van het te gebruiken +pagineerprogramma. Zo niet, dan wordt de waarde van +.B PAGER +gebruikt. Bestaat deze ook niet, dan wordt +.B @pager@ +gebruikt. +.TP +.B LANG +Als +.B LANG +een waarde heeft, dan bepaalt deze de naam van een onderdirectory +waar man eerst in zoekt. Bijvoorbeeld, na `LANG=nl man 1 iets' +zal man eerst in .../nl/man1/iets.1 zoeken, en als dat niet bestaat, +dan in .../man1/iets.1. Hierbij is ... een directory uit het zoekpad. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +De omgevingsvariabelen +.B NLSPATH +en +.B LC_MESSAGES +(of, als deze niet bestaat, +.B LANG\c +) spelen een rol bij het vinden van de versie in de opgegeven taal +van de mededelingen (voornamelijk foutmeldingen) die man produceert. +(Maar de Engelse teksten zijn meegecompileerd, en hoeven niet uit een +bestand gehaald te worden.) +Programma's als col(1) die door man aangeroepen worden, +gebruiken ook LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +wordt gebruikt bij het construeren van het standaard zoekpad van man. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +wordt gebruikt als standaard naam bij de optie +.B \-m. +.SH "ZIE OOK" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH FOUTEN +De +.B \-t +optie werkt alleen als een troff-achtig programma geinstalleerd is. +.br +Als je \e255 of <AD> ziet knipperen waar afbreekstreepjes hadden +moeten staan, zet dan `LESSCHARSET=latin1' in je omgeving. diff --git a/man/nl/whatis.man b/man/nl/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b2c38a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAAM +whatis \- zoek gegeven woorden in de whatis database +.SH SYNTAX +.BI whatis +woord ... +.SH BESCHRIJVING +.B whatis +zoekt naar de opgegeven woorden in een aantal database bestanden +die korte beschrijvingen van systeem\%commando's bevatten +en stuurt het resultaat naar standaard uitvoer. +De opgegeven woorden moeten als volledige woorden gevonden worden. + +De whatis database bestanden wordem aangemaakt met behulp van +het commando @makewhatis@. +.SH "ZIE OOK" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/pl.txt b/man/pl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88ffee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +polish diff --git a/man/pl/apropos.man b/man/pl/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d92ed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" T³umaczenie: 950322 Rafa³ Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net> +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "19 wrze¶nia 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAZWA +apropos \- wyszukuje ³añcuchy znaków w bazie whatis +.SH SK£ADNIA +.BI apropos +s³owo_kluczowe ... +.SH OPIS +apropos wyszukuje s³owa kluczowe w plikach bazy danych, które +zawieraj± krótkie opisy poleceñ systemowych i wy¶wietla wynik +na standardowe wyj¶cie. +.SH AUTOR +Pierwotnym autorem programu +.BR "man" +jest John W. Eaton. +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim opublikowa³ man w wersji 1.2, a Andries Brouwer wersje od 1.3 do 1.5p. +Aktualnym opiekunem jest Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org>. +.SH "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/pl/man.conf.man b/man/pl/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1df8ccf --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" T³umaczenie: 950322 Rafa³ Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net> +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "19 wrze¶nia 2005" +.SH NAZWA +man.conf \- dane konfiguracyjne dla programu man +.SH OPIS +.LP +Ten plik jest czytany przez +.BR man (1) +i zawiera (a) informacjê jak utworzyæ ¶cie¿kê przeszukiwan± przez man, +(b) pe³ne ¶cie¿ki do ró¿nych programów jak nroff, eqn, tbl itd., które +s± u¿ywane przez man oraz (c) listê programów rozpakowuj±cych pliki z +podanymi rozszerzeniami. +Alternatywna wersja pliku man.conf mo¿e byæ podana przez +.LP +.RS +man -C prywatny_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Nazwy poleceñ mog± byæ podane z opcjami. +U¿yteczne opcje nroff mo¿na znale¼æ w grotty(1). +Na przyk³ad zamiast domy¶lnej linii +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +mo¿na napisaæ +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +¿eby wy³±czyæ podkre¶lanie i wyt³uszczanie. +.SH PLIKI +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH AUTOR +Pierwotnym autorem programu +.BR "man" +jest John W. Eaton. +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim opublikowa³ man w wersji 1.2, a Andries Brouwer wersje od 1.3 do 1.5p. +Aktualnym opiekunem jest Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org>. +.SH "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) i compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/pl/man.man b/man/pl/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb29b4e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" T³umaczenie - 950322 Rafa³ Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net> +.\" 960619 - aktualizacja -K +.\" 20011102 - aktualizacja do wersji z man-1.5i2, czê¶ciowo w oparciu +.\" o alternatywne t³umaczenie PB z PTM - AMK +.\" +.TH man 1 "2 wrze¶nia 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH NAZWA +man \- formatowanie i wy¶wietlanie dostêpnych stron podrêcznika man +.br +manpath \- wyznaczanie ¶cie¿ki poszukiwania stron podrêcznika odpowiedniej dla +danego u¿ytkownika +.SH SK£ADNIA +.TP 4 +.B man +.RB [ \-adfhkKtwW ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR system ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR ³añcuch_znaków ] +.RB [\-C +.IR plik_konfiguracyjny ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR ¶cie¿ka ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR pager ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR lista_rozdzia³ów ] +.RI [ rozdzia³ ] +.IR nazwa ... +.SH OPIS +.B man +formatuje i wy¶wietla dostêpne w systemie strony podrêcznika man. +.\" Ta wersja sprawdza zmienne ¶rodowiskowe +.\" .B MANPATH +.\" i +.\" .BR (MAN)PAGER , +.\" wiêc mo¿esz mieæ swój w³asny zestaw stron podrêcznika man i wybraæ do ich +.\" wy¶wietlania ulubiony program. +Je¿eli zostanie podany +.IR rozdzia³ , +.B man +sprawdza tylko ten rozdzia³ podrêcznika. +.\" U¿ywaj±c opcji lub zmiennych ¶rodowiskowych mo¿esz tak¿e podaæ porz±dek, +.\" w jakim nale¿y przeszukiwaæ rozdzia³y oraz jakie preprocesory powinny +.\" zostaæ u¿yte do wstêpnego przetworzenia stron. +Je¿eli +.I nazwa +zawiera znak /, to man próbuje najpierw znale¼æ podany plik, wiêc mo¿na np. +wydaæ polecenie +.B "man ./foo.5" +a nawet +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +Ni¿ej znajdziesz informacje, gdzie +.B man +szuka plików stron podrêcznika. + +.SH OPCJE +.TP +.B \-\^C " plik_konfiguracyjny" +Okre¶la plik konfiguracyjny, którego nale¿y u¿yæ. Domy¶lnym jest +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Zobacz +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " ¶cie¿ka" +Okre¶la listê katalogów, w których bêd± szukane strony podrêcznika man. +Katalogi nale¿y rozdzielaæ dwukropkami. Pusta lista jest równoznaczna z nie +podaniem tej opcji. Zobacz +.BR "¦CIE¯KA PRZESZUKIWANIA DLA STRON PODRÊCZNIKA" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Okre¶la, który pager ma zostaæ u¿yty. Je¿eli podana jest ta opcja, +ignorowana jest zmienna ¶rodowiskowa +.BR MANPAGER , +której u¿ycie z kolei powoduje zignorowanie zmiennej ¶rodowiskowej +.BR PAGER . +Domy¶lnie +.B man +u¿ywa +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " lista_rozdzia³ów" +Rozdzielona dwukropkami lista rozdzia³ów podrêcznika, które maj± byæ +przeszukane. Je¿eli podana jest ta opcja, zmienna ¶rodowiskowa +.B MANSECT +jest ignorowana. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Domy¶lnie man koñczy dzia³anie po wy¶wietleniu pierwszej znalezionej +strony. Podanie tej opcji powoduje wy¶wietlenie wszystkich stron +podrêcznika, które pasuj± do +.BR nazwa , +a nie tylko pierwszej. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Przeformatowuje ¼ród³ow± stronê podrêcznika, nawet je¿eli istnieje aktualna +strona cat. Mo¿e to byæ istotne, je¿eli strona cat jest sformatowana +dla ekranu z inn± liczb± kolumn. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Zamiast stron podrêcznika wy¶wietla mnóstwo informacji diagnostycznych. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Wy¶wietla zarówno stronê podrêcznika jak i informacje diagnostyczne. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Równowa¿ne +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +Wy¶wietla krótk± informacjê pomocy i koñczy pracê. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Równowa¿ne +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Szuka podanego ³añcucha znaków we *wszystkich* stronach podrêcznika. Uwaga: +bêdzie to prawdopodobnie bardzo powolne! Podanie rozdzia³ów pomaga +przyspieszyæ szukanie. (Dla ogólnej orientacji: na mojej maszynie zajmuje to +ok. minuty na ka¿de 500 stron podrêcznika.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +Podanie alternatywnego zestawu stron podrêcznika, odpowiedniego dla +systemu o podanej nazwie. +.TP +.B \-\^p " ³añcuch_znaków" +Podanie listy nazw preprocesorów, ktore zostan± uruchomione przed +.B nroff +i +.BR troff . +Nie wszystkie intalacje maj± pe³ny zestaw preprocesorów. +Niektóre z nich oraz oznaczaj±ce je litery to: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Podanie tej opcji powoduje zignorowanie zmiennej ¶rodowiskowej +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +Sformatuj stronê podrêcznika za pomoc± +.BR @troff@ , +a wynik wy¶lij na +.B stdout +(standardowe wyj¶cie). +Mo¿e byæ konieczne przepuszczenie wyniku z +.B @troff@ +przez jaki¶ filtr przed wydrukowaniem. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRlub\fP \-\-path +Nie wy¶wietlaj stron podrêcznika, podaj tylko gdzie znajduj± siê pliki, które +by³yby sformatowane i wy¶wietlone. Je¿eli nie podano ¿adnych argumentów: +wy¶wietla (na stdout) listê katalogów, w których +.B man +poszukuje stron podrêcznika. Je¿eli +.B manpath +jest dowi±zaniem man to "manpath" jest równowa¿ne "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Podobne do \-\^w, lecz podaje nazwy plików, ka¿d± w osobnej linii, bez +dodatkowych informacji. Przydaje siê w poleceniach pow³oki, np. +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "STRONY CAT" +Man bêdzie próbowa³ zachowaæ sformatowane strony podrêcznika aby +skróciæ czas potrzebny na sformatowanie ich po raz kolejny, +kiedy te strony bêd± znowu potrzebne. +Tradycyjnie, sformatowane wersje stron podrêcznika z katalogu DIR/manX s± +zachowywane w DIR/catX, ale mo¿na te¿ w pliku +.BR @man_config_file@ +okre¶liæ inne zasady. +Strony cat nie s± tworzone, je¿eli wymagany katalog nie istnieje. +.PP +Mo¿liwe jest uczynienie programu +.B man +suidowym na u¿ytkownika man. Wtedy, je¶li katalogi cat maj± w³a¶ciciela man +i prawa dostêpu 0755 (zapisywalne tylko przez u¿ytkownika man), a pliki cat +maj± w³a¶ciciela man i prawa dostêpu 0644 lub 0444 (zapisywalne przez +u¿ytkownika man lub przez nikogo), to ¿aden zwyk³y u¿ytkownik nie mo¿e +zmieniaæ stron cat lub umieszczaæ w katalogach cat innych plików. Je¿eli +.B man +nie jest suidowy to katalog cat powinien mieæ prawa dostêpu 0777, +o ile wszyscy u¿ytkownicy powinni mieæ mo¿liwo¶æ pozostawiania tam stron cat. +.PP +Opcja +.B \-c +wymusza przeformatowanie strony nawet je¿eli istnieje ju¿ odpowiednia strona +cat. + + +.SH "¦CIE¯KA PRZESZUKIWANIA DLA STRON PODRÊCZNIKA" +.B man +stosuje wymy¶ln± metodê poszukiwania plików stron podrêcznika, opart± na +opcjach wywo³ania, zmiennych ¶rodowiskowych, pliku konfiguracyjnym +.B @man_config_file@ +oraz na pewnych wbudowanych konwencjach i heurystyce. +.PP +Najpierw, gdy argument +.I nazwa +polecenia +.B man +zawiera uko¶nik +.RB ( / ), +.B man +zak³ada, ¿e jest on nazw± w³a¶ciwego pliku i nie prowadzi poszukiwania. +.PP +Ale zazwyczaj, gdy +.I nazwa +nie zawiera uko¶nika, +.B man +poszukuje pliku, który móg³by stanowiæ stronê podrêcznika o zadanym temacie, +w ró¿nych katalogach. +.PP +Je¶li zostanie podana opcja +.BI "-M " ¶cie¿ka\fR, +to +.I ¶cie¿ka +jest rozdzielon± dwukropkami list± przeszukiwanych przez program +.B man +katalogów. +.PP +Gdy opcja +.B -M +nie zostanie podana, ale zostanie zdefiniowana zmienna ¶rodowiskowa +.BR MANPATH , +warto¶æ tej zmiennej stanowi listê przeszukiwanych przez program +.B man +katalogów. +.PP +Je¶li ¶cie¿ka nie zostanie podana w sposób jawny ani za pomoc± +.B -M +ani poprzez +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +rozwija swoj± w³asn± ¶cie¿kê w oparciu o zawarto¶æ pliku konfiguracyjnego +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Instrukcje +.B MANPATH +w pliku konfiguracyjnym okre¶laj± poszczególne katalogi w³±czane do ¶cie¿ki +przeszukiwania. +.PP +Ponadto, instrukcje +.B MANPATH_MAP +dodaj± do ¶cie¿ki przeszukiwania katalogi zale¿ne od ¶cie¿ki przeszukiwania +dla poleceñ (tzn. zawartej w zmiennej ¶rodowiskowej +.B PATH +). +Instrukcja +.B MANPATH_MAP +dodaje do ¶cie¿ki przeszukiwania dla stron podrêcznika po jednym katalogu dla +ka¿dego katalogu zawartego w ¶cie¿ce przeszukiwania dla poleceñ. +.B man +przegl±da zmienn± +.B PATH +i dodaje odpowiednie katalogi do ¶cie¿ki przeszukiwania dla stron podrêcznika. +Zatem przy w³a¶ciwym u¿yciu +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +po wydaniu polecenia +.BR "man xyz" , +otrzyma siê stronê podrêcznika dla programu, który zosta³by uruchomiony +poprzez wydanie polecenia +.BR xyz . +.PP +Dodatkowo, dla ka¿dego katalogu w ¶cie¿ce przeszukiwania dla poleceñ +(bêdziemy go nazywaæ "katalogiem poleceñ"), dla którego +.I nie +ma instrukcji +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +.B man +automatycznie poszukuje "bliskiego" katalogu stron podrêcznika jako +podkatalogu w³a¶ciwego katalogu poleceñ lub w katalogu nadrzêdnym dla katalogu +poleceñ. +.PP +Mo¿na wy³±czyæ automatyczne "bliskie" przeszukiwania do³±czaj±c instrukcjê +.B NOAUTOPATH +do +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +Jak opisano powy¿ej, w ka¿dym z katalogów ¶cie¿ki przeszukiwania +.B man +poszukuje pliku o nazwie +.IB tytu³ . rozdzia³\fR, +z opcjonalnym przyrostkiem dla numeru rozdzia³u i mo¿liwym przyrostkiem +kompresji. Je¶li nie znajdzie takiego pliku, bêdzie szuka³ w podkatalogach +o nazwach +.BI man N +i +.BI cat N\fR, +gdzie +.I N +jest numerem rozdzia³u podrêcznika. +Je¶li plik znajduje siê w podkatalogu +.BIR cat N , +.B man +zak³ada, ¿e jest to sformatowany plik strony podrêcznika (cat page). +W przeciwnym przypadku, +.B man +zak³ada, ¿e jest ona niesformatowana. W obu przypadkach, je¶li nazwa pliku +zawiera znany przyrostek kompresji (jak +.BR .gz ), +.B man +zak³ada, ¿e jest ona spakowania gzipem. +.PP +Aby zobaczyæ, gdzie (lub czy) +.B man +znajdzie stronê podrêcznika o okre¶lonym tytule, nale¿y pos³u¿yc siê opcj± +.BR "--path " ( -w ). + +.SH "¦RODOWISKO" +.TP +.B MANPL +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANPL +jest zdefinowana, to jej warto¶æ jest u¿ywana do okre¶lenia d³ugo¶ci strony. +W przeciwnym przypadku, ca³a strona podrêcznika bêdzie stanowiæ jedn± (d³ug±) +stronê. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANROFFSEQ +jest zdefinowana, to jej warto¶æ jest u¿ywana do zdefinowania zestawu +preprocesorów uruchamianych przed +.B nroff +i +.BR troff . +Domy¶lnie strony s± przepuszczane przez preprocesor tbl przed u¿yciem nroff. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANSECT +jest zdefiniowana, to jej warto¶æ jest u¿ywana do okre¶lenia jakie rozdzia³y +podrêcznika powinny zostaæ przeszukane. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANWIDTH +jest zdefiniowana, to jej warto¶æ jest u¿ywana jako szeroko¶æ wy¶wietlanych +stron podrêcznika man. W przeciwnym wypadku, strony bêd± wy¶wietlane na ca³ej +szeroko¶ci ekranu. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANPAGER +jest zdefiniowana, to jej warto¶æ jest u¿ywana jako nazwa programu do +wy¶wietlania strony podrêcznika man. Je¶li nie jest zdefiniowana, to u¿ywana +jest zmienna +.BR PAGER . +Je¿eli ta równie¿ nie ma nadanej warto¶ci, to u¿ywany jest +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Je¶li zmienna +.B LANG +jest zdefiniowana, to jej warto¶æ okre¶la nazwê podkatalogu, w którym man +najpierw bêdzie szukaæ stron podrêcznika. Zatem polecenie `LANG=pl man 1 co¶' +(w sh lub bash) spowoduje, ¿e man bêdzie szukaæ strony "co¶" +w .../pl/man1/co¶.1, a nastêpnie, je¿eli takiego pliku nie znajdzie, +w .../man1/co¶.1, gdzie ... jest katalogiem ze ¶cie¿ki przeszukiwania. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Zmienne ¶rodowiskowe +.B NLSPATH +i +.B LC_MESSAGES +(lub +.BR LANG , +je¿eli ta druga nie istnieje) +steruj± przeszukiwaniem katalogów z komunikatami. +(Komunikaty angielskie s± wkompilowane, wiêc dla angielskiego taki +katalog nie jest potrzebny.) +Zauwa¿, ¿e programy takie jak +.BR col(1) , +wo³ane przez man, równie¿ u¿ywaj± np. LC_TYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +pomaga okre¶liæ ¶cie¿kê przeszukiwania dla plików stron podrêcznika. +Zobacz +.BR "¦CIE¯KA PRZESZUKIWANIA DLA STRON PODRÊCZNIKA" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +jest u¿ywana do pobierania domy¶lnej alternatywnej nazwy systemu (do u¿ywania +razem z opcj± +.BR \-m ). +.SH "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). +.SH B£ÊDY +Opcja +.B \-t +dzia³a tylko je¿eli jest zainstalowany jaki¶ program dzia³aj±cy jak troff. +.br +Je¿eli zamiast my¶lników pojawi± siê migaj±ce \e255 lub <AD>, to nale¿y +ustawiæ w ¶rodowisku u¿ytkownika `LESSCHARSET=latin1'. +.SH ZAKOÑCZENIE +Je¶li do pliku +.IR .emacs +u¿ytkownika dodana zostanie linia + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +to naci¶niêcie F1 spowoduje wy¶wietlenie strony podrêcznika dla funkcji +bibliotecznej, na której ustawiony jest kursor. +.LP +Aby uzyskaæ czysto tekstow± wersjê strony podrêcznika, bez cofniêæ +i podkre¶leñ, nale¿y wydaæ polecenie + + # man co¶ | col -b > co¶.mantxt + diff --git a/man/pl/whatis.man b/man/pl/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..936627f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" T³umaczenie - 950322 Rafa³ Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net> +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "19 wrze¶nia 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAZWA +whatis \- wyszukuje s³owa w bazie whatis. +.SH SK£ADNIA +.BI whatis +s³owo_kluczowe ... +.SH OPIS +whatis wyszukuje s³owa kluczowe w zestawie plików zawieraj±cych krótkie +opisy poleceñ systemowych i wy¶wietla rezultat na standardowe wyj¶cie. +Wy¶wietlane s± tylko polecenia, których nazwy pasuj± dok³adnie. + +Baza whatis jest tworzona przy u¿yciu polecenia @makewhatis@. +.SH AUTOR +Pierwotnym autorem programu +.BR "man" +jest John W. Eaton. +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim opublikowa³ man w wersji 1.2, a Andries Brouwer wersje od 1.3 do 1.5p. +Aktualnym opiekunem jest Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org>. +.SH "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/pt.txt b/man/pt.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5150030 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +portuguese diff --git a/man/pt/README b/man/pt/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..832c6db --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/README @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +These portuguese man pages were contributed by Vitor Duarte. + +#From vad@fct.unl.pt Tue Jun 21 14:15:01 1994 +#To: Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl +#Subject: portuguese man +#From: Vitor Duarte <vad@fct.unl.pt> diff --git a/man/pt/apropos.man b/man/pt/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..477d478 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "15/1/1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NOME +apropos \- procura `strings' na base de dados "whatis" +.SH SINOPSE +.BI apropos +palavra_chave ... +.SH DESCRIÇÃO +apropos procura a +.B palavra_chave, +numa base de dados contendo breves descrições dos comandos, +mostrando todas as descrições onde encontre a referida chave. +.SH "VEJA TAMBÉM" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/pt/man.conf.man b/man/pt/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3e71d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30/3/1994" +.SH NOME +man.conf \- dicheiro de configuração para man +.SH DESCRIÇÃO +.LP +Este ficheiro é lido por +.BR man (1) +e contém: (a) informação de como construir o manpath; (b) nomes completos +de vários programas como nroff, eqn, tbl, etc. usados por man; (c) a lista +de descompressores dos ficheiros com determinadas extensões. Um ficheiro +alternativo pode ser indicado com +.LP +.RS +man -C fich_config ... +.RE +.LP +Os nomes de comandos podem ser indicados com opções se pretendido. +Opções uteis para o nroff podem ser encontradas em grotty(1). +Por exemplo, am vez de linha +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +pode-se usar +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +para suprimir sublinhados e carregados. +.SH "VEJA TAMBÉM" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) e compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/pt/man.man b/man/pt/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87b2001 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "15/3/1994" +.LO 1 +.SH NOME +man \- formatar e mostrar as páginas do manual on-line +.br +manpath \- determinar o manpath inicial para o utilizador +.SH SINOPSE +man [\-acdfhktw] [\-m sistema] [\-p string] [\-C fich_config] [\-M path] +[\-P paginador] [\-S lista_sec] [secção] nome ... +.SH DESCRIÇÃO +.B man +formata e mostra as páginas do manual `on-line'. Esta versão reconhece +as variáveis de ambiente (environment) +.B MANPATH +e +.B (MAN)PAGER +(vêr a seguir). +Se a +.I secção +for indicada, +.B man +apenas procura nessa secção de manuais. +Pode também indicar por que ordem das secções deve procurar +e que preprocessamento efectuar nos manuais, por meio de opções na +linha de comando ou variáveis de ambiente. +Se +.I nome +contiver uma / tentará primeiro o ficheiro com esse nome, permitindo +fazer +.B "man ./foo.5" +ou mesmo +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +para formatar e vêr um ficheiro em particular. +.SH OPÇÕES +.TP +.B \-\^C " fich_config" +Indica o ficheiro de configuração a usar; por omissão será usado +@man_config_file@. (Veja man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +Indica a lista de directórios onde procurar manuais. +Sem esta opção, será consultada a variável +.B MANPATH. +Se também esta variável estiver definida, uma lista será obtida +por consulta de @man_config_file@. Um directório vazio em MANPATH +representa a lista anterior. +.TP +.B \-\^P " paginador" +Indica qual o paginador/visualisador a usar. Sem esta opção tentará +consultar a variável +.B PAGER. +Normalmente, man usará +.B @pager@. +.TP +.B \-\^S " lista_sec" +Fornece a lista de secções (separadas por ,) onde procurar e por que +ordem. Esta opção substitui o que é indicado pela variável +.B MANSECT +quando esta está definida. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Normalmente man mostra o primeiro manual que encontrar. Esta opção +faz com que mostre todas as páginas de manuais encontradas para a entrada +.B nome. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Não mostra o manual, imprimindo vária informação para `debug'. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Equivalente a +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Imprime apenas uma mensagem de ajuda. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Equivalente a +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^m " sistema" +Indica um conjunto de manuais diferente aplicáveis ao sistema indicado. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +Especifica uma sequência de preprocessadores a usar antes de nroff ou +troff (os formatadores). Algumas instalações podem não ter todos os +preprocessadores. Alguns preprocessadores e as letras a usar para os +indicar são: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Esta opção sobrepõe-se à variável +.B MANROFFSEQ. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Usar +.B @troff@ +para formatar as páginas do manual. A saída deste comando +pode ter ainda de ser processada por outro antes de a poder +imprimir. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +Não imprime as páginas do manual, mas mostra a(s) localização(ões) dos +ficheiros a formatar e mostrar, para a entrada de +.B nome +indicado. Se não fornecer mais nenhuma opção mostra a lista de +directórios que serão percorridos por +.B man +nas suas buscas. Se +.B manpath +é um `link' para man, então "manpath" é equivalente a "man --path". + +.SH AMBIENTE +.TP \w'MANROFFSEQ\ \ 'u +.B MANPATH +Se +.B MANPATH +estiver definido, o seu valor será usado como a lista de directórios +(manpath) onde podem estar entradas do manual. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Se +.B MANROFFSEQ +está definido, o seu valor determina os preprocessamentos a aplicar +antes de nroff ou troff. Normalmente, as páginas de manual, são +preprocessadas pelo tbl antes de nroff. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Se +.B MANSECT +existir, o seu valor indica as secções a percorrer. +.TP +.B PAGER +Se +.B PAGER +está definido, indicará o programa a usar para mostrar o manual. +Normalmente usará +.B @pager@. +.SH "VEJA TAMBÉM" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH BUGS +.B \-t +só funciona se existir o programa troff ou equivalente. diff --git a/man/pt/whatis.man b/man/pt/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b39873 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "5/1/1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NOME +whatis \- procura palavras numa base de dados própria +.SH SINOPSE +.BI whatis +palavra_chave ... +.SH DESCRIÇÃO +whatis procura numa base de dados contendo breves descrições dos comandos, +as palavras chave indicadas. Só quando uma palavra completa é igual a uma +.B palavra_chave +será mostrada a respectiva descrição. + +A base de dados do "whatis" é criada usando o comando @makewhatis@. +.SH "VEJA TAMBÉM" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ro.txt b/man/ro.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ea12dc --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +romanian diff --git a/man/ro/apropos.man b/man/ro/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa86ad2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from apropos.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH apropos 1 "15 Ian 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NUME +apropos \- cautã ºiruri de caractere în baza de date whatis +.SH SUMAR +.BI apropos +cuvânt_cheie ... +.SH DESCRIERE +apropos cautã cuvinte cheie într-un set de baze de date conþinând scurte +descrieri ale comenzilor sistem ºi afiºeazã rezultatul la ieºirea +standard (stdout). +.SH "VEZI ªI" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ro/makewhatis.man b/man/ro/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4b1e0e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "22 Ianuarie 1999" +.SH NUME +makewhatis \- Creazã baza de date whatis +.SH SUMAR +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " secþiuni " ] [-c [" cale_cat "]] [" cale_man "]" +.SH DESCRIERE +.B makewhatis +citeºte toate paginile de manual conþinute în +.IR secþiunile " date în " cale_man +sau paginile preformatate conþinute în +.IR secþiunile " din " cale_cat . +Pentru fiecare paginã, scrie o linie în baza de date whatis; fiecare +linie constã în numele paginii ºi o scurtã descriere, separate de o +liniutã. Descrierea este extrasã folosind conþinutul secþiunii NUME din +pagina de manual. +.LP +Din moment ce alte limbi folosesc un termen diferit pentru secþiunea NUME, +.B makewhatis +recunoaºte termenii echivalenþi în cehã, italianã, finlandezã, francezã, +germanã ºi spaniolã. +.LP +Dacã nici un argument +.I cale_man +nu este furnizat, +.I /usr/man +este considerat implicit. +.SH OPÞIUNI +.TP +.B -u +Actualizeazã baza de date cu pagini noi. +.TP +.B -v +Operaþii explicite +.TP +.B -w +Foloseºte cale_man obþinutã din `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " secþiuni" +Cautã în +.I secþiuni +ale +.IR cale_man " sau " cale_cat . +Dacã opþiunea este absentã, valoarea sa este consideratã a fi +.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\' +.TP +.BI -c " cale_cat" +Paginile preformatate de manual aflate în +.I cale_cat +sunt scanate. Dacã argumentul nu este furnizat, este considerat a fi +primul director existent între +.IR /usr/man/preformat " ºi " /usr/man . +.SH EXEMPLE +.PP +Pentru a recrea doar +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " ºi " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Pentru a recrea toate bazele de date, inclusiv cele cu traducerile +finlandeze, franceze ºi italiene +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH ERORI +.B makewhatis +ar putea sã nu manipuleze prea bine paginile de manual scrise cu +macrouri troff nestandard, cum ar fi paginile Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +nu funcþioneaza pentru traducerile preformatate. +.SH VEZI ªI +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/ro/man.conf.man b/man/ro/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..454c609 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH NUME +man.conf \- date de configurare pentru man +.SH DESCRIERE +.LP +Acest fiºier este citit de +.BR man (1) +ºi conþine (a) informaþii despre cum se construieºte calea de cãutare +pentru man, (b) cãi complete pentru diferite programe ca nroff, eqn, tbl +etc. folosite de man, ºi (c) o listã cu decomprimatoare pentru fiºierele +cu o anumitã extensie. O versiune alternativã a acestui fiºier poate fi +specificatã cu +.LP +.RS +man -C man_privat.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Numele de comenzi pot fi completate cu opþiuni. Opþiuni folositoare +pentru nroff pot fi gãsite în grotty(1). De exemplu, în loc de linia +implicitã +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +se poate scrie +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +pentru a elimina sublinierea ºi tãierea. +.SH "VEZI ªI" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) ºi compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/ro/man.man b/man/ro/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62aa3a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,434 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH man 1 "2 Septembrie 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH NUME +man \- formateazã ºi afiºeazã paginile de manual +.br +manpath \- determinã calea de cãutare a utilizatorului pentru paginile +de manual +.SH SUMAR +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR sistem ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR ºir ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR fiºier_configurare ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR listã_cãi ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR paginator ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR listã_secþiuni ] +.RI [ secþiune ] +.I "nume ..." + +.SH DESCRIERE +.B man +formateazã ºi afiºeazã paginile de manual. Dacã specificaþi +.IR secþiune , +.B man +cautã doar în acea secþiune a manualului. +.I nume +este în mod normal numele paginii de manual, care este de obicei numele +unei comenzi, funcþii, sau fiºier. Totuºi, dacã +.I nume +conþine un slash +.RB ( / ) +atunci +.B man +îl interpreteazã ca o specificare de fiºier, astfel încât puteþi executa +.B "man ./foo.5" +sau chiar +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +Vedeþi mai jos pentru o descriere a locurilor unde cautã +.B man +fiºierele cu paginile de manual. + +.SH OPÞIUNI +.TP +.B \-\^C " fiiºier_configurare" +Specificã fiºierul de configurare care se va folosi; inplicit este +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Vezi +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " cale" +Specificã lista de directoare unde se cautã paginile man. Separaþi +directoarele cu douã puncte (:). O listã goalã este echivalent cu a nu +specifica +.B \-M +de loc. Vezi ºi +.BR "CALEA DE CÃUTARE A PAGINILOR MAN" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " paginator" +Specificã ce paginator de va folosi. +Aceastã opþiune ignorã variabila de mediu +.B MANPAGER +, care în schimb ignorã variabila +.BR PAGER . +Implicit, +.B man +foloseºte +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " listã_secþiuni" +Lista este un ºir de secþiuni de manual care vor fi cãutate, despãrþite +prin douã puncte (:). Aceastã opþiune ignorã variabila de mediu +.BR MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +Implicit, executia +.B man +se va termina dupã afiºarea primei pagini de manual pe care o gãseºte. +Folosirea acestei opþiuni forþeazã +.B man +sã afiºeze toate paginila de manual care verificã +.B nume, +nu doar prima. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformateazã pagina man sursã, chiar dacã existã o paginã cat +actualizatã. Acest lucru poate fi important dacã pagina cat a fost +formatatã pentru un ecran cu un numãr diferit de coloane, sau dacã +pagina preformatatã este alteratã. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Nu afiºeazã efectiv paginile man, ci tipãreºte multe informaþii de +depanare. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Afiºeazã atât paginile man, cât ºi informaþii de depanare. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Echivalent cu +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " sau " \-\-preformat +Doar formateazã - nu afiºeazã. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Tipãreºte un mesaj de ajutor ºi terminã execuþia. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Echivalent cu +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Cautã ºirul de caractere specificat în *toate* paginile man. +Avertisment: aceasta este probabil o operaþie foarte lentã! Ajutã +specificarea unei secþiuni. (Pentru a da o idee generalã, pe maºina mea +aceasta dureazã aproape un minut pentru 500 pagini man.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " sistem" +Specificã un set alternativ de pagini man de cãutat, bazat pe numele de +sistem dat. +.TP +.B \-\^p " ºir" +Specificã secvenþa de preprocesoare ce vor fi rulate înainte de +.B nroff +sau +.BR troff . +Nu toate instalãrile vor avea un set complet de preprocesoare. Unele din +preprocesoare ºi literele folosite pentru a le desemna sunt: eqn (e), +grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). Aceastã opþiune duce +la ignorarea variabilei de mediu +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +Foloseºte +.B @troff@ +pentru a formata pegina man, trimiþând rezultatul la ieºirea standard +.BR (stdout) . +Rezultatul comenzii +.B @troff@ +ar putea necesita sã fie trecut printr-un filtru înante de a fi tipãrit. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRsau\fP \-\-path +Nu afiºeazã efectiv paginile man, ci tipãreºte locaþia(ile) fiºierelor +care ar fi formatate sau afiºate. Dacã nici un argument nu este dat: +afiºeazã (la ieºirea standard (stdout)) lista directoarelor în care sunt +cãutate de +.B man +paginile man. Dacã +.B manpath +este o legãturã la man, atunci "manpath" este echivalent cu "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Ca \-\^w, dar afiºeazã numele de fiºiere unul pe linie, fãrã informaþii adiþionale. +Aceastã opþiune este utilã în comenzi shell ca +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "PAGINILE CAT" +Man va încerca sã salveze paginile man formatate, pentru a reduce timpul +de formatare data viitoare când aceste pagini sunt necesare. +Tradiþional, versiunile formatate ale paginilor din DIR/manX sunt +salvate în DIR/catX, dar alte mapãri de la directorul man la directorul +cat pot fi specificate în +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Nici o paginã cat nu este salvatã dacã directorul cat necesar nu existã. +.PP +Este posibil sã faceþi +.B man +suid la un utilizator man. Atunci, dacã un director cat are proprietar +man ºi modul 0755 (scriere doar de cãtre man), ºi fiºierele cat au +proprietarul man ºi modul 0644 sau 0444 (scriere doar de cãtre man, sau +nici o permisiune de scriere), nici un utilizator normal nu poate +modifica paginile cat sau sã punã alte fiºiere în directorul cat. Dacã +.B man +nu este fãcut suid, atunci un director cat ar trebui sã aibã modul 0777 +dacã toþi utilizatorii trebuie sã poatã lãsa pagini cat acolo. +.PP +Opþiunea +.B \-c +forþeazã reformatarea unei pagini, chiar dacã existã o paginã cat +recentã. + +.SH "CALEA DE CÃUTARE A PAGINILOR MAN" +.B man +foloseºte o metodã sofisticatã pentru a gãsi paginile de manual, bazatã +pe opþiuni de apelare ºi variabile de mediu, fiºierul de configurare +.B @man_config_file@ +ºi anumite convenþii ºi euristici. +.PP +Înainte de toate, când argumentul +.I nume +al +.B man +conþine un slash +.RB ( / ), +.B man +considerã cã este un specificator de fiºier ºi nu se efectueazã nici o +cãutare. +.PP +Dar în cazul normal în care +.I nume +nu conþine un slash, +.B man +cautã în o mulþime de directoare un fiºier care a putea fi o paginã de +manual pentru subiectul numit. +.PP +Dacã specificaþi opþiunea +.BI "-M " listã_cãi\fR, +.I listã_cãi +este o listã de directoare despãrþite prin douã puncte (:) în care cautã +.BR man . +.PP +Dacã nu specificaþi +.B -M +dar setaþi variabila de mediu +.BR MANPATH , +valoarea acestei variabile este lista de directoare în care cautã +.BR man . +.PP +Dacã nu specificaþi explicit o listã de cãi cu +.B -M +sau +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +îºi creeazã propria listã de cãi bazatã pe conþinutul fiºierului de +configurare +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Declaraþiile +.B MANPATH +din fiºierul de configurare definesc anumite directoare care sã fie +incluse în calea de cãutare. +.PP +Mai mult, declaraþiile +.B MANPATH_MAP +se adaugã la calea de cãutare depinzând de calea de cãutare a +comenzilor (de ex. variabila de mediu +.BR PATH ). +Pentru fiecare director care este în calea de cãutare a comenzilor, o +declaraþie +.B MANPATH_MAP +specificã un director care trebuie cã fie adãugat la calea de cãutare a +fiºierelor cu paginile de manual. +.B man +analizeazã variabila +.B PATH +ºi adaugã directoarele corespunzãtoare la calea de cãutare a fiºierelor +cu paginile de manual. Astfel, prin folosirea corectã a +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +când executaþi comanda +.BR "man xyz" , +obþineþi o paginã de manual pentru programul care ar rula dacã aþi +executa comanda +.BR xyz . +.PP +În plus, pentru fiecare director în calea de cãutare a comenzilor (o vom +denumi "director de comenzi") pentru care +.I nu +aveþi o declaraþie +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +.B man +cautã în mod automat un director cu pagini de manual "învecinat", +respectiv ca un subdirector al directorului de comenzi sau în directorul +pãrinte al directorului de comenzi. +.PP +Puteþi dezactiva cãutarea "învecinatã" automatã incluzând o declaraþie +.B NOAUTOPATH +în +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +În fiecare director din calea de cãutare descris mai sus, +.B man +cautã un fiºier numit +.IB topic . section\fR, +cu un sufix opþional la numãrul secþiunii ºi posibil un sufix de +compresie. Dacã nu gãseºte un astfel de fiºier, cautã în orice +subdirectoare numite +.BI man N +sau +.BI cat N +unde +.I N +este numãrul secþiunii de manual. +Dacã fiºierul este într-ul subdirector +.BI cat N\fR, +.B man +considerã cã este o paginã de manual formatatã (paginã cat). Altfel, +.B man +considerã cã este neformatatã. În oricare caz, dacã numele fiºierului +are un sufix cunoscut de compresie (ca +.BR .gz ), +.B man +considerã cã este comprimat cu gzip. +.PP +Dacã doriþie sã vedeþi unde (sau dacã) +.B man +ar gãsi pagina de manual pentru un anumit subiect, folosiþi opþiunea +.BR "--path " ( -w ). + +.SH "VARIABILE DE MEDIU" +.TP +.B MANPATH +Dacã +.B MANPATH +este setatã, +.B man +o foloseºte drept cale de cãutare a fiºierelor cu paginile de manual. Ignorã fiºierul de configurare ºi +calea de cãutare automatã, dar este ignoratã de opþiunea de apelare +.BR -M . +Vezi ºi +.BR "CALEA DE CÃUTARE A PAGINILOR MAN" . +.TP +.B MANPL +Dacã +.B MANPL +este setatã, valoarea ei este folositã ca lungimea paginii afiºate. +Altfel, întreaga paginã man va ocupa o singurã paginã (lungã). +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Dacã +.B MANROFFSEQ +este setatã, valoarea ei este folositã pentru determinarea setului de +preprocesoare rulate înainte de a rula +.B nroff +sau +.BR troff . +Implicit, paginile sunt trecute prin preprocesorul tbl înainte de +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +Dacã +.B MANSECT +este setatã, valoare ei este folositã pentru a determina în ce secþiune +de manual sã se caute. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Dacã +.B MANWIDTH +este setatã, valoare ei este folositã ca lãþimea pe care paginile de +manual ar trebui sã fie afiºate. Altfel paginile ar putea fi afiºate +peste lãþimea ecranului. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Dacã +.B MANPAGER +este setatã, valoarea ei este folositã ca numele programului ce va fi +folosit pentru a afiºa pagina man. Dacã nu, atunci +.B PAGER +este folositã. Dacã nici aceasta nu are o valoare, +.B @pager@ +este folosit. +.TP +.B LANG +Dacã +.B LANG +este setatã, valoarea ei defineºte numele subdirectorului unde man cautã +prima datã paginile man. Astfel, comanda `LANG=dk man 1 foo' va +determina man sã caute pagina man foo în .../dk/man1/foo.1 ºi dacã nu +poate gãsi un astfel de fiºier, în .../man1/foo.1, unde ... este un +director în calea de cãutare. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Variabilele de mediu +.B NLSPATH +ºi +.B LC_MESSAGES +(sau +.B LANG +când ultima nu existã) joacã un rol în localizarea catalogului de +mesaje. (Dar mesajele în englezã sunt incluse la compilare ºi pentru +englezã nu este necesar nici un catalog.) Notaþi cã programe apelate de +man ca +.BR col(1) +folosesc ºi ele de ex. LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +ajutã la determinarea cãii de cãutare a fiºierelor cu paginile de +manual. Vezi ºi +.BR "CALEA DE CÃUTARE A PAGINILOR MAN" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +este folositã pentru a obþine numele implicit al sistemului alternativ +(pentru a fi utilizat cu opþiunea +.BR \-m ). +.SH "VEZI ªI" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). +.SH ERORI +Opþiunea +.B \-t +funcþioneazã doar dacã un program gen troff este instalat. +.br +Dacã vedeþi \e255 sau <AD> clipind în loc de liniuþe, setaþi +`LESSCHARSET=latin1' în mediu. +.SH SFATURI +Dacã adãugaþi linia + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +în fiºierul dumneavoastrã +.IR .emacs\fR, +apãsând F1 veþi obþine pagina man pentru apelul de librãrie la poziþia +curentã a cursorului. +.LP +Pentru a obþine o versiune doar text a paginii man, fãrã backspace ºi +liniuþe de subliniere (underscore), încercaþi + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt + diff --git a/man/ro/man2html.man b/man/ro/man2html.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebe05d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/man2html.man @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +'\" t +.\" Man page for man2html +.\" aeb, 980101 +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH man2html 1 "1 Ianuarie 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH NUME +man2html \- formateazã o paginã de manual în html +.SH SUMAR +man2html [opþuni] [fiºier] +.SH DESCRIERE +.B man2html +converteºte o paginã de manual aºa cum se gãseºte în +.I fiºier +(sau intrarea standard (stdin), în caz cã argumentul fiºier lipseºte, +sau argumentul "-" este folosit) din stilul man nroff în html, ºi +tipãreºte rezultatul la ieºirea standard (stdout). Suportã tbl dar nu +ºtie de eqn. Starea de ieºire este 0. Dacã ceva merge eronat, o paginã +de eroare este tipãritã la ieºirea standard (stdout). + +Poate fi folosit ca un utilitar de sine stãtãtor, dar este în principal +conceput ca un auxiliar, pentru a permite utilizatorilor sã navigheze +prin paginile de manual folosind un navigator html ca +.BR lynx (1), +.BR xmosaic (1) +sau +.BR netscape (1). +./" (Vezi +./" .BR man (1) +./" pentru informaþii despre cum sã navighezi prin paginile de manual cu +./" .BR man2html . +./" De obicei este suficientã adãugarea "MANHTMLPAGER=/usr/bin/lynx" +./" la mediu.) + +Partea principalã a +.B man2html +este motorul troff-to-html scris de Richard Verhoeven (rcb5@win.tue.nl). +Adaugã legãturi pentru urmãtoarele construcþii: +.LP +.TS +l l. +foo(3x) "http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+foo" +method://ºir "method://ºir" +www.nume.gazdã "http://www.nume.gazdã" +ftp.nume.gazdã "ftp://ftp.nume.gazdã" +nume@gazdã "mailto:nume@gazdã" +<string.h> "file:/usr/include/string.h" +.TE +.LP +(Primele din acestea pot fi modificate cu opþiuni - vezi mai jos.) Nici +o verificare nu este fãcutã - legãturile generate nu trebuie sã existe. +De asemenea, este generat un cuprins cu legãturi interne spre diverse +secþiuni, astfel încât este mai uºor pentru cineva sã se descurce în +paginile mari de manual ca +.BR bash (1). + +.SH OPÞIUNI +Când se citeºte de la intrarea standard, nu este întotdeauna clar cum sã +se facã expansiunea .so. Opþiunea \-D permite unui script sã defineascã +directorul de lucru. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^D cale +Eliminã ultimele douã pãrþi din cale, ºi face un +\fIchdir\fP(\fIdir\fP) înainte de a începe conversia. +.LP +Opþiunea \-E permite generarea uºoarã a mesajelor de eroare dintr-un +script cgi. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^E ºir +Produce o paginã de eroare conþinând mesajul de eroare dat. +.LP +Forma generalã a unei legãturi generate pentru o referinþã la o paginã +de manual este +.IP +<metodã:cale_cgi><cale_man2html><separator><paginã_man> +.LP +cu o formã implicitã ca mai sus. Pãrþile acestei legãturi sunt +configurate folosind diverse opþiuni. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Configureazã metodã:cele_cgi ca http://localhost. Aceastã opþiune este implicitã. +.TP +.BI \-\^H " gazdã[.domeniu][:port]" +Configureazã metodã:cale_cgi ca +.RI http:// gazdã.domeniu:port . +.TP +.B \-\^l +Configureazã metodã:cale_cgi ca +.RI lynxcgi: /home/httpd . +.TP +.BI \-\^L " dir" +Configureazã metodã:cale_cgi ca +.RI lynxcgi: dir . +.TP +.BI \-\^M " cale_man2html" +Configureazã cale_man2html care va fi folositã. Implicit ea este +.IR /cgi-bin/man/man2html . +.TP +.B \-\^p +Configureazã separatorul ca '/'. +.TP +.B \-\^q +Configureazã separatorul ca '?'. Aceastã opþiune este implicitã. +.LP +Pe o maºinã care nu ruleazã +.BR httpd , +se poate folosi +.B lynx +pentru a naviga prin paginile de manual, folosind metoda lynxcgi. Când +un demon http ruleazã, lynx, sau orice alt navigator, poate fi folosit +pentru a naviga prin paginile de manual, folosind metoda http. Opþiunea +\-l (pentru `lynxcgi') selecteazã comportamentul precedent. Cu ea, +cale_cgi este \fI/home/httpd\fP. + +În general, un script cgi poate fi apelat prin +.IP +<cale_la_script>/<mai_multã_cale>?<cerere> +.LP +ºi variabilele de mediu PATH_INFO ºi QUERY_STRING vor fi configurate ca +<mai_multã_cale> ºi respectiv <cere>. Din moment ce lynxcgi nu trateazã +partea PATH_INFO, generãm legãturi cu `?' drept separator în mod +implicit. Opþiunea \-p (de la eng. `path' (cale)) selecteazã '/' ca +separator, în timp ce opþiunea \-q (de la eng. `query'(cerere)) +selecteazã '?' ca separator. + +Opþiunea \-H \fIgazdã\fP va specifica gazda care va fi folositã (în loc +de \fIlocalhost\fP). Un script cgi ar putea folosi +.IP +man2html -H $SERVER_NAME +.LP +dacã variabila SERVER_NAME este configuratã. Aceasta ar permite maºinii +sã se comporte ca un server ºi sã exporte pagini de manual. + +.SH ERORI +Sunt multe euristici. Rezultatul nu va fi întotdeauna perfect. Metoda +lynxcgi nu va funcþiona dacã lynx a fost compilat fãrã a selecta suport +pentru ea. Ar putea fi probleme de securitate. + +.SH "VEZI ªI" +.BR lynx (1), +.BR man (1) diff --git a/man/ro/whatis.man b/man/ro/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0efed35 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from whatis.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH whatis 1 "5 Ian 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NUME +whatis \- cautã cuvinte complete în baza de date whatis. +.SH SUMAR +.BI whatis +cuvânt_cheie ... +.SH DESCRIERE +whatis cautã într-un set de baze de date conþinând scurte descrieri ale +comenzilor sistem cuvinte cheie ºi afiºeazã rezultatul la ieºirea +standard (stdout). Doar rezultatele complete sunt afiºate. + +Baza de date whatis este creatã folosind comanda @makewhatis@. +.SH "VEZI ªI" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/sl.txt b/man/sl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70dd991 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +slovenian diff --git a/man/sl/apropos.man b/man/sl/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..833441f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Slovenski prevod Primo¾ Peterlin <primoz.peterlin@biofiz.mf.uni-lj.si>, +.\" julij 1996. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "15. januar 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH IME +apropos \- poi¹èi kljuèno besedo v datoteki whatis +.SH SINTAKSA +.BI apropos +kljuèna_beseda ... +.SH OPIS +apropos pre¹èie za kljuèno besedo mno¾ico datotek, ki vsebujejo +kratke opise sistemskih ukazov, in izpi¹e rezultat na standardni +izhod. +.SH "GLEJ TUDI" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/sl/man.conf.man b/man/sl/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69f275f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30. marec 1994" +.SH IME +man.conf \- nastavitvena datoteka za program man +.SH OPIS +.LP +To datoteko prebere program +.BR man (1). +Vsebuje (a) informacijo o sestavljanju poti, v katerih man i¹èe +strani priroènika, (b) celotne poti do programov, ki jih man +uporablja, kot npr. nroff, eqn, tbl itd., ter (c) seznam +programov, ki znajo dekompresirati datoteke z doloèenimi priponami. +Alternativo privzeti verziji te datoteke lahko doloèimo z izbiro +.LP +.RS +man -C privatni_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Ukazi so lahko navedeni skupaj z izbirami. Nekaj uporabnih izbir +za nroff lahko najdete na strani grotty(1). +Na primer, namesto privzete vrstice +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +lahko navedemo +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +in prepreèimo podèrtanje in polkrepki tisk z veèkratnim odtisom +(overstrike). +.SH "GLEJTE TUDI" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/sl/man.man b/man/sl/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6856cc --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Slovenski prevod Primo¾ Peterlin <primoz.peterlin@biofiz.mf.uni-lj.si>, +.\" julij 1996. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "2. september 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH IME +man \- oblikovanje in prikaz strani on-line priroènika +.br +manpath \- prikaz poti do imenikov, kjer man i¹èe priroènike +.SH SINTAKSA +.\" man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m system] [\-p string] [\-C config_file] [\-M path] +.\" [\-P pager] [\-S section_list] [section] name ... +man [\-adfhkKtwW] [\-m sistem] [\-p niz] [\-C nastavitvena_datoteka] +[\-M pot] [\-P paginator] [\-S seznam_poglavij] [poglavje] ime ... +.SH OPIS +.B man +oblikuje in prika¾e strani on-line priroènika. Ta izvedba pozna +spremenljivki +.B MANPATH +in +.BR (MAN)PAGER , +tako da si lahko pripravite +lasten nabor osebnih strani priroènika in izberete va¹ najljub¹i +program za prikaz oblikovanih strani. +Èe je doloèeno +.I poglavje, +.B man +i¹èe samo v tem poglavju priroènika. +Iz ukazne vrstice ali prek spremenljivk okolja lahko doloèite +tudi vrsti red poglavij, ki jih +.B man +prei¹èe, ter katere predprocesorje se pred prikazom uporabijo na +izvornem besedilu. +Èe +.I ime +vsebuje znak /, se najprej preveri, èe obstaja datoteka s tem +imenom. Ukaz +.B "man ./foo.5" +ali celo +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +sta zato povsem veljavna. +.SH IZBIRE +.TP +.B \-\^C " nastavitvena_datoteka" +Doloèimo nastavitveno datoteko man.conf, ki jo ¾elimo +uporabljati; privzeta izbira je +@man_config_file@. (glejte man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " pot" +Doloèimo seznam imenikov, v katerih se i¹èe za stranmi +priroènika. Èe izbira ni podana, se uporabi spremenljivka okolja +.B MANPATH +Èe tudi spremenljivke s tem imenom ni, se uporabi privzeta izbira +iz nastavitvene datoteke @man_config_file@. +Prazen niz v MANPATH implicira privzet seznam imenikov. +.TP +.B \-\^P " paginator" +Doloèimo paginator. Ta izbira ima prednost pred spremenljivko +okolja +.B MANPAGER, +ki ima nadalje prednost pred spremenljivko okolja +.B PAGER. +Privzeta izbira za paginator je +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " seznam_poglavij" +Seznam_poglavij je z dvopièji loèen seznam poglavij priroènika, +v katerem se i¹èe geslo. Ta izbira ima prednost pred +spremenljivko okolja +.B MANSECT. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Sam po sebi man prika¾e prvo stran, ki ustreza imenu +.B name. +S to izbiro zahtevamo, da prika¾e vse strani, ki ustrezajo +pogoju, ne le prve. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Izrecno zahtevamo ponovno oblikovanje strani, èetudi ¾e +oblikovana stran obstaja. Izbira je lahko smiselna, èe je bila +stran oblikovana za drugaèno ¹irino zaslona. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Ne prika¾i oblikovane strani, ampak le "debugging" informacije. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Prika¾i tako oblikovano stran kot tudi "debugging" informacije. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Isto kot +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Izpi¹i eno vrstico navodila in konèaj. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Isto kot +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Prei¹èi *vse* strani priroènika za dani niz. Pozor: to zelo +verjetno vzame kar nekaj èasa! Hitreje gre, èe iskanje omejimo +na poglavje. +(Kot grob primer: na avtorjevem raèunalniku traja iskanje prek +500 strani priroènika pribli¾no minuto.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " sistem" +Doloèimo alternativni nabor strani priroènika na podanem +sistemu. +.TP +.B \-\^p " niz" +Doloèimo zaporedje predprocesorjev, ki se po¾enejo pred nroff ali +troff. +Nekateri od predprocesorjev, in njihove enoèrkovne okraj¹ave: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Ni nujno, da so na va¹em sistemu vsi na¹teti +predprocesorji na voljo. +Ta izbira ima prednost pred spremenljivko okolja +.B MANROFFSEQ. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Uporabi +.B @troff@ +za oblikovanje strani priroènika in usmeri izhod na standardni +izhod +.B stdout. +Lahko, da je izhod iz +.B @troff@ +pred tiskom potrebno obdelati s ¹e kak¹nim filtrom. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRali\fP \-\-path +Ne prika¾i oblikovanih strani priroènika, ampak pot do datotek, +ki bi bile oblikovane in prikazane. Èe je izbira brez argumenta, +prika¾i pot do imenikov, v katerih +.B man +i¹èe strani priroènika. Èe je +.B manpath +povezava na man, tedaj je "manpath" enakovredno "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Kot \-\^w, le da prika¾e po eno ime datoteke v vrstici in brez +dodatnih informacij. +To je lahko uporabno v ukazih ukazne lupine, kot npr. +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "OBLIKOVANE STRANI" +Man poskusi shraniti oblikovane strani in tako prihraniti èas, +potreben za oblikovanje, ko se stran naslednjiè rabi. +Tradicionalno se oblikovane strani iz imenikov DIR/manX +shranjujejo v imenike DIR/catX, drugaèen dogovor glede preslikave +med izvornimi in oblikovanimi razlièicami pa je mo¾no doloèiti v +@man_config_file@. +Oblikovane strani se ne shranijo, èe ustrezni imenik ne obstaja. +.TP +Program man je mo¾no pripisati (SUID) uporabniku z imenom man. V +tem primeru, kadar je imenik z oblikovanimi stranmi v lasti man, +naèin za¹èite pa 0755 (dovoljeno pisanje samo lastniku -- man), +oblikovane datoteke pa so za¹èitene z 0644 ali 0444 (dovoljeno +pisanje samo lastniku, ali pa sploh prepovedano pisanje), nihèe +od uporabnikov ne more ne more spreminjati oblikovanih strani ali +pu¹èati svojih datotek v imeniku z oblikovanimi stranmi. Èe man +ni v lasti (SUID) uporabnika man, mora biti imenik z oblikovanimi +stranmi dovoljen za pisanje (0777), èe naj bo tam vsem uporabnikom +dovoljeno pu¹èati oblikovane strani. +.TP +Izbira \-\^c zahteva ponovno oblikovanje strani, èetudi recentna +oblikovana stran ¾e obstaja. + + +.SH SPREMENLJIVKE OKOLJA +.TP +.B MANPATH +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANPATH, +se njena vrednost uporabi za pot do strani priroènika. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANROFFSEQ, +z njeno vrednostjo doloèimo zaporedje predprocesorjev, ki +obdelajo stran pred nroff ali troff. Privzeta izbira je +tabelarni predprocesor tbl. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANSECT, +njena vrednost doloèa poglavja v priroèniku, v katerih man i¹èe +zahtevano stran. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANWIDTH, +njena vrednost doloèa ¹irino zaslona, za katero se oblikujejo +strani priroènika. Privzeta izbira je cela ¹irina zaslona. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANPAGER, +njena vrednost doloèa paginator -- program, ki prika¾e oblikovano +stran. Èe spremenljivka ni nastavljena, se uporabi vrednost +spremenljivke +.B PAGER. +Èe tudi ta ni nastavljena, se uporabi privzeta izbira +.B @pager@. +.TP +.B LANG +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B LANG, +njena vrednost doloèa podimenik, v katerem man najprej poskusi +poiskati stran priroènika. Na primer, pri ukazu ,,LANG=dk man 1 foo'' +man najprej poskusi poiskati ustrezno stran priroènika v +datoteki .../dk/man1/foo.1, èe ta ne obstaja, pa v .../man1/foo.1. +Pri tem je ... eden od imenikov, v katerih man i¹èe strani. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Spremenljivki +.B NLSPATH +in +.B LC_MESSAGES +(ali +.B LANG +èe LC_MESSAGES ne obstaja) +doloèajo katalog s sporoèili programa. +(Angle¹ka sporoèila so izjema, ker so ¾e vkljuèena v program, +tako da zanje ne potrebujemo posebnega kataloga.) +Programi kot npr. col(1), ki ga klièe man, prav tako uporabljajo +lokalizacijske spremenljivke (npr. LC_CTYPE). +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +se uporablja za sestavljanje privzete poti, v katerih man i¹èe +strani priroènika. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +se uporablja za doloèitev imena alternativnega sistema (z izbiro +.B \-m). +.SH "GLEJTE TUDI" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH NAPAKE +The +.B \-t +deluje samo, kadar je na voljo troff ali drug enakovreden program. +.br +Èe namesto pomi¹ljajev vidite utripajoèe \e255 or <AD>, dodajte +med spremenljivke okolja `LESSCHARSET=latin1'. diff --git a/man/sl/whatis.man b/man/sl/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40e391d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Slovenski prevod Primo¾ Peterlin <primoz.peterlin@biofiz.mf.uni-lj.si> +.\" avgust 1996 +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "5. januar 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH IME +whatis \- poi¹èi besedo v zbirki whatis. +.SH SINTAKSA +.BI whatis +kljuèna_beseda ... +.SH OPIS +whatis poskusi v podatkovnih zbirkah s kratkimi opisi sistemskih +ukazov poiskati kljuène besede in izpi¹e rezultat na standardni +izhod. Samo ujemanja celih besed se izpi¹ejo. + +Podatkovno zbirko whatis napravimo z ukazom @makewhatis@. +.SH "GLEJTE TUDI" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man2html/Makefile b/man2html/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed1b981 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# +# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by the +# configure script. +# +CC = gcc -O +CFLAGS += -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes +OBJECTS = man2html.o cgibase.o abbrev.o strdefs.o +EXEEXT = +bindir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/usr/bin +mandir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/usr/share/man +vardir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/var +httpdir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/home/httpd +cgiowner = nobody +cgigroup = nobody + +all: man2html$(EXEEXT) hman + +man2html$(EXEEXT): $(OBJECTS) + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o man2html$(EXEEXT) $(OBJECTS) + +# man2html: ../src/version.h + +# This installs the man2html utility +install: man2html$(EXEEXT) + mkdir -p $(bindir) + install -m 755 man2html$(EXEEXT) $(bindir) + mkdir -p $(mandir)/man1 + install -m 644 man2html.1 $(mandir)/man1/man2html.1 + +install-scripts: install-man-scripts install-glimpse-stuff install-hman + +# These are the scripts that allow pointing a browser at +# http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html +# to work. +install-man-scripts: + mkdir -p $(httpdir)/cgi-bin/man + mkdir -p $(httpdir)/cgi-aux/man + install -m 755 scripts/cgi-bin/man/* $(httpdir)/cgi-bin/man + install -m 644 scripts/cgi-aux/man/* $(httpdir)/cgi-aux/man + install -d -o $(cgiowner) -g $(cgigroup) -m 775 $(vardir)/man2html +# (aux was renamed to cgi-aux since aux causes problems under DOS) + +# If you have installed glimpse, and have compressed man pages, +# then perhaps you also want these filters. +install-glimpse-stuff: + install -m 644 glimpse_filters $(vardir)/man2html/.glimpse_filters + +# In order not to have to type a long command like +# netscape http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?section+topic +# or +# lynx lynxcgi:/home/httpd/cgi-bin/man/man2html?section+topic +# it is convenient to have some shell script as a wrapper. +# The script hman can be aliased to man. It uses an environment +# variable MANHTMLPAGER to find out which browser you use, and +# you can set MANHTMLHOST if the pages are not on localhost. +hman: hman.sh + rm -f hman + sed -e 's,%version%,man-1.6g,' hman.sh > hman + +install-hman: hman + install -m 555 hman $(bindir)/hman + install -m 644 hman.1 $(mandir)/man1/hman.1 + +clean: + rm -f core hman man2html$(EXEEXT) $(OBJECTS) *~ + +spotless: clean + rm -f Makefile + +$(OBJECTS): defs.h diff --git a/man2html/Makefile.in b/man2html/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b41eaba --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS += -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes +OBJECTS = man2html.o cgibase.o abbrev.o strdefs.o +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +bindir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/usr/bin +mandir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)@mandir@ +vardir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/var +httpdir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/home/httpd +cgiowner = nobody +cgigroup = nobody + +all: man2html$(EXEEXT) hman + +man2html$(EXEEXT): $(OBJECTS) + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o man2html$(EXEEXT) $(OBJECTS) + +# man2html: ../src/version.h + +# This installs the man2html utility +install: man2html$(EXEEXT) + mkdir -p $(bindir) + install -m 755 man2html$(EXEEXT) $(bindir) + mkdir -p $(mandir)/man1 + install -m 644 man2html.1 $(mandir)/man1/man2html.@man1ext@ + +install-scripts: install-man-scripts install-glimpse-stuff install-hman + +# These are the scripts that allow pointing a browser at +# http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html +# to work. +install-man-scripts: + mkdir -p $(httpdir)/cgi-bin/man + mkdir -p $(httpdir)/cgi-aux/man + install -m 755 scripts/cgi-bin/man/* $(httpdir)/cgi-bin/man + install -m 644 scripts/cgi-aux/man/* $(httpdir)/cgi-aux/man + install -d -o $(cgiowner) -g $(cgigroup) -m 775 $(vardir)/man2html +# (aux was renamed to cgi-aux since aux causes problems under DOS) + +# If you have installed glimpse, and have compressed man pages, +# then perhaps you also want these filters. +install-glimpse-stuff: + install -m 644 glimpse_filters $(vardir)/man2html/.glimpse_filters + +# In order not to have to type a long command like +# netscape http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?section+topic +# or +# lynx lynxcgi:/home/httpd/cgi-bin/man/man2html?section+topic +# it is convenient to have some shell script as a wrapper. +# The script hman can be aliased to man. It uses an environment +# variable MANHTMLPAGER to find out which browser you use, and +# you can set MANHTMLHOST if the pages are not on localhost. +hman: hman.sh + rm -f hman + sed -e 's,%version%,@version@,' hman.sh > hman + +install-hman: hman + install -m 555 hman $(bindir)/hman + install -m 644 hman.1 $(mandir)/man1/hman.@man1ext@ + +clean: + rm -f core hman man2html$(EXEEXT) $(OBJECTS) *~ + +spotless: clean + rm -f Makefile + +$(OBJECTS): defs.h diff --git a/man2html/README b/man2html/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6dabd52 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/README @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +This directory contains the following. + +1. man2html + +This is a pure manroff -> html converter. +No manpath search etc. + +Call: man2html [-l | -H host.domain:port] [filename] + +The contents of FILENAME (or STDIN, in case FILENAME is "-" or absent) +are converted from man-style nroff to html, and printed on STDOUT. + +With "-l" URLs of the form "lynxcgi:/home/httpd/cgi-bin/..." are generated. +With "-H host" we make URLs of the form "http://host/cgi-bin/...". +The default is "http://localhost/cgi-bin/...". + +2. A collection of scripts + +This part is not installed by "make install" of the global Makefile. +There are security considerations: it is very unlikely that these +scripts (still in alpha) are secure, so for the time being they +should only be used where security is not a major concern. + +If you are not afraid, or are not running a httpd, do +"make install-scripts" in this directory. +This does three things: install man stuff, install glimpse stuff, +and install user interface stuff. + +2A. man stuff + +This first part (that can be done separately with "make install-man-scripts") +puts various scripts under /home/httpd/cgi-bin and /home/httpd/cgi-aux +in a subdirectory man. +It will create a directory /var/man2html to hold the indices. +(This directory should be writable by the cgi scripts; +probably that means that the owner should be nobody. +Choose a group and add all non-httpd users that should be +able to write this directory to that group.) + +Structure of the collection of scripts: + man2html is the main script. + It uses man.aux when called without arguments. + It uses manwhatis when asked for an index of manpages+descriptions. + It uses mansec when asked for a compact index of manpages. + It uses mansearch when asked for a glimpse search. + In its turn mansearch uses mansearch.aux when called + without arguments. It uses mansearchhelp (which uses + mansearchhelp.aux) when asked for help. + +2B. glimpse stuff +The second part (that can be done separately with +"make install-glimpse-stuff") installs .glimpse_filters +in /var/man2html, in order to tell glimpse what decompressors to use. + +2C. user interface stuff +The third part (that can be done separately with "make install-hman") +installs a user interface to these scripts in /usr/bin/hman. +Now people can say + alias man=/usr/bin/hman +and have a man that uses a html browser. +The browser is chosen via environment variables - look at the script. + +3. Glimpse. + +For the glimpse part, I quote Michael Hamilton: +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +To use the Glimpse full text searching, you will need to install +glimpse in /usr/bin. Redhat rpm users can get glimpse from + + ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/glimpse-4.0-6.i386.rpm + +The glimpse home ftp site is cs.arizona.edu. N.B. glimpse is not +freely redistributable for commercial use, I'd be very interested in a +more liberal alternative. Having installed glimpse, you will need to +build a glimpse index in /var/man2html. This doesn't take too long - +about 3 minutes on my 486DX2/66 16MB machine. As root do: + + /usr/bin/glimpseindex -z -H /var/man2html /usr/man/man* /usr/X11R6/man/man* \ + /usr/local/man/man* /opt/man/man* + chmod ugo+r /var/man2html/.glimpse* + +The -z option causes glimpse to apply any filters (for decompression etc) +specified in /var/man2html/.glimpse_filters. + +This could be set up as a cron job in /etc/crontab, e.g. (the following +must be all on one line): + + 21 04 * * 1 root /usr/bin/glimpseindex -z -H /var/man2html /usr/man/man* + /usr/X11R6/man/man* /usr/local/man/man* /opt/man/man* ; + chmod +r /var/man2html/.glimpse* +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/man2html/TODO b/man2html/TODO new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0101ad --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +There are still many problems with man2html. +Partly these are caused by the imprecise definition +of the man file format. (And the many buggy man pages.) +Partly by the incomplete implementation of the man/doc macro packages. +Partly by the imperfect emulation of troff. +Partly by the variation between various browsers in the +accepted html. +Partly just because man2html is buggy. + +Of course in reality a man2html converter must contain +large parts of the troff source, so that it can be fed +with the defining macro packages and always do the right thing. + +On a RedHat 5.0 system: +- /usr/man/mann/DirDlg.n is not formatted correctly. + (It does not start with .TH) +- <i>bug_readline</i>@<i>prep.ai.mit.edu</i> does not generate + a mailto: link. It should generate + <a href="mailto:bug_readline@prep.ai.mit.edu> + <i>bug_readline</i>@<i>prep.ai.mit.edu</i> + </a> + but this requires parsing of the surrounding html markup. + Easy, but not done yet. +- Some manpages generate bad whatis information + [where the name in the whatis line is not the filename of the man page]. + (E.g., tc589_cs.4, auto.master.5, pcmcia.5, proc.5 and autofs.8 + generate whatis lines + 3c589_cs (4) - 3Com 3c589 Etherlink III device driver + /etc/auto.master (5) - Master Map for automounter + /etc/init.d/rc.d/autofs (8) - Control Script for automounter + /etc/pcmcia/config (5) - PCMCIA card configuration database + /proc (5) - process information pseudo-filesystem + ) + As a consequence, the corresponding manwhatis links are bad. +- Some manpages have bad .so information. + (E.g., TIFFScanlineSize.3t contains .so TIFFsize.3t + instead of .so man3/TIFFsize.3t .) + This also confuses whatis, and generates bad links. + (But right now these happen to work.) + +Of course, patches are welcome! + + diff --git a/man2html/abbrev.c b/man2html/abbrev.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa7df06 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/abbrev.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#include <string.h> +#include "defs.h" +/* + * lookup_abbrev() is used for TX macros - is that + * something SUN-specific? + */ + +char *abbrev_list[] = { + "GSBG", "Getting Started ", + "SUBG", "Customizing SunOS", + "SHBG", "Basic Troubleshooting", + "SVBG", "SunView User's Guide", + "MMBG", "Mail and Messages", + "DMBG", "Doing More with SunOS", + "UNBG", "Using the Network", + "GDBG", "Games, Demos & Other Pursuits", + "CHANGE", "SunOS 4.1 Release Manual", + "INSTALL", "Installing SunOS 4.1", + "ADMIN", "System and Network Administration", + "SECUR", "Security Features Guide", + "PROM", "PROM User's Manual", + "DIAG", "Sun System Diagnostics", + "SUNDIAG", "Sundiag User's Guide", + "MANPAGES", "SunOS Reference Manual", + "REFMAN", "SunOS Reference Manual", + "SSI", "Sun System Introduction", + "SSO", "System Services Overview", + "TEXT", "Editing Text Files", + "DOCS", "Formatting Documents", + "TROFF", "Using <B>nroff</B> and <B>troff</B>", + "INDEX", "Global Index", + "CPG", "C Programmer's Guide", + "CREF", "C Reference Manual", + "ASSY", "Assembly Language Reference", + "PUL", "Programming Utilities and Libraries", + "DEBUG", "Debugging Tools", + "NETP", "Network Programming", + "DRIVER", "Writing Device Drivers", + "STREAMS", "STREAMS Programming", + "SBDK", "SBus Developer's Kit", + "WDDS", "Writing Device Drivers for the SBus", + "FPOINT", "Floating-Point Programmer's Guide", + "SVPG", "SunView 1 Programmer's Guide", + "SVSPG", "SunView 1 System Programmer's Guide", + "PIXRCT", "Pixrect Reference Manual", + "CGI", "SunCGI Reference Manual", + "CORE", "SunCore Reference Manual", + "4ASSY", "Sun-4 Assembly Language Reference", + "SARCH", "<FONT SIZE=\"-1\">SPARC</FONT> Architecture Manual", + "KR", "The C Programming Language", + 0, 0 }; + +char *lookup_abbrev (char *s) +{ + int i=0; + + if (!s) + return ""; + while (abbrev_list[i] && strcmp(s, abbrev_list[i])) + i = i+2; + return abbrev_list[i] ? abbrev_list[i+1] : s; +} diff --git a/man2html/cgibase.c b/man2html/cgibase.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de31cdf --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/cgibase.c @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +/* + * Here are the routines of man2html that output a HREF string. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <ctype.h> /* tolower() */ +#include <string.h> /* strlen() */ +#include "defs.h" + +/* + * The default is to use cgibase. With relative html style + * we generate URLs of the form "../manX/page.html". + */ +static int relat_html_style = 0; + +/* + * Either the user is non-local (or local, but using httpd), + * in which case we use http:/cgi-bin, or the user is local + * and uses lynx, and we use lynxcgi:/home/httpd/cgi-bin. + */ + +static char *man2htmlpath = "/cgi-bin/man/man2html"; /* default */ +static char *cgibase_format = "http://%s"; /* host.domain:port */ +static char *cgibase_ll_format = "lynxcgi:%s"; /* directory */ +static char *cgibase = "http://localhost"; /* default */ + +/* + * Separator between URL and argument string. + * + * With http:<path to script>/a/b?c+d+e the script is called + * with PATH_INFO=/a/b and QUERY_STRING=c+d+e and args $1=c, $2=d, $3=e. + * With lynxcgi:<full path to script>?c+d+e no PATH_INFO is possible. + */ +static char sep = '?'; /* or '/' */ + +void +set_separator(char s) { + sep = s; +} + +void +set_lynxcgibase(char *s) { + int n = strlen(cgibase_ll_format) + strlen(s); + char *t = (char *) xmalloc(n); + + sprintf(t, cgibase_ll_format, s); + cgibase = t; +} + +void +set_cgibase(char *s) { + int n = strlen(cgibase_format) + strlen(s); + char *t = (char *) xmalloc(n); + + sprintf(t, cgibase_format, s); + cgibase = t; +} + +void +set_man2htmlpath(char *s) { + man2htmlpath = xstrdup(s); +} + +void +set_relative_html_links(void) { + relat_html_style = 1; +} + +/* What shall we say in case of relat_html_style? */ +static char *signature = "<HR>\n" +"This document was created by\n" +"<A HREF=\"%s%s\">man2html</A>,\n" +"using the manual pages.<BR>\n" +"%s\n"; + +#define TIMEFORMAT "%T GMT, %B %d, %Y" +#define TIMEBUFSZ 500 + +void print_sig() +{ + char timebuf[TIMEBUFSZ]; + struct tm *timetm; + time_t clock; + + timebuf[0] = 0; +#ifdef TIMEFORMAT + sprintf(timebuf, "Time: "); + clock=time(NULL); + timetm=gmtime(&clock); + strftime(timebuf+6, TIMEBUFSZ-6, TIMEFORMAT, timetm); + timebuf[TIMEBUFSZ-1] = 0; +#endif + printf(signature, cgibase, man2htmlpath, timebuf); +} + +void +include_file_html(char *g) { + printf("<A HREF=\"file:/usr/include/%s\">%s</A>>", g,g); +} + +void +man_page_html(char *sec, char *h) { + if (relat_html_style) { + if (!h) + printf("<A HREF=\"../index.html\">" + "Return to Main Contents</A>"); + else + printf("<A HREF=\"../man%s/%s.%s.html\">%s</A>", + sec, h, sec, h); + } else { + if (!h) + printf("<A HREF=\"%s%s\">Return to Main Contents</A>", + cgibase, man2htmlpath); + else if (!sec) + printf("<A HREF=\"%s%s%c%s\">%s</A>", + cgibase, man2htmlpath, sep, h, h); + else + printf("<A HREF=\"%s%s%c%s+%s\">%s</A>", + cgibase, man2htmlpath, sep, sec, h, h); + } +} + +void +ftp_html(char *f) { + printf("<A HREF=\"ftp://%s\">%s</A>", f, f); +} + +void +www_html(char *f) { + printf("<A HREF=\"http://%s\">%s</A>", f, f); +} + +void +mailto_html(char *g) { + printf("<A HREF=\"mailto:%s\">%s</A>", g, g); +} + +void +url_html(char *g) { + printf("<A HREF=\"%s\">%s</A>", g, g); +} diff --git a/man2html/defs.h b/man2html/defs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3e75ef --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +extern int nroff; +extern int local_lynx; + +typedef struct STRDEF STRDEF; +struct STRDEF { + int nr,slen; + char *st; + STRDEF *next; +}; + +typedef struct INTDEF INTDEF; +struct INTDEF { + int nr; + int val; + int incr; + INTDEF *next; +}; + +extern STRDEF *chardef, *strdef, *defdef; +extern INTDEF *intdef; + +#define V(A,B) ((A)*256+(B)) + +#include <sys/types.h> +extern void stdinit(void); +extern void print_sig(void); +extern char *lookup_abbrev(char *); +extern void include_file_html(char *); +extern void man_page_html(char*, char *); +extern void ftp_html(char *); +extern void www_html(char *); +extern void mailto_html(char *); +extern void url_html(char *); +extern void set_separator(char); +extern void set_lynxcgibase(char *); +extern void set_cgibase(char *); +extern void set_man2htmlpath(char *); +extern void set_relative_html_links(void); +extern void *xmalloc(size_t size); +extern void *xrealloc(void *ptr, size_t size); +extern char *xstrdup(const char *s); diff --git a/man2html/glimpse_filters b/man2html/glimpse_filters new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1814e5d --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/glimpse_filters @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +*.gz gzip -d -c +*.Z gzip -d -c + diff --git a/man2html/hman b/man2html/hman new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9426c0d --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/hman @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# hman - interface to the man2html scripts +# +# Michael Hamilton <michael@actrix.gen.nz>, Apr 1996 +# Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>, Jan 1998. +# +# Usage examples: +# hman - get start page +# hman man2html - get man page for man2html +# hman 7 locale - get section 7 man page for locale +# hman 1 - section 1 index of names only +# hman 3 index - section 3 index names+descriptions +# hman -k editor - search all man pages for some string +# hman -P arena ./twm.man - specify browser; specify man page +# +# hman from man-1.6g +# + +if [ x"$1" = x"-v" -o x"$1" = x"-V" ]; then + echo "`basename $0` from man-1.6g" + exit 0 +fi + +# The user has to set MANHTMLPAGER (or he will get httpd-free lynx). +# Pick your favorite browser: lynx, xmosaic, netscape, arena, amaya, grail, ... +BROWSER=${MANHTMLPAGER-lynxcgi} +# +# If the man pages are on a remote host, specify it in MANHTMLHOST. +HOST=${MANHTMLHOST-localhost} + +# Perhaps the browser was specified on the command line? +if [ $# -gt 1 -a "$1" = "-P" ]; then + BROWSER="$2" + shift; shift +fi + +# Perhaps the host was specified on the command line? +if [ $# -gt 1 -a "$1" = "-H" ]; then + HOST="$2" + shift; shift +fi + +# Interface to a live (already running) netscape browser. +function nsfunc () { + if ( /bin/ps xc | grep -q 'netscape$' ) ; then + if [ -x netscape-remote ] ; then + exec netscape-remote -remote "openURL($1,new_window)" + else + exec netscape -remote "openURL($1,new_window)" + fi + else + netscape $1 & + fi +} + +case $BROWSER in + lynxcgi) + BROWSER=lynx + CG="lynxcgi:/home/httpd/cgi-bin/man" + ;; + netscape) + BROWSER=nsfunc + CG="http://$HOST/cgi-bin/man" + ;; + *) + CG="http://$HOST/cgi-bin/man" + ;; +esac + + case $# in + 0) $BROWSER $CG/man2html ;; + 1) case "$1" in + 1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|l|n) + $BROWSER "$CG/mansec?$CG+$1" ;; + /*) + $BROWSER "$CG/man2html?$1" ;; + */*) + $BROWSER "$CG/man2html?$PWD/$1" ;; + *) + $BROWSER "$CG/man2html?$1" ;; + esac ;; + 2) case "$1" in + -k) + $BROWSER "$CG/mansearch?$2" ;; + *) + if [ "$2" = index ]; then + $BROWSER "$CG/manwhatis?$CG+$1" + else + $BROWSER "$CG/man2html?$1+$2" + fi ;; + esac ;; + *) echo "bad number of args" ;; + esac + +exit 0 diff --git a/man2html/hman.1 b/man2html/hman.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4676f55 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/hman.1 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Andries Brouwer +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.TH hman 1 "19 January 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +hman \- browse the on-line manual pages +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B hman +[ -P \fIbrowser\fP ] [ -H \fIhost\fP ] [ \fIsection\fP ] \fIname\fP +.br +.B hman +[ -P \fIbrowser\fP ] [ -H \fIhost\fP ] [ \fIsection\fP ] [ index ] +.SH DESCRIPTION +The +.B hman +script is an interface to man2html(1) that allows you to enter man page +requests at the command line and view the output in your favourite +browser. +The behaviour reminds of that of +.BR man (1) +so that many people will be able to alias +.B hman +to +.BR man . +If the browser used is netscape, and an incarnation of netscape +is running already, +.B hman +will pass the request to the existing browser. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-\^P " browser" +Specify which browser (like lynx, xmosaic, arena, chimera, +netscape, amaya, ...) to use. +This option overrides the +.B MANHTMLPAGER +environment variable. +The default is the non-httpd version of +.BR lynx . +.TP +.B \-\^H " host" +Specify from what host to get the man pages. +This option overrides the +.B MANHTMLHOST +environment variable. +The default is +.BR localhost . + +.SH ENVIRONMENT +.TP +MANHTMLPAGER +The default browser to use is selected using this environment variable. +.TP +MANHTMLHOST +The default host to use is selected using this environment variable. + +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.BR man (1), +.BR man2html (1), +.BR arena (1), +.BR lynx (1), +.BR netscape (1), +.BR xmosaic (1), +.BR glimpse (1) + +http://www.mcom.com/newsref/std/x-remote.html diff --git a/man2html/hman.sh b/man2html/hman.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c484acc --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/hman.sh @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# hman - interface to the man2html scripts +# +# Michael Hamilton <michael@actrix.gen.nz>, Apr 1996 +# Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>, Jan 1998. +# +# Usage examples: +# hman - get start page +# hman man2html - get man page for man2html +# hman 7 locale - get section 7 man page for locale +# hman 1 - section 1 index of names only +# hman 3 index - section 3 index names+descriptions +# hman -k editor - search all man pages for some string +# hman -P arena ./twm.man - specify browser; specify man page +# +# hman from %version% +# + +if [ x"$1" = x"-v" -o x"$1" = x"-V" ]; then + echo "`basename $0` from %version%" + exit 0 +fi + +# The user has to set MANHTMLPAGER (or he will get httpd-free lynx). +# Pick your favorite browser: lynx, xmosaic, netscape, arena, amaya, grail, ... +BROWSER=${MANHTMLPAGER-lynxcgi} +# +# If the man pages are on a remote host, specify it in MANHTMLHOST. +HOST=${MANHTMLHOST-localhost} + +# Perhaps the browser was specified on the command line? +if [ $# -gt 1 -a "$1" = "-P" ]; then + BROWSER="$2" + shift; shift +fi + +# Perhaps the host was specified on the command line? +if [ $# -gt 1 -a "$1" = "-H" ]; then + HOST="$2" + shift; shift +fi + +# Interface to a live (already running) netscape browser. +function nsfunc () { + if ( /bin/ps xc | grep -q 'netscape$' ) ; then + if [ -x netscape-remote ] ; then + exec netscape-remote -remote "openURL($1,new_window)" + else + exec netscape -remote "openURL($1,new_window)" + fi + else + netscape $1 & + fi +} + +case $BROWSER in + lynxcgi) + BROWSER=lynx + CG="lynxcgi:/home/httpd/cgi-bin/man" + ;; + netscape) + BROWSER=nsfunc + CG="http://$HOST/cgi-bin/man" + ;; + *) + CG="http://$HOST/cgi-bin/man" + ;; +esac + + case $# in + 0) $BROWSER $CG/man2html ;; + 1) case "$1" in + 1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|l|n) + $BROWSER "$CG/mansec?$CG+$1" ;; + /*) + $BROWSER "$CG/man2html?$1" ;; + */*) + $BROWSER "$CG/man2html?$PWD/$1" ;; + *) + $BROWSER "$CG/man2html?$1" ;; + esac ;; + 2) case "$1" in + -k) + $BROWSER "$CG/mansearch?$2" ;; + *) + if [ "$2" = index ]; then + $BROWSER "$CG/manwhatis?$CG+$1" + else + $BROWSER "$CG/man2html?$1+$2" + fi ;; + esac ;; + *) echo "bad number of args" ;; + esac + +exit 0 diff --git a/man2html/locales/en/hman.1 b/man2html/locales/en/hman.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4676f55 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/locales/en/hman.1 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Andries Brouwer +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.TH hman 1 "19 January 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +hman \- browse the on-line manual pages +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B hman +[ -P \fIbrowser\fP ] [ -H \fIhost\fP ] [ \fIsection\fP ] \fIname\fP +.br +.B hman +[ -P \fIbrowser\fP ] [ -H \fIhost\fP ] [ \fIsection\fP ] [ index ] +.SH DESCRIPTION +The +.B hman +script is an interface to man2html(1) that allows you to enter man page +requests at the command line and view the output in your favourite +browser. +The behaviour reminds of that of +.BR man (1) +so that many people will be able to alias +.B hman +to +.BR man . +If the browser used is netscape, and an incarnation of netscape +is running already, +.B hman +will pass the request to the existing browser. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-\^P " browser" +Specify which browser (like lynx, xmosaic, arena, chimera, +netscape, amaya, ...) to use. +This option overrides the +.B MANHTMLPAGER +environment variable. +The default is the non-httpd version of +.BR lynx . +.TP +.B \-\^H " host" +Specify from what host to get the man pages. +This option overrides the +.B MANHTMLHOST +environment variable. +The default is +.BR localhost . + +.SH ENVIRONMENT +.TP +MANHTMLPAGER +The default browser to use is selected using this environment variable. +.TP +MANHTMLHOST +The default host to use is selected using this environment variable. + +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.BR man (1), +.BR man2html (1), +.BR arena (1), +.BR lynx (1), +.BR netscape (1), +.BR xmosaic (1), +.BR glimpse (1) + +http://www.mcom.com/newsref/std/x-remote.html diff --git a/man2html/locales/en/man2html.1 b/man2html/locales/en/man2html.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1c25b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/locales/en/man2html.1 @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +'\" t +.\" Man page for man2html +.\" aeb, 980101 +.\" +.TH man2html 1 "1 January 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +man2html \- format a manual page in html +.SH SYNOPSIS +man2html [options] [file] +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B man2html +converts a manual page as found in +.I file +(or stdin, in case no file argument, or the argument "-", is given) +from man-style nroff into html, and prints the result on stdout. +It does support tbl but does not know about eqn. +The exit status is 0. If something goes wrong, +an error page is printed on stdout. + +This can be used as a stand-alone utility, but is mainly intended +as an auxiliary, to enable users to browse their man pages using +a html browser like +.BR lynx (1), +.BR xmosaic (1) +or +.BR netscape (1). +./" (See +./" .BR man (1) +./" for info on how to browse man pages via +./" .BR man2html . +./" Usually it would suffice to put "MANHTMLPAGER=/usr/bin/lynx" +./" in the environment.) + +The main part of +.B man2html +is the troff-to-html engine written by Richard Verhoeven (rcb5@win.tue.nl). +It adds hyperlinks for the following constructs: +.LP +.TS +l l. +foo(3x) "http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+foo" +method://string "method://string" +www.host.name "http://www.host.name" +ftp.host.name "ftp://ftp.host.name" +name@host "mailto:name@host" +<string.h> "file:/usr/include/string.h" +.TE +.LP +(The first of these can be tuned by options - see below.) +No lookup is done - the links generated need not exist. +Also an index with internal hyperlinks to the various sections +is generated, so that it is easier to find one's way +in large man pages like +.BR bash (1). + +.SH OPTIONS +When reading from stdin, it is not always clear how to +do .so expansion. The \-D option allows a script to define +the working directory. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^D pathname +Strip the last two parts from the pathname, and do a +\fIchdir\fP(\fIdir\fP) before starting the conversion. +.LP +The \-E option allows the easy generation of error messages +from a cgi script. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^E string +Output an error page containing the given error message. +.LP +The general form of a hyperlink generated for a man page reference is +.IP +<method:cgipath><man2htmlpath><separator><manpage> +.LP +with a default as shown above. The parts of this hyperlink +are set using the various options. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Set method:cgipath to http://localhost. This is the default. +.TP +.BI \-\^H " host[.domain][:port]" +Set method:cgipath to +.RI http:// host.domain:port . +.TP +.B \-\^l +Set method:cgipath to +.RI lynxcgi: /home/httpd . +.TP +.BI \-\^L " dir" +Set method:cgipath to +.RI lynxcgi: dir . +.TP +.BI \-\^M " man2htmlpath" +Set the man2htmlpath to use. The default is +.IR /cgi-bin/man/man2html . +.TP +.B \-\^p +Set separator to '/'. +.TP +.B \-\^q +Set separator to '?'. This is the default. +.TP +.B \-\^r +Use relative html paths, instead of cgi-bin paths. +.LP +On a machine without running +.BR httpd , +one can use +.B lynx +to browse the man pages, using the lynxcgi method. +When some http daemon is running, lynx, or any other browser, +can be used to browse the man pages, using the http method. +The option \-l (for `lynxcgi') selects the former behaviour. +With it, the default cgipath is \fI/home/httpd\fP. + +In general, a cgi script can be called by +.IP +<path_to_script>/<more_path>?<query> +.LP +and the environment variables PATH_INFO and QUERY_STRING +will be set to <more_path> and <query>, respectively. +Since lynxcgi does not handle the PATH_INFO part, we generate +hyperlinks with `?' as a separator by default. +The option \-p (for `path') selects '/' as a separator, while +the option \-q (for `query') selects '?' as a separator. + +The option \-H \fIhost\fP will specify the host to use +(instead of \fIlocalhost\fP). A cgi script could use +.IP +man2html -H $SERVER_NAME +.LP +if the variable SERVER_NAME is set. This would allow your machine +to act as a server and export man pages. + +.SH BUGS +There are many heuristics. The output will not always be perfect. +The lynxcgi method will not work if lynx was compiled without +selecting support for it. There may be problems with security. + +.SH AUTHOR +Richard Verhoeven was the original author of +.BR "man2html" . +Michael Hamilton and Andries Brouwer subsequently improved on it. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. + +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.BR lynx (1), +.BR man (1) diff --git a/man2html/locales/fr/man2html.1 b/man2html/locales/fr/man2html.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e99cd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/locales/fr/man2html.1 @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +'\" t +.\" Man page for man2html +.\" aeb, 980101 +.\" +.TH man2html 1 "1er janvier 1998" "Manuel Linux" "Commandes utilisateur" +.LO 1 +.SH NOM +man2html \- formate une page de manuel en html +.SH SYNOPSIS +man2html [options] [fichier] +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B man2html +convertit une page de manuel telle que trouvée dans +.I fichier +(ou l'entrée standard stdin si aucun argument fichier n'est donné +ou si l'argument «\ -\ » est donné) à partir du format nroff +(celui des pages de manuels) vers un format html et affiche le résultat +sur la sortie standard (stdout). +.B man2html +supporte +.BR tbl (1) +mais ne connaît rien à propos de +.BR eqn (1). +Le code de sortie est 0. Si quelque chose va mal, une page d'erreur +est affichée sur la sortie standard stdout. + +Cette commande peut être utilisée seule mais a été principalement conçue pour +être un auxiliaire afin que les utilisateurs puissent naviguer dans les pages +de manuel avec un navigateur html comme +.BR lynx (1), +.BR xmosaic (1) +ou +.BR netscape (1). +./" (See +./" .BR man (1) +./" for info on how to browse man pages via +./" .BR man2html . +./" Usually it would suffice to put "MANHTMLPAGER=/usr/bin/lynx" +./" in the environment.) + +La plus grande partie de +.B man2html +est l'engin «\ troff-vers-html\ » écrit par Richard Verhoeven (rcb5@win.tue.nl). +Il ajoute des hyperliens aux constructions suivantes\ : +.LP +.TS +l l. +foo(3x) "http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+foo" +method://string "method://string" +www.host.name "http://www.host.name" +ftp.host.name "ftp://ftp.host.name" +name@host "mailto:name@host" +<string.h> "file:/usr/include/string.h" +.TE +.LP +(La première de celles\-ci peut être ajustée par des options - voir plus loin.) +Aucune consultation n'est effectuée - les liens générés n'ont pas besoin +d'exister. Un index avec des hyperliens internes vers les diverses +sections est également créé rendant plus facile la navigation dans les grandes +pages comme +.BR bash (1). + +.SH OPTIONS +Lorsqu'on lit à partir de stdin, il n'est pas toujours évident de savoir +comment se fait l'expansion .so. L'option \-D permet à un script de définir +le répertoire de travail. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^D chemin +Retire les deux derniers éléments du chemin et effectue un changement +de répertoire courant \fIchdir\fP(\fIdir\fP) avant de débuter la conversion. +.LP +L'option \-E option facilite la production de messages d'erreurs à partir +de scripts cgi. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^E chaîne +Produire en sortie une page d'erreur contenant le message d'erreur donné. +.LP +La forme générale d'un hyperlien généré pour référencer une page de manuel est +.IP +<method:cgipath><man2htmlpath><separator><manpage> +.LP +qui est d'ailleurs la forme par défaut. Les éléments de cet hyperlien sont +positionnés en utilisant diverses options. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Positionner method:cgipath à http://localhost. +C'est le comportement par défaut. +.TP +.BI \-\^H " hôte[.domaine][:port]" +Positionner method:cgipath à +.RI http:// hôte.domaine:port . +.TP +.B \-\^l +Positionner method:cgipath à +.RI lynxcgi: /home/httpd . +.TP +.BI \-\^L " dir" +Positionner method:cgipath à +.RI lynxcgi: dir . +.TP +.BI \-\^M " man2htmlpath" +Positionner le chemin vers man2html à utiliser. La valeur par défaut est +.IR /cgi-bin/man/man2html . +.TP +.B \-\^p +Positionner le séparateur à «\ /\ ». +.TP +.B \-\^q +Positionner le séparateur à «\ ?\ ». C'est la valeur par défaut. +.TP +.B \-\^r +Utiliser des chemins html relatifs plutôt que les chemins cgi-bin. +.LP +Sur une machine sur laquelle +.BR httpd +ne tourne pas, vous pouvez utiliser +.B lynx +pour naviguer dans les pages de manuel en utilisant la méthode lynxcgi. +Lorsqu'un démon http est en service, vous pouvez utiliser lynx ou n'importe +quel autre navigateur pour parcourir les pages de manuel en utilisant +la méthode http. +L'option \-l (pour «\ lynxcgi\ ») sélectionne ce fonctionnement. +Avec elle, le chemin cgi par défaut est \fI/home/httpd\fP. + +En général, un script cgi peut être appelé de la façon suivante +.IP +<path_to_script>/<more_path>?<query> +.LP +et les variables d'environnement PATH_INFO et QUERY_STRING seront positionnées +respectivement à <more_path> et <query>. +Puisque lynxcgi ne gère pas l'élément PATH_INFO, nous allons générer des +hyperliens avec «\ ?\ » comme séparateur par défaut. +L'option \-p (pour «\ path\ ») sélectionne «\ /\ » comme séparateur, alors que +l'option \-q (for «\ query\ ») sélectionne «\ ?\ ». + +L'option \-H \fIhost\fP spécifiera l'hôte à utiliser +(à la place \fIlocalhost\fP). Un script cgi pourra utiliser +.IP +man2html -H $SERVER_NAME +.LP +si la variable SERVER_NAME est positionnée. Cela permettra à votre machine +de fonctionner en tant que serveur et d'exporter les pages manuel. + +.SH BOGUES +Il y a beaucoup d'heuristiques. La sortie produite ne sera pas toujours +parfaite. La méthode lynxcgi ne fonctionnera pas si lynx a été compilé sans +le support de celle-ci. Il peut y avoir des problèmes de sécurité. + +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR lynx (1), +.BR man (1) + +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par Alain Portal +<aportal AT univ-montp2 DOT fr> le 1er juin 2005 et mise à jour +le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 1\ man2html\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. diff --git a/man2html/locales/it/hman.1 b/man2html/locales/it/hman.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..730de9c --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/locales/it/hman.1 @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Andries Brouwer
+.\"
+.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public
+.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0
+.\" distribution.
+.\" Traduzione da man-1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Revisione a cura di Vieri Giugni <v.giugni@gmail.com>
+.\" agosto 2006
+.\"
+.TH hman 1 "19 Gennaio 1998"
+.LO 1
+.SH NOME
+hman \- naviga le pagine di manuale on-line
+.SH SINTASSI
+.B hman
+[ -P \fIbrowser\fP ] [ -H \fIhost\fP ] [ \fIsection\fP ] \fIname\fP
+.br
+.B hman
+[ -P \fIbrowser\fP ] [ -H \fIhost\fP ] [ \fIsection\fP ] [ index ]
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+Lo script
+.B hman
+è un'interfaccia per man2html(1), che permette di inserire richieste di man
+page dalla linea di comando e vedere l'output nel browser
+preferito.
+Il comportamento ricorda quello di
+.BR man (1)
+perciò molte persone potranno utilizzare un alias da
+.B hman
+a
+.BR man .
+Se il browser usato è netscape, e una copia di netscape
+è già in esecuzione,
+.B hman
+passerà la richiesta a quest'ultima
+
+.SH OPZIONI
+.TP
+.B \-\^P " browser"
+Specifica quale browser (lynx, xmosaic, arena, chimera,
+netscape, amaya, ...) usare.
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B MANHTMLPAGER .
+Il valore predefinito è la versione non-httpd di
+.BR lynx .
+.TP
+.B \-\^H " host"
+Specifica da quale host prendere le man page.
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B MANHTMLHOST .
+Il valore predefinito è
+.BR localhost .
+
+.SH AMBIENTE
+.TP
+MANHTMLPAGER
+Il browser predefinito in uso è selezionato da questa variabile d'ambiente.
+.TP
+MANHTMLHOST
+L'host predefinito in uso è selezionato da questa variabile d'ambiente.
+
+.SH "VEDERE ANCHE"
+.BR man (1),
+.BR man2html (1),
+.BR arena (1),
+.BR lynx (1),
+.BR netscape (1),
+.BR xmosaic (1),
+.BR glimpse (1)
+
+http://www.mcom.com/newsref/std/x-remote.html
diff --git a/man2html/locales/it/man2html.1 b/man2html/locales/it/man2html.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45feef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/locales/it/man2html.1 @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +'\" t
+.\" Man page for man2html
+.\" aeb, 980101
+.\"
+.\" Traduzione da man-1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Revisione a cura di Vieri Giugni <v.giugni@gmail.com>
+.\" giugno 2006
+.\"
+.TH man2html 1 "1 gennaio 1998"
+.LO 1
+.SH NOME
+man2html \- formatta una pagina di manuale in html
+.SH SINTASSI
+man2html [options] [file]
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+.B man2html
+converte una pagina di manuale che si trova in
+.I file
+(o standard input (stdin); nel caso non venga fornito alcun file come
+argomento, o sia indicato "-", come argomento)
+dallo stile man nroff in html, e stampa il risultato in standard output (stdout).
+Supporta tbl, ma non conosce eqn.
+Lo stato di uscita è 0. Se qualcosa va male
+viene stampata su stdout una pagina di errore.
+
+Può essere usato come utilità stand-alone, ma è pensato principalmente
+come ausilio per permettere agli utenti di navigare le proprie man page
+usando un browser html come
+.BR lynx (1),
+.BR xmosaic (1)
+o
+.BR netscape (1).
+./" (See
+./" .BR man (1)
+./" for info on how to browse man pages via
+./" .BR man2html .
+./" Usually it would suffice to put "MANHTMLPAGER=/usr/bin/lynx"
+./" in the environment.)
+
+La parte principale di
+.B man2html
+è il motore da troff a html scritto da Richard Verhoeven (rcb5@win.tue.nl).
+Esso aggiunge dei collegamenti ipertestuali per i seguenti costrutti:
+.LP
+.TS
+l l.
+foo(3x) "http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+foo"
+method://string "method://string"
+www.host.name "http://www.host.name"
+ftp.host.name "ftp://ftp.host.name"
+name@host "mailto:name@host"
+<string.h> "file:/usr/include/string.h"
+.TE
+.LP
+(Il primo di questi può essere controllato dalle opzioni - vedere sotto).
+Non viene fatto nessun controllo - i collegamenti generati non sono
+necessari o indispensabili.
+Inoltre viene generato un indice con collegamenti interni alle varie sezioni,
+in modo che sia più facile effettuare ricerche personalizzate in pagine di
+manuale grandi come
+.BR bash (1).
+
+.SH OPZIONI
+Quando si legge da stdin non è sempre chiaro come effettuare l'espansione
+.so . L'opzione \-D permette a uno script di definire la
+directory di lavoro.
+.LP
+.TP
+.B \-\^D pathname
+Estrae le ultime due parti dal percorso, ed esegue
+\fIchdir\fP(\fIdir\fP) prima di iniziare la conversione.
+.LP
+L'opzione \-E permette una facile generazione di messaggi di errore
+da uno script cgi.
+.LP
+.TP
+.B \-\^E string
+Genera una pagina di errore contenente il messaggio di errore che si è verificato.
+.LP
+La forma generale di un collegamento ipertestuale creato per una
+man page di riferimento è
+.IP
+<method:cgipath><man2htmlpath><separator><manpage>
+.LP
+con un valore predefinito come mostrato sopra. Le parti di questo collegamento
+ipertestuale sono impostate usando le varie opzioni.
+.TP
+.B \-\^h
+Set method:cgipath to http://localhost. Questo è il valore predefinito.
+.TP
+.BI \-\^H " host[.domain][:port]"
+Set method:cgipath to
+.RI http:// host.domain:port .
+.TP
+.B \-\^l
+Set method:cgipath to
+.RI lynxcgi: /home/httpd .
+.TP
+.BI \-\^L " dir"
+Set method:cgipath to
+.RI lynxcgi: dir .
+.TP
+.BI \-\^M " man2htmlpath"
+Imposta il man2htmlpath da usare. Il valore predefinito è
+.IR /cgi-bin/man/man2html .
+.TP
+.B \-\^p
+Imposta '/' come separatore.
+.TP
+.B \-\^q
+Imposta '?' come separatore. Questo è il valore predefinito.
+.TP
+.B \-\^r
+Usa percorsi html relativi, invece dei percorsi cgi-bin.
+.LP
+Su una macchina, senza eseguire
+.BR httpd ,
+si può usare
+.B lynx
+per navigare le man page, usando il metodo lynxcgi.
+Quando è attivo qualche demone http, lynx, o qualunque altro browser,
+può essere usato per navigare le man page, usando il metodo http.
+L'opzione \-l (per `lynxcgi') seleziona il comportamento precedente.
+Con esso, il valore predefinito di cgipath è \fI/home/httpd\fP.
+
+In generale, uno script cgi può essere chiamato da
+.IP
+<path_to_script>/<more_path>?<query>
+.LP
+e le variabili d'ambiente PATH_INFO e QUERY_STRING
+verranno impostate rispettivamente in <more_path> e <query>.
+Poiché lynxcgi non gestisce la parte PATH_INFO, vengono generati
+collegamenti ipertestualil con `?' come separatore predefinito.
+L'opzione \-p (per `path') seleziona '/' come separatore, mentre
+l'opzione \-q (per `query') seleziona '?' come separatore.
+
+L'opzione \-H \fIhost\fP specificherà l'host da usare
+(invece di \fIlocalhost\fP). Uno script cgi può usare
+.IP
+man2html -H $SERVER_NAME
+.LP
+se è impostata la variabile SERVER_NAME . Questo permetterà alla propria
+macchina di comportarsi come un server ed esportare man page.
+
+.SH BUG
+Ci sono molti fattori difficilmente prevedibili. L'output potrebbe non
+essere sempre perfetto. Il metodo lynxcgi non funzionerà se lynx è stato
+compilato senza selezionare il supporto per quest'ultimo. Ci potrebbero
+essere problemi di sicurezza.
+
+.SH "VEDERE ANCHE"
+.BR lynx (1),
+.BR man (1)
diff --git a/man2html/man2html.1 b/man2html/man2html.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1c25b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/man2html.1 @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +'\" t +.\" Man page for man2html +.\" aeb, 980101 +.\" +.TH man2html 1 "1 January 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +man2html \- format a manual page in html +.SH SYNOPSIS +man2html [options] [file] +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B man2html +converts a manual page as found in +.I file +(or stdin, in case no file argument, or the argument "-", is given) +from man-style nroff into html, and prints the result on stdout. +It does support tbl but does not know about eqn. +The exit status is 0. If something goes wrong, +an error page is printed on stdout. + +This can be used as a stand-alone utility, but is mainly intended +as an auxiliary, to enable users to browse their man pages using +a html browser like +.BR lynx (1), +.BR xmosaic (1) +or +.BR netscape (1). +./" (See +./" .BR man (1) +./" for info on how to browse man pages via +./" .BR man2html . +./" Usually it would suffice to put "MANHTMLPAGER=/usr/bin/lynx" +./" in the environment.) + +The main part of +.B man2html +is the troff-to-html engine written by Richard Verhoeven (rcb5@win.tue.nl). +It adds hyperlinks for the following constructs: +.LP +.TS +l l. +foo(3x) "http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+foo" +method://string "method://string" +www.host.name "http://www.host.name" +ftp.host.name "ftp://ftp.host.name" +name@host "mailto:name@host" +<string.h> "file:/usr/include/string.h" +.TE +.LP +(The first of these can be tuned by options - see below.) +No lookup is done - the links generated need not exist. +Also an index with internal hyperlinks to the various sections +is generated, so that it is easier to find one's way +in large man pages like +.BR bash (1). + +.SH OPTIONS +When reading from stdin, it is not always clear how to +do .so expansion. The \-D option allows a script to define +the working directory. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^D pathname +Strip the last two parts from the pathname, and do a +\fIchdir\fP(\fIdir\fP) before starting the conversion. +.LP +The \-E option allows the easy generation of error messages +from a cgi script. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^E string +Output an error page containing the given error message. +.LP +The general form of a hyperlink generated for a man page reference is +.IP +<method:cgipath><man2htmlpath><separator><manpage> +.LP +with a default as shown above. The parts of this hyperlink +are set using the various options. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Set method:cgipath to http://localhost. This is the default. +.TP +.BI \-\^H " host[.domain][:port]" +Set method:cgipath to +.RI http:// host.domain:port . +.TP +.B \-\^l +Set method:cgipath to +.RI lynxcgi: /home/httpd . +.TP +.BI \-\^L " dir" +Set method:cgipath to +.RI lynxcgi: dir . +.TP +.BI \-\^M " man2htmlpath" +Set the man2htmlpath to use. The default is +.IR /cgi-bin/man/man2html . +.TP +.B \-\^p +Set separator to '/'. +.TP +.B \-\^q +Set separator to '?'. This is the default. +.TP +.B \-\^r +Use relative html paths, instead of cgi-bin paths. +.LP +On a machine without running +.BR httpd , +one can use +.B lynx +to browse the man pages, using the lynxcgi method. +When some http daemon is running, lynx, or any other browser, +can be used to browse the man pages, using the http method. +The option \-l (for `lynxcgi') selects the former behaviour. +With it, the default cgipath is \fI/home/httpd\fP. + +In general, a cgi script can be called by +.IP +<path_to_script>/<more_path>?<query> +.LP +and the environment variables PATH_INFO and QUERY_STRING +will be set to <more_path> and <query>, respectively. +Since lynxcgi does not handle the PATH_INFO part, we generate +hyperlinks with `?' as a separator by default. +The option \-p (for `path') selects '/' as a separator, while +the option \-q (for `query') selects '?' as a separator. + +The option \-H \fIhost\fP will specify the host to use +(instead of \fIlocalhost\fP). A cgi script could use +.IP +man2html -H $SERVER_NAME +.LP +if the variable SERVER_NAME is set. This would allow your machine +to act as a server and export man pages. + +.SH BUGS +There are many heuristics. The output will not always be perfect. +The lynxcgi method will not work if lynx was compiled without +selecting support for it. There may be problems with security. + +.SH AUTHOR +Richard Verhoeven was the original author of +.BR "man2html" . +Michael Hamilton and Andries Brouwer subsequently improved on it. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. + +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.BR lynx (1), +.BR man (1) diff --git a/man2html/man2html.c b/man2html/man2html.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b37eef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man2html/man2html.c @@ -0,0 +1,3241 @@ +/* +** This program was written by Richard Verhoeven (NL:5482ZX35) +** at the Eindhoven University of Technology. Email: rcb5@win.tue.nl +** +** Permission is granted to distribute, modify and use this program +** as long as this comment is not removed or changed. +*/ + +/* BSD mandoc stuff added by Michael Hamilton. */ + +/* This program is rather buggy, but in spite of that it often works. + Improved things a little - April 1997 & January 1998 & Dec 2001 - + aeb@cwi.nl. */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include "defs.h" +#include "../src/version.h" + +/* BSD mandoc Bd/Ed example(?) blocks */ +#define BD_LITERAL 1 +#define BD_INDENT 2 + +#define SIZE(a) (sizeof(a)/sizeof(*a)) + +static char NEWLINE[2]="\n"; +static char idxlabel[6] = "ixAAA"; + +#define INDEXFILE "/tmp/manindex.list" + +char *fname; +char *directory; +FILE *idxfile; + +char eqndelimopen=0, eqndelimclose=0; +char escapesym='\\', nobreaksym='\'', controlsym='.', fieldsym=0, padsym=0; + +char *buffer=NULL; +int buffpos=0, buffmax=0; +int scaninbuff=0; +int still_dd=0; +int tabstops[20] = { 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88, 96 }; +int maxtstop=12; +int curpos=0; + +static char *scan_troff(char *c, int san, char **result); +static char *scan_troff_mandoc(char *c, int san, char **result); + +static char **argument=NULL; + +static char charb[3]; + +static char * +expand_char(int nr) +{ + STRDEF *h; + + if (!nr) + return NULL; + + h = chardef; + if (h->nr != V('*','*')) { + printf("chardef corrupted\n"); + exit(1); + } + + for (h = chardef; h; h = h->next) + if (h->nr == nr) { + curpos += h->slen; + return h->st; + } + charb[0] = nr/256; + charb[1] = nr%256; + charb[2] = 0; + curpos += 2; + return charb; +} + +static char * +expand_string(int nr) +{ + STRDEF *h; + + if (!nr) + return NULL; + for (h = strdef; h; h = h->next) + if (h->nr == nr) { + curpos += h->slen; + return h->st; + } + return NULL; +} + + +static char outbuffer[1024]; +static int obp=0; +static int no_newline_output=0; /* boolean, set by \c */ +static int newline_for_fun=0; +static int output_possible=0; +static int out_length=0; + +static void +add_links(char *c) +{ + /* + ** Add the links to the output. + ** At the moment the following are recognized: + ** + ** name(*) -> ../man?/name.* + ** method://string -> method://string + ** www.host.name -> http://www.host.name + ** ftp.host.name -> ftp://ftp.host.name + ** name@host -> mailto:name@host + ** <name.h> -> file:/usr/include/name.h (guess) + ** + ** Other possible links to add in the future: + ** + ** /dir/dir/file -> file:/dir/dir/file + */ + int i,j,nr; + char *f, *g, *h; + char *idtest[6]; /* url, mailto, www, ftp, manpage, include file */ + + out_length+=strlen(c); + + nr=0; + idtest[0]=strstr(c+1,"://"); + idtest[1]=strchr(c+1,'@'); + idtest[2]=strstr(c,"www."); + idtest[3]=strstr(c,"ftp."); + idtest[4]=strchr(c+1,'('); + idtest[5]=strstr(c+1,".h>"); + for (i=0; i<6; i++) nr += (idtest[i]!=NULL); + while (nr) { + j=-1; + for (i=0; i<6; i++) + if (idtest[i] && (j<0 || idtest[i]<idtest[j])) j=i; + switch (j) { + case 5: /* <name.h> */ + f=idtest[5]; + h=f+2; + g=f; + while (g>c && g[-1]!=';') g--; + if (g!=c) { + char t; + t=*g; + *g=0; + printf("%s",c); + *g=t;*h=0; + include_file_html(g); + c=f+6; + } else { + f[5]=0; + printf("%s",c); + f[5]=';'; + c=f+5; + } + break; + case 4: /* manpage? */ + f=idtest[j]; + /* find section - accept (1), (3F), (3Xt), (n), (l) */ + g=strchr(f,')'); + if (g && g-f<7 /* section has length at most 5, like 3Xlib */ + /* preceded by name or html markup */ + && (isalnum(f[-1]) || f[-1]=='>') + /* section is n or l or starts with a digit */ + && strchr("123456789nl", f[1]) + && (g-f == 2 || (g-f == 3 && isdigit(f[1]) && isalpha(f[2])) + || (f[2] == 'X' && isdigit(f[1]))) + ) { + /* this might be a link */ + h=f-1; + /* skip html markup */ + while (h>c && *h=='>') { + while (h!=c && *h!='<') h--; + if (h!=c) h--; + } + if (isalnum(*h)) { + char t,te,tg,*e; + e=h+1; + while (h>c && (isalnum(h[-1]) || h[-1]=='_' || + h[-1]=='-' || h[-1]=='.' || h[-1]==':')) + h--; + t=*h; *h=0; + printf("%s", c); + *h=t; + tg=*g; *g=0; + te=*e; *e=0; + man_page_html(f+1, h); /* section, page */ + *e=te; + *g=tg; + c=e; + } + } + *f=0; + printf("%s", c); + *f='('; + idtest[4]=f-1; + c=f; + break; /* manpage */ + case 3: /* ftp */ + case 2: /* www */ + g=f=idtest[j]; + while (*g && (isalnum(*g) || *g=='_' || *g=='-' || *g=='+' || + *g=='.')) g++; + if (g[-1]=='.') g--; + if (g-f>4) { + char t; + t=*f; *f=0; + printf("%s",c); + *f=t; t=*g;*g=0; + if (j==3) + ftp_html(f); + else + www_html(f); + *g=t; + c=g; + } else { + f[3]=0; + printf("%s",c); + c=f+3; + f[3]='.'; + } + break; + case 1: /* mailto */ + g=f=idtest[1]; + while (g>c && (isalnum(g[-1]) || g[-1]=='_' || g[-1]=='-' || + g[-1]=='+' || g[-1]=='.' || g[-1]=='%')) g--; + h=f+1; + while (*h && (isalnum(*h) || *h=='_' || *h=='-' || *h=='+' || + *h=='.')) h++; + if (h[-1]=='.') h--; + if (h-f>4 && f-g>1) { + char t; + t=*g; + *g=0; + printf("%s",c); + *g=t;t=*h;*h=0; + mailto_html(g); + *h=t; + c=h; + } else { + *f=0; + printf("%s",c); + *f='@'; + idtest[1]=c; + c=f; + } + break; + case 0: /* url */ + g=f=idtest[0]; + while (g>c && isalpha(g[-1]) && islower(g[-1])) g--; + h=f+3; + while (*h && !isspace(*h) && *h!='<' && *h!='>' && *h!='"' && + *h!='&') h++; + if (f-g>2 && f-g<7 && h-f>3) { + char t; + t=*g; + *g=0; + printf("%s", c); + *g=t; t=*h; *h=0; + url_html(g); + *h=t; + c=h; + } else { + f[1]=0; + printf("%s", c); + f[1]='/'; + c=f+1; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + nr=0; + if (idtest[0] && idtest[0]<c) idtest[0]=strstr(c+1,"://"); + if (idtest[1] && idtest[1]<c) idtest[1]=strchr(c+1,'@'); + if (idtest[2] && idtest[2]<c) idtest[2]=strstr(c,"www."); + if (idtest[3] && idtest[3]<c) idtest[3]=strstr(c,"ftp."); + if (idtest[4] && idtest[4]<c) idtest[4]=strchr(c+1,'('); + if (idtest[5] && idtest[5]<c) idtest[5]=strstr(c+1,".h>"); + for (i=0; i<6; i++) nr += (idtest[i]!=NULL); + } + printf("%s", c); +} + +int current_font=0; +int current_size=0; +int fillout = 1; + +/* + * Kludge: remove \a - in the context + * .TH NAME 2 date "Version" "Title" + * we got output \aTitle\a. + */ +static void +out_html(char *c) { + if (!c) + return; + if (no_newline_output) { /* remove \n if present */ + int i=0; + while (c[i]) { + if (!no_newline_output) + c[i-1]=c[i]; + if (c[i]=='\n') + no_newline_output=0; + i++; + } + if (!no_newline_output) + c[i-1]=0; + } + if (scaninbuff) { + while (*c) { + if (buffpos >= buffmax) { + buffer = xrealloc(buffer, buffmax*2); + buffmax = buffmax*2; + } + if (*c != '\a') + buffer[buffpos++] = *c; + c++; + } + } else if (output_possible) { + while (*c) { + if (*c != '\a') + outbuffer[obp++] = *c; + if (*c == '\n' || obp > 1000) { + outbuffer[obp] = 0; + add_links(outbuffer); + obp = 0; + } + c++; + } + } +} + +/* --------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* All references to dl_set and itemdepth are here. */ +/* --------------------------------------------------------------- */ +static int itemdepth=0; +static int dl_set[30]= { 0 }; +#define noDL 0 +#define DL 1 +#define UL 2 +#define OL 3 +static char *dl_open[4] = { "", "<DL COMPACT>\n", "<UL>", "<OL>" }; +static char *dl_close[4] = { "", "</DL>\n", "</UL>", "</OL>" }; + +static inline void +dl_begin(void) { + if (itemdepth < SIZE(dl_set) && dl_set[itemdepth] == noDL) { + out_html(dl_open[DL]); + dl_set[itemdepth]=DL; + } + out_html("<DT>"); +} + +static inline void +dl_end(void) { + if (itemdepth < SIZE(dl_set)) { + int type = dl_set[itemdepth]; + if (type == DL) { + out_html(dl_close[type]); + dl_set[itemdepth]=noDL; + } + } +} + +static inline void +dl_newlevel(void) { + itemdepth++; + if (itemdepth < SIZE(dl_set)) + dl_set[itemdepth]=noDL; + out_html("<DL COMPACT><DT><DD>"); +} + +static inline void +dl_endlevel(void) { + if (itemdepth) { + dl_end(); + out_html("</DL>\n"); + itemdepth--; + } +} + +static inline void +dl_down(void) { + while (itemdepth) + dl_endlevel(); + dl_end(); +} + +static inline int +dl_type(int type) { + return (itemdepth < SIZE(dl_set) && dl_set[itemdepth] == type); +} + +static inline void +dl_newlevel_type(int type) { + itemdepth++; + if (itemdepth < SIZE(dl_set)) { + dl_set[itemdepth]=type; + out_html(dl_open[type]); + } +} + +static inline void +dl_endlevel_type(void) { + if (itemdepth) { + if (itemdepth < SIZE(dl_set)) + out_html(dl_close[dl_set[itemdepth]]); + itemdepth--; + } +} +/* --------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* This stuff is broken. +It generates + <DT><B>TIOCLINUX, subcode=0<DD> + Dump the screen. + </B><I>argp</I> points to a +from + .IP "\fBTIOCLINUX, subcode=0" + Dump the screen. + \fIargp\fP points to a +Bug 1: incorrect nesting: </B> is needed before <DD>. +Bug 2: incorrect font: after the .IP things are roman again. +*/ + +#define FO0 "" +#define FC0 "" +#define FO1 "<I>" +#define FC1 "</I>" +#define FO2 "<B>" +#define FC2 "</B>" +#define FO3 "<TT>" +#define FC3 "</TT>" + +char *switchfont[16] = { "" , FC0 FO1, FC0 FO2, FC0 FO3, + FC1 FO0, "" , FC1 FO2, FC1 FO3, + FC2 FO0, FC2 FO1, "" , FC2 FO3, + FC3 FO0, FC3 FO1, FC3 FO2, "" }; + +static char * +change_to_font(int nr) +{ + int i; + switch (nr) { + case '0': nr++; + case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + nr = nr-'1'; break; + case V('C','W'): break; + case 'L': nr=3; break; + case 'B': nr=2; break; + case 'I': nr=1; break; + case 0: case 1: case 2: case 3: + break; + case 'P': case 'R': + default: nr=0; break; + } + i= current_font*4+nr%4; + current_font=nr%4; + return switchfont[i]; +} + +static char sizebuf[200]; + +static char * +change_to_size(int nr) +{ + int i; + switch (nr) { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': + case '7': case '8': case '9': nr=nr-'0'; break; + case '\0': break; + default: nr=current_size+nr; if (nr>9) nr=9; if (nr< -9) nr=-9; break; + } + if (nr==current_size) return ""; + i=current_font; + sizebuf[0]=0; + strcat(sizebuf, change_to_font(0)); + if (current_size) strcat(sizebuf, "</FONT>"); + current_size=nr; + if (nr) { + int l; + strcat(sizebuf, "<FONT SIZE=\""); + l=strlen(sizebuf); + if (nr>0) sizebuf[l++]='+'; else sizebuf[l++]='-',nr=-nr; + sizebuf[l++]=nr+'0'; + sizebuf[l++]='"'; + sizebuf[l++]='>'; + sizebuf[l]=0; + } + strcat(sizebuf, change_to_font(i)); + return sizebuf; +} + +int asint=0; +int intresult=0; + +#define SKIPEOL while (*c && *c++!='\n') + +static int skip_escape=0; +static int single_escape=0; + +static char * +scan_escape(char *c) { + char *h=NULL; + char b[5]; + INTDEF *intd; + int exoutputp,exskipescape; + int i,j; + + intresult=0; + switch (*c) { + case 'e': h="\\"; curpos++;break; + case '0': + case ' ': h=" ";curpos++; break; + case '|': h=""; break; + case '"': SKIPEOL; c--; h=""; break; + case '$': + if (argument) { + c++; + i=(*c -'1'); + if (!(h=argument[i])) h=""; + } + break; + case 'z': + c++; + if (*c=='\\') { c=scan_escape(c+1); c--;h=""; } + else { + b[0]=*c; + b[1]=0; + h=""; + } + break; + case 'k': c++; if (*c=='(') c+=2; + case '^': + case '!': + case '%': + case 'a': + case 'd': + case 'r': + case 'u': + case '\n': + case '&': h=""; break; + case '(': + c++; + i= c[0]*256+c[1]; + c++; + h = expand_char(i); + break; + case '*': + c++; + if (*c=='(') { + c++; + i= c[0]*256+c[1]; + c++; + } else + i= *c *256+' '; + h = expand_string(i); + break; + case 'f': + c++; + if (*c=='\\') { + c++; + c=scan_escape(c); + c--; + i=intresult; + } else if (*c != '(') + i=*c; + else { + c++; + i=c[0]*256+c[1]; + c++; + } + if (!skip_escape) h=change_to_font(i); else h=""; + break; + case 's': + c++; + j=0;i=0; + if (*c=='-') {j= -1; c++;} else if (*c=='+') {j=1; c++;} + if (*c=='0') c++; else if (*c=='\\') { + c++; + c=scan_escape(c); + i=intresult; if (!j) j=1; + } else + while (isdigit(*c) && (!i || (!j && i<4))) i=i*10+(*c++)-'0'; + if (!j) { j=1; if (i) i=i-10; } + if (!skip_escape) h=change_to_size(i*j); else h=""; + c--; + break; + case 'n': + c++; + j=0; + switch (*c) { + case '+': j=1; c++; break; + case '-': j=-1; c++; break; + default: break; + } + if (*c=='(') { + c++; + i=V(c[0],c[1]); + c=c+1; + } else { + i=V(c[0],' '); + } + intd=intdef; + while (intd && intd->nr!=i) intd=intd->next; + if (intd) { + intd->val=intd->val+j*intd->incr; + intresult=intd->val; + } else { + switch (i) { + case V('.','s'): intresult=current_size; break; + case V('.','f'): intresult=current_font; break; + default: intresult=0; break; + } + } + h=""; + break; + case 'w': + c++; + i=*c; + c++; + exoutputp=output_possible; + exskipescape=skip_escape; + output_possible=0; + skip_escape=1; + j=0; + while (*c!=i) { + j++; + if (*c==escapesym) c=scan_escape(c+1); else c++; + } + output_possible=exoutputp; + skip_escape=exskipescape; + intresult=j; + break; + case 'l': h="<HR>"; curpos=0; + case 'b': + case 'v': + case 'x': + case 'o': + case 'L': + case 'h': + c++; + i=*c; + c++; + exoutputp=output_possible; + exskipescape=skip_escape; + output_possible=0; + skip_escape=1; + while (*c != i) + if (*c==escapesym) c=scan_escape(c+1); + else c++; + output_possible=exoutputp; + skip_escape=exskipescape; + break; + case 'c': no_newline_output=1; break; + case '{': newline_for_fun++; h="";break; + case '}': if (newline_for_fun) newline_for_fun--; h="";break; + case 'p': h="<BR>\n";curpos=0; break; + case 't': h="\t";curpos=(curpos+8)&0xfff8; break; + case '<': h="<";curpos++; break; + case '>': h=">";curpos++; break; + case '\\': if (single_escape) { c--; break;} + default: b[0]=*c; b[1]=0; h=b; curpos++; break; + } + c++; + if (!skip_escape) out_html(h); + return c; +} + +typedef struct TABLEITEM TABLEITEM; + +struct TABLEITEM { + char *contents; + int size,align,valign,colspan,rowspan,font,vleft,vright,space,width; + TABLEITEM *next; +}; + +static TABLEITEM emptyfield = {NULL,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,NULL}; +typedef struct TABLEROW TABLEROW; + +struct TABLEROW { + TABLEITEM *first; + TABLEROW *prev, *next; +}; + +static char *tableopt[]= { "center", "expand", "box", "allbox", "doublebox", + "tab", "linesize", "delim", NULL }; +static int tableoptl[] = { 6,6,3,6,9,3,8,5,0}; + + +static void clear_table(TABLEROW *table) +{ + TABLEROW *tr1,*tr2; + TABLEITEM *ti1,*ti2; + + tr1=table; + while (tr1->prev) tr1=tr1->prev; + while (tr1) { + ti1=tr1->first; + while (ti1) { + ti2=ti1->next; + if (ti1->contents) free(ti1->contents); + free(ti1); + ti1=ti2; + } + tr2=tr1; + tr1=tr1->next; + free(tr2); + } +} + +char *scan_expression(char *c, int *result); + +static char *scan_format(char *c, TABLEROW **result, int *maxcol) +{ + TABLEROW *layout, *currow; + TABLEITEM *curfield; + int i,j; + if (*result) { + clear_table(*result); + } + layout= currow=(TABLEROW*) xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEROW)); + currow->next=currow->prev=NULL; + currow->first=curfield=(TABLEITEM*) xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEITEM)); + *curfield=emptyfield; + while (*c && *c!='.') { + switch (*c) { + case 'C': case 'c': case 'N': case 'n': + case 'R': case 'r': case 'A': case 'a': + case 'L': case 'l': case 'S': case 's': + case '^': case '_': + if (curfield->align) { + curfield->next=(TABLEITEM*)xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEITEM)); + curfield=curfield->next; + *curfield=emptyfield; + } + curfield->align=toupper(*c); + c++; + break; + case 'i': case 'I': case 'B': case 'b': + curfield->font = toupper(*c); + c++; + break; + case 'f': case 'F': + c++; + curfield->font = toupper(*c); + c++; + if (!isspace(*c)) c++; + break; + case 't': case 'T': curfield->valign='t'; c++; break; + case 'p': case 'P': + c++; + i=j=0; + if (*c=='+') { j=1; c++; } + if (*c=='-') { j=-1; c++; } + while (isdigit(*c)) i=i*10+(*c++)-'0'; + if (j) curfield->size= i*j; else curfield->size=j-10; + break; + case 'v': case 'V': + case 'w': case 'W': +// c=scan_expression(c+2,&curfield->width); + c++; + if (*c == '(') { + c=scan_expression(c+1,&curfield->width); + } else { + i=0; + while (isdigit(*c)) i=i*10+(*c++)-'0'; + curfield->width=i; + } + break; + case '|': + if (curfield->align) curfield->vleft++; + else curfield->vright++; + c++; + break; + case 'e': case 'E': + c++; + break; + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + i=0; + while (isdigit(*c)) i=i*10+(*c++)-'0'; + curfield->space=i; + break; + case ',': case '\n': + currow->next=(TABLEROW*)xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEROW)); + currow->next->prev=currow; + currow=currow->next; + currow->next=NULL; + curfield=currow->first=(TABLEITEM*)xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEITEM)); + *curfield=emptyfield; + c++; + break; + default: + c++; + break; + } + } + if (*c=='.') while (*c++!='\n'); + *maxcol=0; + currow=layout; + while (currow) { + curfield=layout->first; + i=0; + while (curfield) { + i++; + curfield=curfield->next; + } + if (i>*maxcol) *maxcol=i; + currow=currow->next; + } + *result=layout; + return c; +} + +static TABLEROW * +next_row(TABLEROW *tr) +{ + if (tr->next) { + tr=tr->next; + if (!tr->next) next_row(tr); + return tr; + } else { + TABLEITEM *ti, *ti2; + tr->next=(TABLEROW*)xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEROW)); + tr->next->prev=tr; + ti=tr->first; + tr=tr->next; + tr->next=NULL; + if (ti) tr->first=ti2=(TABLEITEM*) xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEITEM)); + else tr->first=ti2=NULL; + while (ti!=ti2) { + *ti2=*ti; + ti2->contents=NULL; + if ((ti=ti->next)) { + ti2->next=(TABLEITEM*) xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEITEM)); + } + ti2=ti2->next; + } + return tr; + } +} + +char itemreset[20]="\\fR\\s0"; + +static char * +scan_table(char *c) { + char *h; + char *g; + int center=0, expand=0, box=0, border=0, linesize=1; + int i,j,maxcol=0, finished=0; + int oldfont, oldsize,oldfillout; + char itemsep='\t'; + TABLEROW *layout=NULL, *currow; + TABLEITEM *curfield; + while (*c++!='\n'); /* skip TS */ + h=c; + if (*h=='.') return c-1; + oldfont=current_font; + oldsize=current_size; + oldfillout=fillout; + out_html(change_to_font(0)); + out_html(change_to_size(0)); + if (!fillout) { + fillout=1; + out_html("</PRE>"); + } + while (*h && *h!='\n') h++; + if (h[-1]==';') { + /* scan table options */ + while (c<h) { + while (isspace(*c)) c++; + for (i=0; tableopt[i] && strncmp(tableopt[i],c,tableoptl[i]);i++); + c=c+tableoptl[i]; + switch (i) { + case 0: center=1; break; + case 1: expand=1; break; + case 2: box=1; break; + case 3: border=1; break; + case 4: box=2; break; + case 5: while (*c++!='('); itemsep=*c++; break; + case 6: while (*c++!='('); linesize=0; + while (isdigit(*c)) linesize=linesize*10+(*c++)-'0'; + break; + case 7: while (*c!=')') c++; + default: break; + } + c++; + } + c=h+1; + } + /* scan layout */ + c=scan_format(c,&layout, &maxcol); + currow=layout; + next_row(currow); + curfield=layout->first; + i=0; + while (!finished && *c) { + /* search item */ + h=c; + if ((*c=='_' || *c=='=') && (c[1]==itemsep || c[1]=='\n')) { + if (c[-1]=='\n' && c[1]=='\n') { + if (currow->prev) { + currow->prev->next=(TABLEROW*) xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEROW)); + currow->prev->next->next=currow; + currow->prev->next->prev=currow->prev; + currow->prev=currow->prev->next; + } else { + currow->prev=layout=(TABLEROW*) xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEROW)); + currow->prev->prev=NULL; + currow->prev->next=currow; + } + curfield=currow->prev->first= + (TABLEITEM*) xmalloc(sizeof(TABLEITEM)); + *curfield=emptyfield; + curfield->align=*c; + curfield->colspan=maxcol; + curfield=currow->first; + c=c+2; + } else { + if (curfield) { + curfield->align=*c; + do { + curfield=curfield->next; + } while (curfield && curfield->align=='S'); + } + if (c[1]=='\n') { + currow=next_row(currow); + curfield=currow->first; + } + c=c+2; + } + } else if (*c=='T' && c[1]=='{') { + h=c+2; + c=strstr(h,"\nT}"); + c++; + *c=0; + g=NULL; + scan_troff(h, 0, &g); + scan_troff(itemreset, 0, &g); + *c='T'; + c+=3; + if (curfield) { + curfield->contents=g; + do { + curfield=curfield->next; + } while (curfield && curfield->align=='S'); + } else + if (g) free(g); + if (c[-1]=='\n') { + currow=next_row(currow); + curfield=currow->first; + } + } else if (*c=='.' && c[1]=='T' && c[2]=='&' && c[-1]=='\n') { + TABLEROW *hr; + while (*c++!='\n'); + hr=currow; + currow=currow->prev; + hr->prev=NULL; + c=scan_format(c,&hr, &i); + hr->prev=currow; + currow->next=hr; + currow=hr; + next_row(currow); + curfield=currow->first; + } else if (*c=='.' && c[1]=='T' && c[2]=='E' && c[-1]=='\n') { + finished=1; + while (*c++!='\n'); + if (currow->prev) + currow->prev->next=NULL; + currow->prev=NULL; + clear_table(currow); + } else if (*c=='.' && c[-1]=='\n' && !isdigit(c[1])) { + /* skip troff request inside table (usually only .sp ) */ + while (*c++!='\n'); + } else { + h=c; + while (*c && (*c!=itemsep || c[-1]=='\\') && + (*c!='\n' || c[-1]=='\\')) c++; + i=0; + if (*c==itemsep) {i=1; *c='\n'; } + if (h[0]=='\\' && h[2]=='\n' && + (h[1]=='_' || h[1]=='^')) { + if (curfield) { + curfield->align=h[1]; + do { + curfield=curfield->next; + } while (curfield && curfield->align=='S'); + } + h=h+3; + } else { + g=NULL; + h=scan_troff(h,1,&g); + scan_troff(itemreset,0,&g); + if (curfield) { + curfield->contents=g; + do { + curfield=curfield->next; + } while (curfield && curfield->align=='S'); + } else if (g) free(g); + } + if (i) *c=itemsep; + c=h; + if (c[-1]=='\n') { + currow=next_row(currow); + curfield=currow->first; + } + } + } + /* calculate colspan and rowspan */ + currow=layout; + while (currow->next) currow=currow->next; + while (currow) { + TABLEITEM *ti, *ti1=NULL, *ti2=NULL; + ti=currow->first; + if (currow->prev) ti1=currow->prev->first; + while (ti) { + switch (ti->align) { + case 'S': + if (ti2) { + ti2->colspan++; + if (ti2->rowspan<ti->rowspan) ti2->rowspan=ti->rowspan; + } + break; + case '^': + if (ti1) ti1->rowspan++; + default: + if (!ti2) ti2=ti; + else { + do { + ti2=ti2->next; + } while (ti2 && curfield->align=='S'); + } + break; + } + ti=ti->next; + if (ti1) ti1=ti1->next; + } + currow=currow->prev; + } + /* produce html output */ + if (center) out_html("<CENTER>"); + if (box==2) out_html("<TABLE BORDER><TR><TD>"); + out_html("<TABLE"); + if (box || border) { + out_html(" BORDER"); + if (!border) out_html("><TR><TD><TABLE"); + if (expand) out_html(" WIDTH=100%"); + } + out_html(">\n"); + currow=layout; + while (currow) { + j=0; + out_html("<TR VALIGN=top>"); + curfield=currow->first; + while (curfield) { + if (curfield->align!='S' && curfield->align!='^') { + out_html("<TD"); + switch (curfield->align) { + case 'N': + curfield->space+=4; + case 'R': + out_html(" ALIGN=right"); + break; + case 'C': + out_html(" ALIGN=center"); + default: + break; + } + if (!curfield->valign && curfield->rowspan>1) + out_html(" VALIGN=center"); + if (curfield->colspan>1) { + char buf[5]; + out_html(" COLSPAN="); + sprintf(buf, "%i", curfield->colspan); + out_html(buf); + } + if (curfield->rowspan>1) { + char buf[5]; + out_html(" ROWSPAN="); + sprintf(buf, "%i", curfield->rowspan); + out_html(buf); + } + j=j+curfield->colspan; + out_html(">"); + if (curfield->size) out_html(change_to_size(curfield->size)); + if (curfield->font) out_html(change_to_font(curfield->font)); + switch (curfield->align) { + case '=': out_html("<HR><HR>"); break; + case '_': out_html("<HR>"); break; + default: + if (curfield->contents) out_html(curfield->contents); + break; + } + if (curfield->space) + for (i=0; i<curfield->space;i++) out_html(" "); + if (curfield->font) out_html(change_to_font(0)); + if (curfield->size) out_html(change_to_size(0)); + if (j>=maxcol && curfield->align>'@' && curfield->align!='_') + out_html("<BR>"); + out_html("</TD>"); + } + curfield=curfield->next; + } + out_html("</TR>\n"); + currow=currow->next; + } + if (box && !border) out_html("</TABLE>"); + out_html("</TABLE>"); + if (box==2) out_html("</TABLE>"); + if (center) out_html("</CENTER>\n"); + else out_html("\n"); + if (!oldfillout) out_html("<PRE>"); + fillout=oldfillout; + out_html(change_to_size(oldsize)); + out_html(change_to_font(oldfont)); + return c; +} + +char *scan_expression(char *c, int *result) { + int value=0,value2,sign=1,opex=0; + char oper='c'; + + if (*c=='!') { + c=scan_expression(c+1, &value); + value= (!value); + } else if (*c=='n') { + c++; + value=nroff; + } else if (*c=='t') { + c++; + value=1-nroff; + } else if (*c=='\'' || *c=='"' || *c<' ' || (*c=='\\' && c[1]=='(')) { + /* ?string1?string2? + ** test if string1 equals string2. + */ + char *st1=NULL, *st2=NULL, *h; + char *tcmp=NULL; + char sep; + sep=*c; + if (sep=='\\') { + tcmp=c; + c=c+3; + } + c++; + h=c; + while (*c!= sep && (!tcmp || strncmp(c,tcmp,4))) c++; + *c='\n'; + scan_troff(h, 1, &st1); + *c=sep; + if (tcmp) c=c+3; + c++; + h=c; + while (*c!=sep && (!tcmp || strncmp(c,tcmp,4))) c++; + *c='\n'; + scan_troff(h,1,&st2); + *c=sep; + if (!st1 && !st2) value=1; + else if (!st1 || !st2) value=0; + else value=(!strcmp(st1, st2)); + if (st1) free(st1); + if (st2) free(st2); + if (tcmp) c=c+3; + c++; + } else { + while (*c && !isspace(*c) && *c!=')') { + opex=0; + switch (*c) { + case '(': + c=scan_expression(c+1, &value2); + value2=sign*value2; + opex=1; + break; + case '.': + case '0': case '1': + case '2': case '3': + case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': + case '8': case '9': { + int num=0,denum=1; + value2=0; + while (isdigit(*c)) value2=value2*10+((*c++)-'0'); + if (*c=='.') { + c++; + while (isdigit(*c)) { + num=num*10+((*c++)-'0'); + denum=denum*10; + } + } + if (isalpha(*c)) { + /* scale indicator */ + switch (*c) { + case 'i': /* inch -> 10pt */ + value2=value2*10+(num*10+denum/2)/denum; + num=0; + break; + default: + break; + } + c++; + } + value2=value2+(num+denum/2)/denum; + value2=sign*value2; + opex=1; + break; + } + case '\\': + c=scan_escape(c+1); + value2=intresult*sign; + if (isalpha(*c)) c++; /* scale indicator */ + opex=1; + break; + case '-': + if (oper) { sign=-1; c++; break; } + case '>': + case '<': + case '+': + case '/': + case '*': + case '%': + case '&': + case '=': + case ':': + if (c[1]=='=') oper=(*c++) +16; else oper=*c; + c++; + break; + default: c++; break; + } + if (opex) { + sign=1; + switch (oper) { + case 'c': value=value2; break; + case '-': value=value-value2; break; + case '+': value=value+value2; break; + case '*': value=value*value2; break; + case '/': if (value2) value=value/value2; break; + case '%': if (value2) value=value%value2; break; + case '<': value=(value<value2); break; + case '>': value=(value>value2); break; + case '>'+16: value=(value>=value2); break; + case '<'+16: value=(value<=value2); break; + case '=': case '='+16: value=(value==value2); break; + case '&': value = (value && value2); break; + case ':': value = (value || value2); break; + default: fprintf(stderr, + "man2html: Unknown operator %c.\n", oper); + } + oper=0; + } + } + if (*c==')') c++; + } + *result=value; + return c; +} + +static void +trans_char(char *c, char s, char t) { + char *sl = c; + int slash = 0; + + while (*sl && (*sl != '\n' || slash)) { + if (!slash) { + if (*sl == escapesym) + slash = 1; + else if (*sl == s) + *sl = t; + } else + slash = 0; + sl++; + } +} + +/* + * Read STR until end-of-line (not preceded by \). + * Find whitespace separated words, and store starts in WORDS of lth MAXN. + * Return number of words in N. + * Replace each end-of-word by the character EOW (usually \n or 0). + * Return pointer to last char seen (either \n or 0). + * + * A part \"... is skipped. + * Quotes not preceded by \ are replaced by \a. + */ +static char * +fill_words(char *str, char *words[], int maxn, int *n, char eow) { + char *s = str; + int backslash = 0; + int skipspace = 0; /* 1 if space is not end-of-word */ + + *n = 0; + words[*n] = s; + while (*s && (*s != '\n' || backslash)) { + if (!backslash) { + if (*s == '"') { + *s = '\a'; + skipspace = !skipspace; + } else if (*s == escapesym) { + backslash = 1; + } else if ((*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') && !skipspace) { + *s = eow; + if (words[*n] != s && *n < maxn-1) + (*n)++; + words[*n] = s+1; + } + } else { + if (*s == '"') { + s--; + *s = eow; + if (words[*n] != s && *n < maxn-1) + (*n)++; + s++; + while (*s && *s != '\n') s++; + words[*n] = s; + s--; + } + backslash = 0; + } + s++; + } + if (s != words[*n]) + (*n)++; + return s; +} + + +char *section_list[] = { + "1", "User Commands ", + "1C", "User Commands", + "1G", "User Commands", + "1S", "User Commands", + "1V", "User Commands ", + "2", "System Calls", + "2V", "System Calls", + "3", "C Library Functions", + "3C", "Compatibility Functions", + "3F", "Fortran Library Routines", + "3K", "Kernel VM Library Functions", + "3L", "Lightweight Processes Library", + "3M", "Mathematical Library", + "3N", "Network Functions", + "3R", "RPC Services Library", + "3S", "Standard I/O Functions", + "3V", "C Library Functions", + "3X", "Miscellaneous Library Functions", + "4", "Devices and Network Interfaces", + "4F", "Protocol Families", + "4I", "Devices and Network Interfaces", + "4M", "Devices and Network Interfaces", + "4N", "Devices and Network Interfaces", + "4P", "Protocols", + "4S", "Devices and Network Interfaces", + "4V", "Devices and Network Interfaces", + "5", "File Formats", + "5V", "File Formats", + "6", "Games and Demos", + "7", "Environments, Tables, and Troff Macros", + "7V", "Environments, Tables, and Troff Macros", + "8", "Maintenance Commands", + "8C", "Maintenance Commands", + "8S", "Maintenance Commands", + "8V", "Maintenance Commands", + "L", "Local Commands", +/* for Solaris: + "1", "User Commands", + "1B", "SunOS/BSD Compatibility Package Commands", + "1b", "SunOS/BSD Compatibility Package Commands", + "1C", "Communication Commands ", + "1c", "Communication Commands", + "1F", "FMLI Commands ", + "1f", "FMLI Commands", + "1G", "Graphics and CAD Commands ", + "1g", "Graphics and CAD Commands ", + "1M", "Maintenance Commands", + "1m", "Maintenance Commands", + "1S", "SunOS Specific Commands", + "1s", "SunOS Specific Commands", + "2", "System Calls", + "3", "C Library Functions", + "3B", "SunOS/BSD Compatibility Library Functions", + "3b", "SunOS/BSD Compatibility Library Functions", + "3C", "C Library Functions", + "3c", "C Library Functions", + "3E", "C Library Functions", + "3e", "C Library Functions", + "3F", "Fortran Library Routines", + "3f", "Fortran Library Routines", + "3G", "C Library Functions", + "3g", "C Library Functions", + "3I", "Wide Character Functions", + "3i", "Wide Character Functions", + "3K", "Kernel VM Library Functions", + "3k", "Kernel VM Library Functions", + "3L", "Lightweight Processes Library", + "3l", "Lightweight Processes Library", + "3M", "Mathematical Library", + "3m", "Mathematical Library", + "3N", "Network Functions", + "3n", "Network Functions", + "3R", "Realtime Library", + "3r", "Realtime Library", + "3S", "Standard I/O Functions", + "3s", "Standard I/O Functions", + "3T", "Threads Library", + "3t", "Threads Library", + "3W", "C Library Functions", + "3w", "C Library Functions", + "3X", "Miscellaneous Library Functions", + "3x", "Miscellaneous Library Functions", + "4", "File Formats", + "4B", "SunOS/BSD Compatibility Package File Formats", + "4b", "SunOS/BSD Compatibility Package File Formats", + "5", "Headers, Tables, and Macros", + "6", "Games and Demos", + "7", "Special Files", + "7B", "SunOS/BSD Compatibility Special Files", + "7b", "SunOS/BSD Compatibility Special Files", + "8", "Maintenance Procedures", + "8C", "Maintenance Procedures", + "8c", "Maintenance Procedures", + "8S", "Maintenance Procedures", + "8s", "Maintenance Procedures", + "9", "DDI and DKI", + "9E", "DDI and DKI Driver Entry Points", + "9e", "DDI and DKI Driver Entry Points", + "9F", "DDI and DKI Kernel Functions", + "9f", "DDI and DKI Kernel Functions", + "9S", "DDI and DKI Data Structures", + "9s", "DDI and DKI Data Structures", + "L", "Local Commands", +*/ + NULL, "Misc. Reference Manual Pages", + NULL, NULL +}; + +static char * +section_name(char *c) +{ + int i=0; + + if (!c) return ""; + while (section_list[i] && strcmp(c,section_list[i])) i=i+2; + if (section_list[i+1]) return section_list[i+1]; + else return c; +} + +int manidxlen = 0; +char *manidx = NULL; +int subs = 0; +int mip = 0; /* current offset in manidx[] */ +char label[5]="lbAA"; + +static void +manidx_need(int m) { + if (mip + m >= manidxlen) { + manidxlen += 10000; + manidx = xrealloc(manidx, manidxlen); + } +} + +static void +add_to_index(int level, char *item) +{ + char *c = NULL; + + label[3]++; + if (label[3]>'Z') { + label[3]='A'; + label[2]++; + } + + if (level != subs) { + manidx_need(6); + if (subs) { + strcpy(manidx+mip, "</DL>\n"); + mip += 6; + } else { + strcpy(manidx+mip, "<DL>\n"); + mip += 5; + } + } + subs = level; + + scan_troff(item, 1, &c); + manidx_need(100 + strlen(c)); + sprintf(manidx+mip, "<DT><A HREF=\"#%s\">%s</A><DD>\n", label, c); + if (c) free(c); + while (manidx[mip]) mip++; +} + +static char * +skip_till_newline(char *c) +{ + int lvl=0; + + while (*c && (*c!='\n' || lvl>0)) { + if (*c=='\\') { + c++; + if (*c=='}') lvl--; else if (*c=='{') lvl++; + } + c++; + } + c++; + if (lvl<0 && newline_for_fun) { + newline_for_fun = newline_for_fun+lvl; + if (newline_for_fun<0) newline_for_fun=0; + } + return c; +} + +int ifelseval=0; + +static char * +scan_request(char *c) { + /* BSD Mandoc stuff - by Michael Hamilton */ + static int mandoc_synopsis=0; /* True if we are in the synopsis section */ + static int mandoc_command=0; /* True if this is mandoc page */ + static int mandoc_bd_options; /* Only copes with non-nested Bd's */ + static int inXo=0; + + int i,j,mode = 0; + char *h; + char *wordlist[20]; + int words; + char *sl; + STRDEF *owndef; + + while (*c == ' ' || *c == '\t') + c++; + if (c[0] == '\n') + return c+1; + if (c[1] == '\n') + j = 1; + else + j = 2; + while (c[j] == ' ' || c[j] == '\t') + j++; + if (c[0] == escapesym) { + /* some pages use .\" .\$1 .\} */ + /* .\$1 is too difficult/stupid */ + if (c[1] == '$') + c = skip_till_newline(c); + else + c = scan_escape(c+1); + } else { + i=V(c[0],c[1]); + switch (i) { + case V('a','b'): + h=c+j; + while (*h && *h !='\n') h++; + *h=0; + if (scaninbuff && buffpos) { + buffer[buffpos]=0; + printf("%s\n", buffer); + } + fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", c+2); /* XXX */ + exit(0); + break; + case V('d','i'): + { + STRDEF *de; + c=c+j; + i=V(c[0],c[1]); + if (*c == '\n') { c++;break; } + while (*c && *c!='\n') c++; + c++; + h=c; + while (*c && strncmp(c,".di",3)) while (*c && *c++!='\n'); + *c=0; + de=strdef; + while (de && de->nr !=i) de=de->next; + if (!de) { + de=(STRDEF*) xmalloc(sizeof(STRDEF)); + de->nr=i; + de->slen=0; + de->next=strdef; + de->st=NULL; + strdef=de; + } else { + if (de->st) free(de->st); + de->slen=0; + de->st=NULL; + } + scan_troff(h,0,&de->st); + *c='.'; + while (*c && *c++!='\n'); + break; + } + case V('d','s'): + mode=1; + case V('a','s'): + { + STRDEF *de; + int oldcurpos=curpos; + c=c+j; + while (*c == ' ') c++; + i=V(c[0],c[1]); + j=0; + while (c[j] && c[j]!='\n') j++; + if (j<3) { c=c+j; break; } + if (c[1] == ' ') c=c+1; else c=c+2; + while (isspace(*c)) c++; + if (*c == '"') c++; + de=strdef; + while (de && de->nr != i) de=de->next; + single_escape=1; + curpos=0; + if (!de) { + char *h; + de=(STRDEF*) xmalloc(sizeof(STRDEF)); |